2010–2011 R ule B ook Southern Professional Hockey League 2010-2011 Official Rule Book TABLE OF CONTENTS Section 1 – Playing Area ......................................................1 Section 2 – Teams ................................................................6 Section 3 – Equipment........................................................11 Section 4 – Types of Penalties ..........................................22 Section 5 – Officials............................................................51 Section 6 – Physical Fouls ................................................67 Section 7 – Restraining Fouls............................................83 Section 8 – Stick Fouls ......................................................89 Section 9 – Other Fouls......................................................92 Section 10 – Game Flow ..................................................116 Reference Tables ..............................................................146 Index ..................................................................................186 Rule changes are highlighted. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Section 1 – Playing Area Rule1–Rink ..............................................................................................1 Rule2–GoalPostsandNets.....................................................................4 Rule3–Benches........................................................................................4 Rule4–SignalandTimingDevices ...........................................................5 Section 2 – Teams Rule5–Team.............................................................................................6 Rule6–CaptainandAlternateCaptains....................................................8 Rule7–StartingLine-up ............................................................................8 Rule8–InjuredPlayers..............................................................................9 Section 3 – Equipment Rule9–Uniforms .....................................................................................11 Rule10–Sticks........................................................................................14 Rule11–Goalkeeper’sEquipment ..........................................................17 Rule12–IllegalEquipment......................................................................21 Rule13–Puck..........................................................................................21 Rule14–AdjustmenttoClothingorEquipment .......................................22 Section 4 – Types of Penalties Rule15–CallingofPenalties...................................................................22 Rule16–MinorPenalties.........................................................................24 Rule17–BenchMinorPenalties..............................................................25 Rule18–Double-minorPenalties ............................................................25 Rule19–CoincidentalPenalties..............................................................26 Rule20–MajorPenalties.........................................................................28 Rule21–MatchPenalties........................................................................30 Rule22–MisconductPenalties................................................................31 Rule23–GameMisconductPenalties.....................................................32 Rule24–PenaltyShot .............................................................................34 Rule25–AwardedGoals .........................................................................34 Rule26–DelayedPenalties.....................................................................39 Rule27–Goalkeeper’sPenalties ............................................................39 Rule28–SupplementaryDiscipline.........................................................40 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Rule29–Signals......................................................................................42 Section 5 – Officials Rule30–AppointmentofOfficials............................................................49 Rule31–Referees...................................................................................49 Rule32–Linesmen..................................................................................52 Rule33–OfficialScorer ...........................................................................54 Rule34–GameTimekeeper....................................................................56 Rule35–PenaltyTimekeeper..................................................................57 Rule36–GoalJudge ...............................................................................59 Rule37–RealTimeScorers....................................................................59 Rule38–VideoGoalJudge(NotinUse).................................................60 Rule39–AbuseofOfficials......................................................................60 Rule40–PhysicalAbuseofOfficials .......................................................63 Section 6 – Physical Fouls Rule41–Boarding ...................................................................................65 Rule42–Charging...................................................................................67 Rule43–CheckingfromBehind ..............................................................68 Rule44–Clipping.....................................................................................68 Rule45–Elbowing...................................................................................69 Rule46–Fighting.....................................................................................70 Rule47–Head-butting.............................................................................76 Rule48–IllegalChecktotheHead .........................................................76 Rule49–Kicking......................................................................................77 Rule50–Kneeing ....................................................................................78 Rule51–Roughing ..................................................................................78 Rule52–Slew-footing..............................................................................79 Rule53–ThrowingEquipment.................................................................79 Section 7 – Restraining Fouls Rule54–Holding .....................................................................................81 Rule55–Hooking ....................................................................................82 Rule56–Interference ..............................................................................82 Rule57–Tripping.....................................................................................86 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Section 8 – Stick Fouls Rule58–Butt-ending ...............................................................................87 Rule59–Cross-checking.........................................................................88 Rule60–High-sticking.............................................................................88 Rule61–Slashing....................................................................................89 Rule62–Spearing ...................................................................................90 Section 9 – Other Fouls Rule63–DelayingtheGame...................................................................90 Rule64–Diving/Embellishment.............................................................94 Rule65–Equipment ................................................................................95 Rule66–ForfeitofGame.........................................................................95 Rule67–HandlingPuck ..........................................................................96 Rule68–IllegalSubstitution ....................................................................98 Rule69–InterferenceontheGoalkeeper................................................99 Rule70–LeavingtheBench..................................................................102 Rule71–PrematureSubstitution...........................................................106 Rule72–RefusingtoPlaythePuck ......................................................107 Rule73–RefusingtoStartPlay.............................................................108 Rule74–TooManyMenontheIce .......................................................110 Rule75–UnsportsmanlikeConduct.......................................................111 Section 10 – Game Flow Rule76–Face-offs.................................................................................114 Rule77–GameandIntermissionTiming...............................................120 Rule78–Goals ......................................................................................121 Rule79–HandPass..............................................................................124 Rule80–High-stickingthePuck............................................................124 Rule81–Icing........................................................................................126 Rule82–LineChanges .........................................................................129 Rule83–Off-side ...................................................................................131 Rule84–Overtime.................................................................................134 Rule85–PuckOutofBounds................................................................138 Rule86–StartofGameandPeriods.....................................................140 Rule87–Time-outs................................................................................142 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Reference Tables Table 1 SummaryofPenaltiestoCoachesand Non-playingClubPersonnel ...................................................................144 Table 2 SummaryofMinorPenalties...................................................................145 Table 3 SummaryofBenchMinorPenalties........................................................146 Table 4 SummaryofDouble-minorPenalties ......................................................146 Table 5 SummaryofMajorPenalties...................................................................147 Table 6 SummaryofMajorPenaltiesThatResult inanAutomaticGameMisconduct .........................................................148 Table 7 SummaryofMajorPenaltiesThatResultinan AutomaticGameMisconductWhenThereis InjurytotheFaceorHead ......................................................................149 Table 8 SummaryofMatchPenalties..................................................................149 Table 9 SummaryofMisconductPenalties..........................................................150 Table 10 SummaryofGameMisconductFouls Includedinthe“GeneralCategory”.........................................................151 Table 11 SummaryofGameMisconductFouls Includedinthe“Stick-RelatedCategory” ................................................152 Table 12 SummaryofGameMisconductFouls Includedinthe“Checking-RelatedCategory” .........................................153 Table 13 SummaryofGameMisconductFouls Includedinthe“FisticuffCategory” .........................................................153 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Table 14 SummaryofPenaltyShots .....................................................................154 Table 15 SummaryofAwardedGoals(WhenGoalkeeperHas BeenRemovedforanExtraAttacker) ....................................................155 Table 16 SummaryofGoalkeeperPenalties .........................................................156 Table 17 GoalsScoredAgainstaShort-handedTeam..........................................157 Table 18 CoincidentalPenalties ............................................................................169 Table 19 InterferenceontheGoalkeeperSituations .............................................173 Table 20 PenaltiesinEffectPriortotheStartofOvertime –RegularSeason ..................................................................................181 Table 21 PenaltiesAssessedinOvertime–RegularSeason................................183 Index.......................................................................................................184 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 SECTION 1 – PLAYING AREA Rule 1 – Rink 1.1 Rink -SPHLgamesshallbeplayedonanicesurfaceknownasthe“Rink”andmust adheretothedimensionsandspecificationsprescribedbytheLeagueandthese rules.Noicemarkingsshallbepermittedexceptthoseprovidedforundertheserules unlessexpresswrittenpermissionhasbeenobtainedfromtheLeague.On-icelogos mustnotinterferewithanyofficialicemarkingsprovidedfortheproperplayingofthe game. Intheintervalbetweenperiods,theicesurfaceshallbefloodedunlessmutually agreedtothecontrary. 1.2 Dimensions -Theofficialsizeoftherinkshallbetwohundredfeet(200’)longand eighty-fivefeet(85’)wide.Thecornersshallberoundedinthearcofacirclewitha radiusoftwenty-eightfeet(28’). 1.3 Boards and Glass -Therinkshallbesurroundedbyawallknownasthe“boards” whichshallextendnotlessthanfortyinches(40’’)andnotmorethanforty-eight inches(48’’)abovetheleveloftheicesurface.Theidealheightoftheboardsabove theicesurfaceshallbeforty-twoinches(42’’).Exceptfortheofficialmarkingsprovidedforintheserules,theentireplayingsurfaceandtheboardsshallbewhitein colorexceptthekickplateatthebottomoftheboards,whichshallbelightyellowin color. AnyvariationsfromanyoftheforegoingdimensionsshallrequireofficialauthorizationbytheLeague. Theboardsshallbeconstructedinsuchamannerthatthesurfacefacingtheiceshall besmoothandfreeofanyobstructionoranyobjectthatcouldcauseinjurytoplayers. Affixedtotheboardsandextendingverticallyshallbeapprovedsafetyglass. The glassandgeartoholdtheminpositionshallbeproperlypaddedorprotected. Protectiveglassshallberequiredinfrontofthepenaltybenchestoprovideforthe safetyoftheplayersonandofftheice.Allequipmentusedtoholdtheglassor screensinpositionshallbemountedontheboardsonthesideawayfromtheplaying surface. 1.4 Spectator Netting –Spectatornettingshallbehungintheendsofthearena,ofa height,type,andinamannerapprovedbytheLeague. 1.5 Lines -Elevenfeet(11’)fromeachendoftherinkandinthecenterofaredlinetwo inches(2”)widedrawncompletelyacrossthewidthoftheiceandcontinuedvertically upthesideoftheboards,regulationgoalpostsandnetsshallbesetinsuchamannerastoremainstationaryduringtheprogressofagame. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 1 Theredline,twoinches(2’’)wide,betweenthegoalpostsontheiceandextendedcompletelyacrosstherink,shallbeknownasthe“GOALLINE.” Infrontofeachgoal,a“GOALCREASE”areashallbemarkedbyaredlinetwo inches(2’’)inwidth. Theiceareabetweenthetwogoalsshallbedividedintothreepartsbylines, twelveinches(12’’)inwidth,andblueincolor,drawnsixtyfeet(60’)outfromthegoal lines,andextendedcompletelyacrosstherink,parallelwiththegoallines,andcontinuedverticallyupthesideoftheboards.(PaintcodePMS286.) Thereshallalsobealine,twelveinches(12’’)inwidthandredincolor,drawn completelyacrosstherinkincenterice,parallelwiththegoallinesandcontinuedverticallyupthesideoftheboards,knownasthe“CENTERLINE.”Thislineshallcontain regularintervalmarkingsofauniformdistinctivedesign,whichwillreadilydistinguish itfromthetwobluelines,theouteredgesofwhichmustbecontinuous.(Paintcode PMS186.) 1.6 Division of Ice Surface -Thatportionoftheicesurfaceinwhichthegoalissituated shallbecalledthe“DEFENDINGZONE”oftheTeamdefendingthatgoal;thecentral portionshallbeknownasthe“NEUTRALZONE,”andtheportionfarthestfromthe defendedgoalasthe“ATTACKINGZONE.” 1.7 Goal Crease / Referee Crease -Thegoalcreaseshallbelaidoutasfollows:One foot(1’)outsideofeachgoalpostatwo-inch(2’’)lineshallbepaintedextendingfour feet,sixinches(4’6”)inlength.Theselinesshallbeatrightanglestothegoalline.A semi-circlelinesixfeet(6’)inradiusandtwoinches(2”)inwidthshallbedrawnusing thecenterofthegoallineasthecenterpointandconnectingbothendsofthesideof thecrease.Onthesideofthecreaselines,fourfeet(4’)fromthegoalline,extenda five-inch(5”)lineintothecrease.(seediagramonpagesprecedingthetableofcontents) Thegoalcreaseareashallincludeallthespaceoutlinedbythecreaselines andextendingverticallyfourfeet(4’)tothelevelofthetopofthegoalframe.The areaoutlinedbythecreaselineandthegoallineshallbepaintedalightbluecolor. (PaintcodePMS298.) Theareainsidethegoalframetothegoallineshallbepaintedaglosswhitecolor. OntheiceimmediatelyinfrontofthePenaltyTimekeeper’sseatthereshallbe markedinredontheiceasemi-circleoftenfoot(10’)radiusandtwoinches(2’’)in widthwhichshallbeknownasthe“REFEREE’SCREASE.” 2 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 1.8 Goalkeeper’s Restricted Area – NOT IN USE -Arestrictedtrapezoid-shapedarea behindthegoalwillbelaidoutasfollows:Fivefeet(5’)outsideofeachgoalcrease (sixfeet(6’)fromeachgoalpost),atwo-inch(2”)redlineshallbepaintedextending fromthegoallinetoapointontheendoftherinktenfeet(10’)fromthegoalcrease (elevenfeet(11’)fromthegoalpost)andcontinuingverticallyupthekickplate(see diagramonthepagesprecedingthetableofcontents).(PaintcodePMS186). 1.9 Face-off Spots and Circles -Acircularbluespot,twelveinches(12’’)indiameter, shallbemarkedexactlyinthecenteroftherink;andwiththisspotasacenter,acircleoffifteenfeet(15’)radiusshallbemarkedwithabluelinetwoinches(2’’)inwidth. Tworedspotstwofeet(2’)indiametershallbemarkedontheiceintheneutral zonefivefeet(5’)fromeachblueline.Withintheface-offspot,drawtwoparallellines threeinches(3’’)fromthetopandbottomofthespot.Theareawithinthetwolines shallbepaintedred;theremaindershallbepaintedwhite.Thespotsshallbefortyfourfeet(44’)apartandeachshallbeauniformdistancefromtheadjacentboards. Inbothendzonesandonbothsidesofeachgoal,redface-offspotsandcircles shallbemarkedontheice.Theface-offspotsshallbetwofeet(2’)indiameter. Withintheface-offspot,drawtwoparallellinesthreeinches(3’’)fromthetopandbottomofthespot.Theareawithinthetwolinesshallbepaintedred;theremaindershall bepaintedwhite. Thecirclesshallbetwoinches(2’’)widewitharadiusoffifteenfeet(15’)from thecenteroftheface-offspots.Attheouteredgeofbothsidesofeachface-offcircle andparalleltothegoallineshallbemarkedtworedlines,twoinches(2’’)wideand twofeet(2’)inlengthandthreefeet(3’)apart. Onefootawayfromtheouteredgeoftheface-offspot,twolinesshallbedrawn parallelwiththesideboardsthatshallbefourfeet(4’)inlengthandeighteeninches (18”)apart.Paralleltotheendboards,commencingattheendofthelinenearestto theface-offspot,alineshallextendtwofeetteninches(2’10”)inlength.Alllinesshall betwoinches(2”)inwidth. Thelocationoftheface-offspotsshallbefixedinthefollowingmanner: Alongalinetwentyfeet(20’)fromeachgoallineandparalleltoit,marktwo pointstwenty-twofeet(22’)onbothsidesofthestraightlinejoiningthecenterofthe twogoals.Eachsuchpointshallbethecenterofaface-offspotandcircle. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 3 Rule 2 – Goal Posts and Nets 2.1 Goal Posts -Thegoalpostsshallbekeptinpositionbymeansofflexiblepegsaffixedintheiceorfloor.Theflexiblepegsshallbeteninches(10”)inlengthandlight greenoryellowincolor. Thegoalpostsshallbeofapproveddesignandmaterial,extendingvertically fourfeet(4’)abovethesurfaceoftheiceandsetsixfeet(6’)apartmeasuredfrom theinsideoftheposts.Acrossbarofthesamematerialasthegoalpostsshallextendfromthetopofoneposttothetopoftheother. Thegoalpostsandcrossbarshallbepaintedinredandallotherexteriorsurfacesshallbepaintedinwhite. 2.2 Nets -Thereshallbeattachedtoeachgoalframeanetofapproveddesignmadeof whitenyloncordwhichshallbedrapedinsuchamannerastopreventthepuckcomingtorestontheoutsideofit,yetstrunginamannerthatwillkeepthepuckinthenet. Askirtofheavywhitenylonfabricorheavyweightwhitecanvasshallbelaced aroundthebaseplateofthegoalframeinsuchawayastoprotectthenetfrom beingcutorbroken.Thisprotectivepaddingmustbeattachedinamannerthatwill notrestrictthepuckfromcompletelycrossingthegoalline.Thispaddingmustbeset backsixinches(6’’)fromtheinsideofthegoalpost.Thisskirtshallnotprojectmore thanoneinch(1’’)abovethebaseplate. Theframeofthegoalshallbedrapedwithanylonmeshnetsoastocompletely enclosethebackoftheframe.Thenetshallbemadeofthree-plytwistedtwine (0.197inch(5mm)diameter)orequivalentbraidedtwineofmultifilamentwhitenylon withanappropriatetensilestrengthof700pounds.Thesizeofthemeshshallbetwo andone-halfinches(2½’’)(insidemeasurement)fromeachknottoeachdiagonal knotwhenfullystretched.Knottingshallbemadeastoensurenoslidingofthetwine. Thenetshallbelacedtotheframewithmediumwhitenyloncordnosmallerinsize thanNo.21. Rule 3 – Benches 3.1 4 Players’ Benches -Eachrinkshallbeprovidedwithseatsorbenchesfortheuseof playersofbothteams.Theaccommodationsprovided,includingbenchesanddoors, MUSTbeuniformforbothteams.Suchseatsorbenchesshallhaveaccommodation foratleastfourteen(14)personsofeachteam.Thebenchesshallbeplacedimmediatelyalongsidetheiceasneartothecenteroftherinkaspossible.Twodoorsfor eachbenchmustbeuniforminlocationandsizeandasconvenienttothedressing roomsaspossible. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Eachplayers’benchshouldbetwenty-fourfeet(24’)inlengthandwhensituatedinthespectatorarea,shallbeseparatedfromthespectatorsbyaprotective glassofsufficientheightsoastoaffordthenecessaryprotectionfortheplayers.The players’benchesshallbeonthesamesideoftheplayingsurfaceoppositethe penaltybenchandshouldbeseparatedbyasubstantialdistance,ifpossible. Eachplayers’benchshallhavetwodoorswhichmustbeuniforminlocationand size.(“Mirroredimagebenches”)Alldoorsopeningtotheplayingsurfaceshallbe constructedsothattheyswinginward. 3.2 Penalty Bench -Eachrinkmustbeprovidedwithbenchesorseatstobeknownas the“PENALTYBENCH.”Thesebenchesorseatsmustbecapableofaccommodating atotaloftenpersonsincludingthePenaltyTimekeepers.Separatepenaltybenches shallbeprovidedforeachTeamandtheyshallbesituatedonoppositesidesofthe Timekeeper’sarea,directlyacrosstheicefromtheplayers’benches.Thepenalty bench(es)mustbesituatedintheneutralzone. EachPenaltyBenchshallbeprotectedfromthespectatorareabymeansofa glasspartitionwhichshallnotbelessthanfivefeet(5’)abovetheheightofthe boards. Rule 4 – Signal and Timing Devices 4.1 Signal Devices -Eachrinkmustbeprovidedwithasiren,orothersuitablesounddevice thatwillsoundautomaticallyattheconclusionofeachperiodofplay.Shouldthe sounddevicefailtosoundautomaticallywhentimeexpires,thedeterminingfactoras towhetherornottheperiodhasendedshallbethetimingdevice. Behindeachgoal,electricallightsshallbesetupfortheuseoftheGoal Judges.Aredlightwillsignifythescoringofagoalandagreenlightwillsignifythe endofaperiodoragame. Agoalcannotbescoredwhenagreenlightisshowing. Alight,normallyredincolor,willbesituatedatorneartheTimekeeper’sBench andwillbeilluminatedwhenacommercialtime-outisinprogress.Thislightwillbe extinguishedwhenthecommercialtime-outiscompletetoindicatetotheteamsand theofficialsthatplaymayresume.ThislightiscontrolledbyanauthorizedSPHL CommercialCoordinator. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 5 4.2 Timing Devices -Eachrinkshallbeprovidedwithsomeformofelectronic clockfor thepurposeofkeepingthespectators,playersandgameofficialsaccuratelyinformed astoalltimeelementsatallstagesofthegameincludingthetimeremainingtobe playedinanyperiodandthetimeremainingtobeservedbyatleastfivepenalized playersoneachTeam. Timerecordingforbothgametimeandpenaltytimeshallshowtimeremaining tobeplayedorserved. Thegametimeclockshallmeasurethetimeremainingintenthsofasecond duringthelastminuteofeachperiod. SECTION 2 – TEAMS Rule 5 – Team 5.1 Eligible Players -Ateamshallbecomposedof18players(16skatersandtwogoalkeeperswhoshallbeundercontracttotheclubtheyrepresent. Atthebeginningofeachgame,theManagerorCoachofeachteamshalllist theplayersandgoalkeeperswhoshallbeeligibletoplayinthegame.Notmorethan fifteen(15)playersandtwo(2)goalkeepersshallbepermitted.Onenon-uniformed playershallbepermittedontheplayers’benchinacoachingcapacity.HemustbeindicatedontheRosterSheetsubmittedbytheCoachtotheRefereeorOfficialScorer priortothestartofthegame. Alistofnamesandnumbersofalleligibleplayersandgoalkeepersmustbe handedtotheOfficialScorerbeforethegame,andnochangeshallbepermittedin thelistoradditiontheretoshallbepermittedafterthecommencementofthegame. Priortothegame,ifanofficial(on-iceoroff-ice)noticesthataplayerorgoalkeeperisinuniformbuthasnotbeenincludedontheOfficialGameReport,theRefereeshallbringthistotheattentionoftheoffendingteamsothatthenecessary correctioncanbemadetotheOfficialGameReport(andnopenaltyisassessed). 5.2 6 Ineligible Player - OnlyplayersandgoalkeepersonthelistsubmittedtotheOfficial Scorerbeforethegamemayparticipateinthegame.Thedeterminingfactorwhen consideringwhetherornotaplayerorgoalkeeperiseligibleisthattheplayerorgoalkeeper’sname,andnotnecessarilytheplayerorgoalkeeper’snumber,mustbecorrectlylistedbytheManagerorCoachofthatteam. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Ifagoalisscoredwhenanineligibleplayerorgoalkeeperisontheice(whether hewasinvolvedinthescoringornot),thegoalwillbedisallowed.Thisonlyappliesto thegoalscoredatthestoppageofplaywherebytheplayerorgoalkeeperwas deemedtobeineligible.Allothergoalsscoredpreviouslybytheineligibleplayeror goalkeeper’steam(withhimontheiceornot)shallbeallowed.Theineligibleplayer willberemovedfromthegameandtheClubshallnotbeabletosubstituteanother playerfromitsroster.Noadditionalpenaltiesaretobeassessedbutareportofthe incidentmustbesubmittedtotheCommissioner.Foranineligiblegoalkeeper,see 5.3. 5.3 Goalkeeper -Eachteamshallbeallowedonegoalkeeperontheiceatonetime.The goalkeepermayberemovedandanotherplayersubstituted.Suchsubstituteshallnot bepermittedtheprivilegesofthegoalkeeper. Eachteamshallhaveonitsbench,oronachairimmediatelybesidethebench, asubstitutegoalkeeperwhoshall,atalltimes,befullydressedandequippedready toplay. Exceptwhenbothgoalkeepersareincapacitated,noplayerintheplayingroster inthatgameshallbepermittedtoweartheequipmentofthegoalkeeper. InregularLeagueandPlayoffgames,ifbothlistedgoalkeepersareincapacitated,thatteamshallbeentitledtodressandplayanyavailablegoalkeeperwhois eligible.Thisgoalkeeperiseligibletositontheplayer’sbench,inuniform.Inthe eventthatthetworegulargoalkeepersareinjuredorincapacitatedinquicksuccession,thethirdgoalkeepershallbeprovidedwithareasonableamountoftimetoget dressed,inadditiontoatwo-minutewarm-up(exceptwhenheentersthegametodefendagainstapenaltyshot).If,however,thethirdgoalkeeperisdressedandonthe benchwhenthesecondgoalkeeperbecomesincapacitated,thethirdgoalkeeper shallenterthegameimmediatelyandnowarm-upispermitted. 5.4 Coaches and Team Personnel -Noonebutplayersandgoalkeepersinuniform, non-playingteampersonneldulyregisteredontheLine-UpCardastheManager, Coach(es),Trainer,EquipmentManager,etc.shallbepermittedtooccupythe benchessoprovided. Onenon-uniformedplayershallbepermittedontheplayers’benchinacoachingcapacity.HemustbeindicatedontheLine-UpCardsubmittedbytheCoachto theOfficialScorerpriortothestartofthegame. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 7 Rule 6 – Captain and Alternate Captains 6.1 Captain -OneCaptainshallbeappointedbyeachteam,andhealoneshallhavethe privilegeofdiscussingwiththeRefereeanyquestionsrelatingtointerpretationof ruleswhichmayariseduringtheprogressofagame.Heshallweartheletter“C,”approximatelythreeinches(3’’)inheightandincontrastingcolor,inaconspicuouspositiononthefrontofhissweater.Noco-Captainsarepermitted.EitheroneCaptainand nomorethantwoAlternateCaptains,ornoCaptainandnomorethanthreeAlternate Captainsarepermitted(see6.2). OnlytheCaptain,wheninvitedtodosobytheReferee,shallhavetheprivilege ofdiscussinganypointrelatingtotheinterpretationofrules.AnyCaptain,Alternate Captainoranyplayerorgoalkeeperwhocomesoffthebenchandmakesanyprotest orinterventionwiththeofficialsforanypurposeshallbeassessedaminorpenaltyfor unsportsmanlikeconductunderRule 40 –AbuseofOfficials.Shouldthisprotestcontinue,hemaybeassessedamisconductpenalty,andifitfurthercontinues,agame misconductpenaltyshallbewarranted. AcomplaintaboutapenaltyisNOTamatter“relatingtotheinterpretationofthe rules”andaminorpenaltyshallbeimposedagainstanyCaptain,AlternateCaptainor anyotherplayerorgoalkeepermakingsuchacomplaint. TheRefereeandOfficialScorershallbeadvised,priortothestartofeach game,thenameoftheCaptainandtheAlternateCaptainsofbothteams. Noplayingcoach,playingmanagerorgoalkeepershallbepermittedtoactas CaptainorAlternateCaptain. 6.2 Alternate Captains –IfthepermanentCaptainisnotontheice,AlternateCaptains (notmorethantwo)shallbeaccordedtheprivilegesoftheCaptain.AlternateCaptainsshallweartheletter“A”approximatelythreeinches(3’’)inheightandincontrastingcolor,inaconspicuouspositiononthefrontoftheirsweaters. OnlywhentheCaptainisnotinuniform,theCoachshallhavetherighttodesignate threeAlternateCaptains.Thismustbedonepriortothestartofthegame. Rule 7 – Starting Line-up 7.1 Starting Line-up -Priortothestartofthegame,attherequestoftheReferee,the ManagerorCoachofthevisitingteamisrequiredtonamethestartingline-uptothe RefereeorOfficialScorer. Priortothestartofthegame,theManagerorCoachofthehometeam,having beenadvisedbytheOfficialScorerthenamesofthestartingline-upofthevisiting team,shallnamethestartingline-upofthehometeam.ThisinformationshallbeconveyedbytheOfficialScorertotheCoachofthevisitingteam. 8 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Nochangeinthestartingline-upofeitherteamasgiventotheOfficialScorer,or intheplayingline-upontheice,shallbemadeuntilthegameisactuallyinprogress. 7.2 Violation -Foraninfractionofthisrule,abenchminorpenaltyshallbeimposedupon theoffendingteam,providedsuchinfractioniscalledtotheattentionoftheReferee beforethesecondface-offinthefirstperiodtakesplace.Thisisanappealplayand mustbebroughttotheReferee’sattentionpriortothesecondface-offinthegame. Thereisnopenaltytotherequestingteamiftheirappealisunsustained.Thedeterminingfactorwhenconsideringwhetherornotaplayerorgoalkeeperislistedinthe startingline-upisthattheplayerorgoalkeeper’sname,andnotnecessarilythe playerorgoalkeeper’snumber,mustbecorrectlylistedbytheManagerorCoachof thatteam. Intheeventateamscoresonthefirstshiftofthegame,anditisbroughttothe attentionoftheRefereebytheopposingteamthattheteamthatscoreddidnothave thecorrectstartingline-upontheice,thegoalshallbeallowedandabenchminor penaltyassessedtotheoffendingteamforhavinganimproperstartingline-up.Ifthe teamthatscoresthegoalonthefirstshiftofthegamechallengesthestartingline-up oftheopposingteamandtheopposingteamdidnothavethecorrectstartingline-up, thescoringofthegoalwouldnullifythebenchminorpenaltyandnofurtherpenalties wouldbeassessed. Rule 8 – Injured Players 8.1 Injured Player -Whenaplayerisinjuredorcompelledtoleavetheiceduringa game,hemayretirefromthegameandbereplacedbyasubstitute,butplaymust continuewithouttheteamsleavingtheice. Duringtheplay,ifaninjuredplayerwishestoretirefromtheiceandbereplaced byasubstitute,hemustdosoattheplayers’benchandnotthroughanyotherexit leadingfromtherink.Thisisnotalegalplayerchangeandthereforewhenaviolation occurs,abenchminorpenaltyshallbeimposed. Ifapenalizedplayerhasbeeninjured,hemayproceedtothedressingroom withoutthenecessityoftakingaseatonthepenaltybench.Iftheinjuredplayerreceivesaminorpenalty,thepenalizedteamshallimmediatelyputasubstituteplayer onthepenaltybench,whoshallservethepenaltyuntilsuchtimeastheinjuredplayer isabletoreturntothegame.Hewouldreplacehisteammateonthepenaltybenchat thenextstoppageofplay.Iftheinjuredplayerreceivesamajorpenalty,thepenalized teamshallplaceasubstituteplayeronthepenaltybenchbeforethepenaltyexpires andnootherreplacementforthepenalizedplayershallbepermittedtoenterthe gameexceptfromthepenaltybench.Forviolationofthisrule,abenchminorpenalty shallbeimposed. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 9 Shouldtheinjuredpenalizedplayerwhohasbeenreplacedonthepenalty benchreturntohisplayers’benchpriortotheexpirationofhispenalty,heshallnotbe eligibletoplayuntilhispenaltyhasexpired.Thisincludescoincidentalpenaltieswhen hissubstituteisstillinthepenaltyboxawaitingastoppageinplay.Theinjuredplayer mustwaituntilhissubstitutehasbeenreleasedfromthepenaltyboxbeforeheiseligibletoplay.If,however,thereisastoppageofplaypriortotheexpirationofhis penalty,hemustthenreplacehisteammateonthepenaltybenchandreturntoplay oncehispenaltyhasexpired. Whenaplayerisinjuredsothathecannotcontinueplayorgotohisbench,the playshallnotbestoppeduntiltheinjuredplayer’steamhassecuredpossessionof thepuck.Iftheplayer’steamisinpossessionofthepuckatthetimeofinjury,play shallbestoppedimmediatelyunlesshisteamisinascoringposition. Inthecasewhereitisobviousthataplayerhassustainedaseriousinjury,the Refereeand/orLinesmanmaystoptheplayimmediately. WhenplayhasbeenstoppedbytheRefereeorLinesmanduetoaninjured player,orwheneveraninjuredplayerisattendedtoontheicebytheTrainerormedicalpersonnel,suchplayermustbesubstitutedforimmediately.Thisinjuredplayer cannotreturntotheiceuntilplayhasresumed. Whenplayisstoppedforaninjuredplayer,theensuingface-offshallbeconductedattheface-offspotinthezonenearestthelocationofthepuckwhentheplay wasstopped.Whentheinjuredplayer’steamhaspossessionofthepuckintheattackingzone,theface-offshallbeconductedatoneoftheface-offspotsoutsidethe bluelineintheneutralzone.Whentheinjuredplayerisinhisdefendingzoneand theattackingteamisinpossessionofthepuckintheattackingzone,theface-off shallbeconductedatoneofthedefendingteam’send-zoneface-offspots. 8.2 Injured Goalkeeper -Ifagoalkeepersustainsaninjuryorbecomesill,hemustbe readytoresumeplayimmediatelyorbereplacedbyasubstitutegoalkeeperandno additionaltimeshallbeallowedbytheRefereeforthepurposeofenablingtheinjured orillgoalkeepertoresumehisposition.Thesubstitutegoalkeepershallbealloweda two(2)minutewarm-upduringallpre-seasongames.Nowarm-upshallbepermitted forasubstitutegoalkeeperinallregularLeagueorPlayoffgames. TheRefereeshallreporttotheCommissionerfordisciplinaryactionanydelay inmakingagoalkeepersubstitution. Thesubstitutegoalkeepershallbesubjecttotheregularrulesgoverninggoalkeepersandshallbeentitledtothesameprivileges. Whenasubstitutionfortheregulargoalkeeperhasbeenmade,suchregular goalkeepershallnotresumehispositionuntilthenextstoppageofplay. 10 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 WhenplayhasbeenstoppedbytheRefereeorLinesmanduetoaninjured goalkeeper,suchgoalkeepermustbesubstitutedforonlyifhehastoproceedtothe players’benchtoreceivemedicalattention.IftheTrainerhascomeontotheicetoattendtothegoalkeeperandthereisnounduedelay,thegoalkeepermayremaininthe gamewithoutsubstitute.However,noadditionaltimeshallbepermittedbytheRefereeforthepurposeofenablingtheinjuredgoalkeepertoresumehisposition(i.e.no warm-up). 8.3 Blood –AtthediscretionoftheReferee,aplayerorgoalkeeperwhoisbleedingshall beruledofftheiceatthenextstoppageofplay.Suchplayerorgoalkeepershallnot bepermittedtoreturntoplayuntilthebleedinghasbeenstoppedandthecutorabrasioncovered(ifnecessary).Itisrequiredthatanyaffectedequipmentand/oruniform beproperlydecontaminatedorexchanged. SECTION 3 – EQUIPMENT Rule 9 – Uniforms 9.1 Team Uniform –Allplayersofeachteamshallbedresseduniformlywithapproved designandcoloroftheirhelmets,sweaters,shortpants,stockingsandskates. Altereduniformsofanykind,i.e.Velcroinserts,over-sizedjerseys,alteredcollars,etc.,willnotbepermitted.Anyplayerorgoalkeepernotcomplyingwiththisrule shallnotbepermittedtoparticipateinthegame.Forviolations,referto9.5. EachmemberClubshalldesignandweardistinctiveandcontrastinguniforms fortheirhomeandroadgames,nopartsofwhichshallbeinterchangeableexceptthe pants.Anyconcernsregardingaplayer’suniform(includingthegoalkeeper)shallbe reportedbytheRefereetotheSPHLHockeyOperationsDepartment. 9.2 Numbers -Eachplayerandeachgoalkeeperlistedintheline-upofeachteamshall wearanindividualidentifyingnumberatleastteninches(10’’)highonthebackofhis sweater.Sweaternumberssuchas00,½(fractions),.05(decimals),101(threedigit) arenotpermitted.Inaddition,eachplayerandgoalkeepershallwearhissurnamein full,inblocklettersthreeinches(3’’)high,acrossthebackofhissweateratshoulder height. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 11 9.3 Player’s Jersey –Themaximumjerseysizeis(seediagram). Noinsertsoradditionsaretobeaddedtothestandardplayers’jerseyasproducedbythemanufacturer.(Modificationsatthemanufacturerarenotallowedunless approvedinadvancebytheLeague) Noalterationoftheneckopeningispermitted. Sleevesmustextendintothecuffoftheglove. Jerseysmustbe“tieddown”properlyatalltimes. 9.4 Goalkeeper’s Jersey -Noinsertsoradditionsaretobeaddedtothestandardgoalkeeper-cutjerseyasproducedbythemanufacturer.Modificationsatthemanufacturer arenotallowedunlessapprovedinadvancebytheLeague. No“tyingdown”ofthesweaterisallowedatthewristsifitcreatesatension acrossthejerseysuchthata“webbingeffect”iscreatedinthearmpitarea. Noothertiedownsareallowedthatcreatea“webbingeffect.” Thelengthofajerseyisillegalifitcoversanyareabetweenthegoalkeeper’s legs. 9.5 12 Protective Equipment -Allprotectiveequipment,exceptgloves,headgearandgoalkeepers’legguardsmustbewornundertheuniform.ShoulditbebroughttotheattentionoftheRefereethataplayerorgoalkeeperiswearing,forexample,anelbow padthatisnotcoveredbyhisjersey,heshallinstructtheplayerorgoalkeeperto coverupthepadandasecondviolationbythesameplayerorgoalkeeperwouldresultinaminorpenaltybeingassessed. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Allplayersofbothteamsshallwearahelmet, visor,andmouthguardofdesign, materialandconstructionapprovedbytheLeagueatalltimeswhileparticipatingina game,eitherontheplayingsurfaceortheplayerorpenaltybenches. Afineofone-hundreddollars($100)shallbeassessedtoeachplayerwhofails towearhishelmetandvisorasrequiredunderthisrule.Anyplayerdeemednottobe wearingamouthguardshallberuledofftheice.Shouldthesameplayercomeback ontheicenotwearingamouthguardheshallagainberuledofftheiceandtherefereewillfileareporttotheLeagueOfficewhowillsubsequentlyfinetheoffending playertwenty-fivedollars($25).Foreachsubsequentviolationthefinewillincrease bytwenty-fivedollars($25).Anyplayerwhoduringthecourseofthegamefailsto wearhisvisorintheproperpositionshallbeassessedamisconductpenalty.If,after losinghishelmet,hegoestohisplayers’benchtobesubstitutedfor,hemaynotreturntotheiceduringplaywithoutahelmet(normayaplayerexitthepenaltybench duringplaywithoutahelmet).Shouldhedoso,theplayshallbestoppedoncehis teamhasgainedpossessionofthepuck.Iftheplayisstoppedforsuchaninfraction intheattackingzone,theensuingface-offwilltakeplaceatthenearestface-offspot intheneutralzoneofthenon-offendingteam.Iftheplayisstoppedforsuchaninfractioninthedefendingorneutralzone,theensuingface-offwilltakeplaceatthe nearestface-offspottothelocationofthepuckinthatzonewhentheplaywasstopped. Whenagoalkeeperhaslosthishelmetand/orfacemaskandhisteamhaspossessionofthepuck,theplayshallbestoppedimmediatelytoallowthegoalkeeper theopportunitytoregainhishelmetand/orfacemask.Whentheopposingteamhas possessionofthepuck,playshallonlybestoppedifthereisnoimmediateandimpendingscoringopportunity.ThisstoppageofplaymustbemadebytheReferee. Whenplayisstoppedbecausethegoalkeeperhaslosthishelmetand/orfacemask, theensuingface-offshalltakeplaceatoneofthedefendingteam’sendzoneface-off spots. Whenagoalkeeperdeliberatelyremoveshishelmetand/orfacemaskinorder tosecureastoppageofplay,theRefereeshallstopplayasoutlinedaboveandinthis caseassessthegoalkeeperaminorpenaltyfordelayingthegame.Ifthegoalkeeper deliberatelyremoveshishelmetand/orfacemaskwhentheopposingteamisona breakaway,theRefereeshallawardapenaltyshottothenon-offendingteam,which shotshallbetakenbytheplayerlastinpossessionofthepuck.Ifthegoalkeeperdeliberatelyremoveshishelmetand/orfacemaskduringthecourseofapenaltyshotor shootoutattempt,theRefereeshallawardagoaltothenon-offendingteam. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 13 WheneveritisdeemedbytheRefereethataplayerorgoalkeeperiswearing protectiveequipment(includinganalteredortornjersey)thatdoesnotmeetwith Leagueregulations,heshallinstructtheplayerorgoalkeepertochangeorremove thepieceofequipment.Ifherefusestomakethenecessarychangeheshallbeassessedaminorpenaltyfordelayofgameandshouldhereturntotheicewithout makingthenecessarychangeheshallbeassessedamisconductpenalty.Should thishappenathirdtime,heshallbeassessedagamemisconductpenalty. 9.6 Dangerous Equipment -Theuseofpadsorprotectorsmadeofmetal,orofany othermateriallikelytocauseinjurytoaplayerorgoalkeeper,isprohibited.Referee havetheauthoritytoprohibitanyequipmenttheyfeelmaycauseinjurytoanyparticipantsinthegame.FailuretocomplytotheReferee’instructionsshallresultintheassessmentofaminorpenaltyfordelayofgame. AmaskorprotectorofadesignapprovedbytheLeaguemaybewornbya playerwhohassustainedafacialinjury. Inthefirstinstance,theinjuredplayershallbeentitledtowearanyprotective deviceprescribedbytheClubdoctor.IfanyopposingClubobjectstothedevice,it mayrecorditsobjectionwiththeCommissioner. Incaseswhereastickmayhavebeenmodifiedanditisevidentthattheedges havenotbeenbeveled,theRefereeshalldeemthesticktobedangerousequipment andremovedfromthegameuntiltheedgescanbebeveledsufficiently.Nopenaltyis toassessedinitiallyunlesstheplayerreturnstotheicewiththeunmodifiedstick,for whichhewillbeassessedaminorpenaltyfordelayofgame. Rule 10 – Sticks The SPHl has No stick measurements during the game. All protests will be done through the SPHl league office. 10.1 Player’s Stick -Thesticksshallbemadeofwoodorothermaterialapprovedbythe League,andmustnothaveanyprojections.Adhesivetapeofanycolormaybe wrappedaroundthestickatanyplaceforthepurposeofreinforcementortoimprove controlofthepuck. Nostickshallexceedsixty-threeinches(63”)inlengthfromtheheeltotheend oftheshaftnormorethantwelveandone-halfinches(121/2“)fromtheheeltothe endoftheblade. 14 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Requestsforanexceptiontothelengthoftheshaft(only)maybesubmittedin writingtoandmustbeapprovedbytheLeague’sHockeyOperationsDepartment priortoanysuchstickbeingapprovedforuse.Maximumlengthofastickgrantedan exceptionunderthisruleissixty-fiveinches(65”). Thebladeofthestickshallnotbemorethanthreeinches(3”)inwidthatany pointbetweentheheeland½”infromthemid-pointofthetipoftheblade,norless thantwoinches(2”).Alledgesofthebladeshallbebeveled(see9.6). SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 15 10.2 Goalkeeper’s Stick -Inthecaseofagoalkeeper’sstick,thereshallbeaknobof whitetapeorsomeotherprotectivematerialapprovedbytheLeague.Thisknobmust notbelessthanone-halfinch(1/2‘’)thickatthetopoftheshaft. Failuretocomplywiththisprovisionoftherulewillresultinthegoalkeeper’s stickbeingdeemedunfitforplay.Thegoalkeeper’sstickmustbechangedwithoutthe applicationofaminorpenalty. Thebladeofthegoalkeeper’sstickshallnotexceedthreeandone-halfinches (3 /2‘’)inwidthatanypointexceptattheheel,whereitmustnotexceedfourand one-halfinches(41/2‘’)inwidth;norshallthegoalkeeper’sstickexceedfifteenand one-halfinches(151/2‘’)inlengthfromtheheeltotheendoftheblade. 1 Thereistobenomeasurementofthecurvatureofthebladeonthegoalkeeper’sstick.Allotherelementsofthestickaresubjecttoameasurementandthe appropriateapplicablepenalty. Thewidenedportionofthegoalkeeper’sstickextendinguptheshaftfromthe bladeshallnotextendmorethantwenty-sixinches(26’’)fromtheheelandshallnot exceedthreeandone-halfinches(31/2‘’)inwidth. 10.3 Broken Stick – Player -Abrokenstickisonewhich,intheopinionoftheReferee,is unfitfornormalplay. Aplayerwithoutastickmayparticipateinthegame.Aplayerwhosestickisbrokenmayparticipateinthegameprovidedhedropsthebrokenstick.Aminorpenalty shallbeimposedforaninfractionofthisrule. Aplayerwhohaslostorbrokenhisstickmayonlyreceiveastickathisown players’benchorbehandedonefromateammateontheice.Aplayermaynotparticipateintheplayusingagoalkeeper’sstick.Aminorpenaltyshallbeimposedfor aninfractionofthisrule. 16 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Aplayertenderedastickthrownontheicefromtheplayers’orpenaltybench willnotreceiveapenalty.However,thepersonresponsibleforthrowingthestickwill receiveabenchminor penalty. 10.4 Broken Stick – Goalkeeper -Agoalkeepermaycontinuetoplaywithabrokenstick untilastoppageofplayoruntilhehasonelegallyhandedtohimbyateammate.The teammatemusthandthesticktohim.Hecannotthrowitorslideittothegoalkeeper (thisincludessituationswherethegoalkeeperhaslosthisstickandateammateis tryingtoreturnittohim).Foraviolationofthisrule,aminorpenaltyforthrowingthe stickshallbeassessedtotheoffendingplayer(nopenaltytothegoalkeeperforreceivingthestick). Agoalkeeperwhosestickisbrokenorillegalmaynotgototheplayers’bench forareplacementbutmustreceivehisstickfromateammate.Agoalkeepermayparticipateintheplayusingaplayer’sstickuntilsuchtimeasheislegallyprovidedwith areplacementgoalkeeper’sstick. Foraninfractionofthisrule,aminorpenaltyshallbeimposedonthegoalkeeper. Rule 11 – Goalkeeper’s Equipment 11.1 Goalkeeper’s Equipment -Withtheexceptionofskatesandstick,alltheequipment wornbythegoalkeepermustbeconstructedsolelyforthepurposeofprotectingthe headorbody,andhemustnotwearanygarmentoruseanycontrivancewhichwould givehimundueassistanceinkeepinggoal. TheLeague’sHockeyOperationsDepartmentisspecificallyauthorizedtomake acheckofeachteams’equipmenttoensurethecompliancewiththerule.ItshallreportitsfindingstotheCommissionerforhisdisciplinaryaction.Onlythedimensions ofthegoalkeeper’sstick(exclusiveofthecurvatureoftheblade)maybemeasured duringthecourseofthegame. 11.2 Leg Guards –Thelegguardswornbygoalkeepersshallnotexceedeleveninches (11’’)inextremewidthwhenonthelegofthegoalkeeper.Themaximumlengthfrom bottommid-pointtotopmid-pointofthepadisnottoexceedthirty-eightinches(38’’). Theminimumlengthofthebootofthepadistobenolessthanseveninches(7’’). Thebootchannelofthegoalpadmustbeflatorconcaveinappearance.Noattachmentssuchasplasticpuckfoilsarepermitted. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 17 Calfprotectorsmustfollowthecontourofthecalfandankleandcanhavea thicknessofnogreaterthanoneandahalfinches(11/2‘’).Noraisedridgeswillbe permittedonthecalfprotectorthatwouldbedeemedtoactasdeflectorsofpucks. Thekneestrappadisnottoexceedsixinches(6’’)inlengthbyfiveandonehalfinches(51/2‘’)inwidthbyoneandone-half(11/2“)inthickness.Thekneestrap padmustbefastenedtotheinnerrisers.Thetotalwidthmeasurementoftheentire innerkneepadding(padrisers)includingtheouterkneestrappadmustnotexceed twoandahalfinches(21/2‘’)inthickness.Theinnerkneepadsarenottoexceed seveninches(7”)inlength,fiveandahalfinches(51/2‘’)inwidth.Thelengthofseven inches(7”)ismeasuredfromwheretheinnerpaddingattachestothelegpadand backtotheendoftheinnerpadding.Medialrolls(raisedseamridges)willnotbepermitted.Allkneeprotectionmustbewornunderthethighguardofthepant. 11.3 Chest and Arm Pads –Noraisedridgesareallowedonthefrontedgesorsidesof thechestpad,theinsideoroutsideofthearms,oracrosstheshoulders. Layeringattheelbowispermittedtoaddprotectionbutnottoaddstopping area.Thislayering,bothacrossthefrontanddownthesides,toprotectthepointof theelbowshallnotexceedseveninches(7’’). Shouldercapprotectorsmustfollowthecontouroftheshouldercapwithoutbecomingaprojection/extensionbeyondorabovetheshoulderorshouldercap.This contouredpaddingmustnotbemorethanoneinch(1”)inthicknessbeyondthetop ridgeoftheshoulderandshouldercap. Oneachsidetheshoulderclavicleprotectorsarenottoexceedseveninches (7”)inwidth.Theirmaximumthicknessistobeoneinch(1’’).Thisprotectionisnotto extendorprojectaboveorbeyondtheshoulderorshouldercapnorextendbeyond thearmpit.Noinsertisallowedbetweentheshoulderclavicleprotectorandthechest padthatwouldelevatetheshoulderclavicleprotector. If,whenthegoalkeeper assumeshisnormalcrouchposition,theshoulder and/orshouldercapprotectionispushedabovethecontouroftheshoulder,thechest padwillbeconsideredillegal. 11.4 Pants –Nointernalorexternalorcheaterpaddingispermittedonthepantlegor waistbeyondthatwhichisrequiredtoprovideprotection(nooutsideorinsideridges). Themaximumwidth(straightline)ofthethighpadacrossthefrontofthelegis teninches(10”).Ifthegroinand/orhippadsextendbeyondtheedgeofthefront thighpadtheyaretobeincludedinthisten-inch(10’’)measurement.Thismeasure- 18 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 mentistobetakenwhilethegoalkeeperisinanuprightstandingposition.This measurementistobemadefiveinches(5”)upfromthebottomofthepant. Allthighpadsmustfollowthecontouroftheleg.Squarethighpadsareconsideredillegal. Allkneeprotectionmustbestrappedandfitunderthethighpadofthepantleg andnotexceedtheteninches(10’’)allowedforthewidthofthethighpad. 11.5 Catching Glove –Amaximumperimeterofforty-fiveinches(45”)ispermitted.The perimeterofthegloveisthedistancearoundtheglove(seemeasurementproceduresbelow). Thewristcuffmustbefourinches(4”)inwidth.Thecuffofthegloveisconsideredtobetheportionofthegloveprotectingthewristfromthepointwherethethumb jointmeetsthewrist.Anyprotectionjoining/enhancingthecufftotheglovewillbe consideredpartofthegloveratherthanthecuff. Thewristcuffistobeamaximumofeightinches(8’’)inlength(thisincludesthe bindings).Allmeasurementsfollowthecontourofthecuff. Thedistancefromtheheeloftheglove alongthepocketandfollowingthecontourof theinsideofthetrapoftheglovetothetopof the“T”trapmustnotexceedeighteeninches (18’’).Theheelisconsideredtobethepoint atwhichthestraightverticallinefromthecuff meetstheglove(seediagramatright). Measuring Procedures for Goalkeepers’ Catching Glove SuggestedEquipment-binderclip,pins anda5/8“fiberglassclothmeasuringtapethat measureseighthofaninch. Procedure: 1) Atthe“startingpoint”ofthemeasurement, anchorthetapewithapinorbinderclip. 2)Ensurethatthemidpointlineofthemeasuringtapefollowstheoutsidetopridgeof theedge/binding. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 19 3)Ifatthejunctionofthecuffandcatchportions oftheglovethereisa“jaggedpoint,”the measurementtapewillfollowtheimaginary perpendicularlinetothegloveridgeabove. (A“jaggedjoint”anywhereelseontheglove willnotbeallowedthis“straightline”privilege,i.e.wherethetrapjoinsthemain glove). 11.6 Blocking Glove –Protectivepaddingattached tothebackorformingpartofthegoalkeeper’s blockinggloveshallnotexceedeightinches(8”)inwidthnormorethanfifteeninches (15”)inlengthatanypoint(thisincludesthebindings).Allmeasurementsfollowthe contourofthebackoftheglove. Theblockingglovemustberectangularinshape. Theflapprotectingthethumbandwristmustbefastenedtotheblockerand mustfollowthecontourofthethumbandwrist.Thisthumbprotectionmustnotexceedseveninches(7’’)inextremelengthwhenmeasuredfromthetopoftheblocking surface. Raisedridgesarenottobeaddedtoanyportionoftheblockingglove. Allgoalkeepersmustuseoneofeachablockinggloveandcatchingglove, meetingLeague-approvedsizingspecifications. 11.7 Masks –ProtectivemasksofadesignapprovedbytheLeaguemustbewornby goalkeepers.Protectivemasksdeemedtobewornonlytoincreasestoppingareawill beconsideredillegal. 11.8 League Inspections -Theseinspectionscantakeplaceanytime,before,orafterthe game.AmemberoftheLeague’sHockeyOperationsorOfficiatingdepartmentsmay obtaintheequipmentfromanyorallfourparticipatinggoalkeepers.Thisequipment mayberemovedtoasecurelocationformeasuring. Anyviolationofthisrulewillresultinanautomaticteamfineofonethousanddollars($1000)andbereportedtotheCommissionerforfurtheraction.Additionalsanctionsmayincludefinestotheequipment managerandsubsequentsuspensionofthe goaltender(s)underRule28 –SupplementaryDiscipline. 20 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 RefusaltosubmittheequipmentforLeaguemeasurementwillresultinthe samesanctionsasthoseimposedonagoalkeeperwithillegalequipment. AnyviolationofthisruleshallbereportedtotheClubinvolvedandtotheCommissioneroftheLeague. Rule 12 – Illegal Equipment 12.1 Illegal Equipment -Allprotectiveequipment,exceptgloves,headgearandgoalkeepers’legguardsmustbewornundertheuniform.Forviolationofthisrule,afterwarningbytheReferee,aminorpenaltyshallbeimposed. Playersincludingthegoalkeeperviolatingthisruleshallnotbepermittedtoparticipateinthegameuntilsuchequipmenthasbeencorrectedorremoved. 12.2 Gloves -Aglovefromwhichallorpartofthepalmhasbeenremovedorcuttopermit theuseofthebarehandshallbeconsideredillegalequipmentandifanyplayer wearssuchagloveinplay,aminorpenaltyshallbeimposedonhim. Whenacomplaintismadeunderthisrule,andsuchcomplaintisnotsustained, abenchminorpenaltyshallbeimposedagainstthecomplainingClubfordelayingthe game. 12.3 Elbow Pads -Allelbowpadswhichdonothaveasoftprotectiveoutercoveringof spongerubberorsimilarmaterialatleastone-halfinch(1/2‘’)thickshallbeconsidered dangerousequipment. 12.4 Fair Play -Theseequipmentregulations(Section3)arewritteninthespiritof“fair play.”IfatanytimetheLeaguefeelsthatthisspiritisbeingabused,theoffending equipmentwillbedeemedineligibleforplayuntilahearinghasruledonitseligibility. 12.5 League Inspections -TheLeague’sHockeyOperationsorOfficiatingdepartments arespecificallyauthorizedtomakeacheckofeachteam’sequipmenttoensurethe compliancewiththisrule.TheyshallreporttheirfindingstotheCommissionerforhis disciplinaryaction. Rule 13 - Puck 13.1 Dimensions -Thepuckshallbemadeofvulcanizedrubber,orotherapprovedmaterial,oneinch(1’’)thickandthreeinches(3’’)indiameterandshallweighbetweenfive andone-halfounces(51/2‘’oz.)andsixounces(6oz.).Allpucksusedincompetition mustbeblackincolorandapprovedbytheLeague. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 21 13.2 Supply -Thehometeamshallberesponsibleforprovidinganadequatesupplyofofficialpuckswhichshallbekeptinafrozencondition.Thissupplyofpucksshallbe keptatthepenaltybenchunderthecontrolofoneoftheregularoff-iceOfficialsora specialattendant. 13.3 Illegal Puck -Ifatanytimewhileplayisinprogress,apuckotherthantheone legallyinplayshallappearontheplayingsurface,theplayshallnotbestoppedbut shallcontinuewiththelegalpuckuntiltheplaytheninprogressiscompletedby changeofpossession. Rule 14 – Adjustment to Clothing or Equipment 14.1 Adjustment to Clothing or Equipment -Playshallnotbestoppednorthegamede layedbyreasonsofadjustmentstoclothing,equipment,skatesorsticks. Theonusofmaintainingclothingandequipmentinproperconditionshallbe upontheplayer.Ifadjustmentsarerequired,theplayershallleavetheiceandplay shallcontinuewithasubstitute. Nodelayshallbepermittedfortherepairoradjustmentofgoalkeeper’sequipment.Ifadjustmentsarerequired,thegoalkeepershallleavetheiceandhisplace shallbetakenbythesubstitutegoalkeeperimmediately. SECTION 4 – TYPES OF PENALTIES Rule 15 – Calling of Penalties 15.1 Calling a Penalty -Shouldaninfractionoftheruleswhichwouldcallforaminor, major,misconduct,gamemisconductormatchpenaltybecommittedbyaplayeror goalkeeperofthesideinpossessionofthepuck,theRefereeshallimmediatelyblow hiswhistleandpenalizetheoffendingplayerorgoalkeeper. Shouldaninfractionoftheruleswhichwouldcallforaminor,major,misconduct,gamemisconductormatchpenaltybecommittedbyaplayerorgoalkeeperof theteamnotinpossessionofthepuck,theRefereeshallraisehisarmtosignalthe delayedcallingofapenalty.Whentheteamtobepenalizedgainscontrolofthepuck, theRefereewillblowhiswhistletostopplayandimposethepenaltyontheoffending playerorgoalkeeper. 22 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 RefertoReferenceTables–Table1–SummaryofPenaltiestoCoachesand Non-playingClubPersonnel(page129)foralistofinfractionsspecifictothoseindividuals. 15.2 Calling a Minor Penalty – Goal Scored -Ifthepenaltytobeimposedisaminor penaltyandagoalisscoredontheplaybythenon-offendingside,theminorpenalty shallnotbeimposedbutmajorandmatchpenaltiesshallbeimposedinthenormal mannerregardlessofwhetherornotagoalisscored. 15.3 Calling a Double-minor Penalty – Goal Scored -Whenthepenaltytobeimposed isapplicableunderRule 47 forHead-buttingorRule 58 Butt-ending,Rule 60 HighstickingorRule 62 Spearing,andagoalisscored,twominutesoftheappropriate penaltywillbeassessedtotheoffendingplayerorgoalkeeper.(Thiswillbeannouncedasadouble-minorfortheappropriatefoulandtheplayerwillservetwo(2) minutesonly.) 15.4 Calling a Penalty – Short-handed Team – Goal Scored -Ifwhenateamis“shorthanded”byreasonofoneormoreminororbenchminorpenalties,theRefereesignalsafurtherminorpenaltyorpenaltiesagainstthe“short-handed”teamandagoal isscoredbythenon-offendingsidebeforethewhistleisblown,thenthegoalshallbe allowed.Thepenaltyorpenaltiessignaledshallbeassessedandthefirstoftheminor penaltiesalreadybeingservedshallautomaticallyterminateunderRule 16 –Minor Penalties.Majorandmatchpenaltiesshallbeimposedinthenormalmannerregardlessofwhetherornotagoalisscored. Shouldaminororbenchminorpenaltybesignaledagainstateamalready short-handedbyreasonofamajor(ormatch)penalty,butbeforetheplaycanbe stoppedtoassesstheminororbenchminorpenalty,agoalisscoredbythenon-offendingside,thesignaledminororbenchminorpenaltyshallnotbeimposeddueto thescoringofthegoal. Shouldapenaltybesignaledagainstateamalreadyshort-handedbyreasonof oneormoreminororbenchminorpenalties,andthesignaledpenaltywouldresultin theawardingofapenaltyshot,butbeforetheRefereecanstopplaytoawardthe penaltyshot,thenon-offendingteamscoresagoal,thenthesignaledpenalty(that wouldhaveresultedinapenaltyshot)shallbeassessedasaminor(double-minor, majorormatch)penaltyandthefirstoftheminorpenaltiesalreadybeingservedshall automaticallyterminateunderRule16 –MinorPenalties. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 23 15.5 Face-off Locations -Theresultingface-offshallbelocatedataface-offspotinthe zonenearesttowheretheplaywasstoppedwhentheoffendingteamgainedcontrol ofthepuck,exceptwhentheydosointheirattackingzone,towhichtheensuing face-offwillbeconductedintheneutralzonenearthedefendingteam’sblueline. Ifthestoppageofplayiscausedbythedefendingteam(puckfrozenalongthe boards,frozenbythegoalkeeper,shotoutofplay)andtheattackingteamistobepenalized,theresultingface-offshallbemadeatthenearestface-offspotinthedefendingzone.Theonlyexceptiontothisface-offlocationisif,priortothestoppageofplay fortheassessmentofthepenalty,thenon-offendingteamicesthepuck.Then,the face-offfollowingthestoppageshalltakeplaceatoneofthetwoface-offspotsinthe neutralzonenearthedefendingbluelineoftheteamshootingthepuck. Rule 16 – Minor Penalties 16.1 Minor Penalty -Foraminorpenalty,anyplayer,otherthanagoalkeeper,shallbe ruledofftheicefortwo(2)minutesduringwhichtimenosubstituteshallbepermitted. 16.2 Short-handed -“Short-handed”meansthattheteammustbebelowthenumerical strengthofitsopponentontheiceatthetimethegoalisscored.Theminororbench minorpenaltywhichterminatesautomaticallyistheonewiththeleastamountoftime ontheclock.ThuscoincidentminorpenaltiestobothTeamsdonotcauseeitherside tobe“short-handed”(see Rule 19). Ifwhileateamis“short-handed”byoneormoreminororbenchminorpenalties,theopposingteamscoresagoal,thefirstofsuchpenaltiesshallautomatically terminate. Thisruleshallalsoapplywhenagoalisawarded. Thisruledoesnotapplywhenagoalisscoredonapenaltyshot(i.e.offendingteam’s penalizedplayer(s)donotgetreleasedonthescoringofagoalonapenaltyshot). Minor penalty expiration criteria: Istheteamscoredagainstshort-handed? Istheteamscoredagainstservingaminorpenaltyontheclock? Ifbothcriteriaaresatisfied,theminorpenaltywiththeleastamountoftimeon theclockshallterminateexceptwhencoincidentalpenaltiesarebeingserved.Refer toReferenceTables–Table17 –GoalsScoredAgainstaShort-handedTeam (page142). 24 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Nopenaltyshallexpirewhenagoalisscoredagainstateamonapenaltyshot. Whentheminorpenaltiesoftwoplayersofthesameteamterminateatthe sametime,theCaptainofthatteamshalldesignatetotheRefereewhichofsuch playerswillreturntotheicefirstandtheRefereewillinstructthePenaltyTimekeeper accordingly. 16.3 Infractions –RefertoReferenceTables–Table2–SummaryofMinorPenalties (page130),foralistofinfractionsthatcanresultinaminorpenaltybeingassessed (seespecificrulenumbersforcompletedescriptions). Rule 17 – Bench Minor Penalties 17.1 Bench Minor Penalty -Abenchminorpenaltyinvolvestheremovalfromtheiceof oneplayeroftheteamagainstwhichthepenaltyisassessedforaperiodoftwo(2) minutes.Anyplayerexceptagoalkeeperoftheteammaybedesignatedtoservethe penaltybytheManagerorCoachthroughtheplayingCaptainandsuchplayershall takehisplaceonthepenaltybenchpromptlyandservethepenaltyasifitwasa minorpenaltyimposeduponhim. 17.2 Short-handed –see16.2. 17.3 Infractions –RefertoReferenceTables–Table3–SummaryofBenchMinorPenalties(page131)foralistofinfractionsthatcanresultinabenchminorpenaltybeing assessed(seespecificrulenumbersforcompletedescriptions). Rule 18 – Double-minor Penalties 18.1 Double-minor Penalty -Foradouble-minorpenalty,anyplayer,otherthanagoalkeeper,shallberuledofftheiceforfour(4)minutesduringwhichtimenosubstitute shallbepermitted. 18.2 Short-handed –see16.2. -Whenadouble-minorpenaltyhasbeensignaledbythe Refereeandthenon-offendingteamscoresduringthedelay,oneoftheminorpenaltiesshallbewashedoutandthepenalizedplayerwillservetheremainingtwominutesofthedouble-minorpenalty.Thepenaltywillbeannouncedasadouble-minor penaltybutonlytwominuteswouldbeshownonthepenaltytimeclock. 18.3 Infractions –RefertoReferenceTables–Table4–SummaryofDouble-minor Penalties(page131)foralistofinfractionsthatcanresultinadouble-minorpenalty beingassessed(seespecificrulenumbersforcompletedescriptions). SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 25 Rule 19 – Coincidental Penalties 19.1 Coincidental Minor Penalties -Whencoincidentminorpenaltiesorcoincidentminor penaltiesofequaldurationareimposedagainstplayersofbothteams,thepenalized playersshallalltaketheirplacesonthepenaltybenchesandsuchpenalizedplayers shallnotleavethepenaltybenchuntilthefirststoppageofplayfollowingtheexpiryof theirrespectivepenalties.Wheregoalkeepersareinvolved,referto27.1.Immediate substitutionshallbemadeforanequalnumberofminorpenaltiesorcoincidentminor penaltiesofequaldurationtoeachteamsopenalizedandthepenaltiesoftheplayers forwhichsubstitutionshavebeenmadeshallnotbetakenintoaccountforthepurposeofthedelayedpenaltyrule(Rule26).Thisruleonlyapplieswhenatleastone teamisalreadyservingatimepenaltyinthepenaltyboxthatcausesthemtobe short-handed. Whenoneminorpenaltyisassessedtooneplayerorgoalkeeperofeachteam atthesamestoppageinplay,thesepenaltieswillbeservedwithoutsubstitutionprovidedtherearenootherpenaltiesineffectandvisibleonthepenaltyclocks.Both teamswillthereforeplayfourskatersagainstfourskatersforthedurationoftheminor penalties. Shouldoneorbothoftheseplayers(oranyotherplayers)alsoincuramisconductpenaltyinadditiontotheironeminorpenalty,thisruleshallapplyandtheteams wouldstillplayfourskatersagainstfourskaters(theplayerincurringthemisconduct penaltywouldhavetoservetheentire12minutes–minorplusmisconduct–andhis teamwouldhavetoplaceanadditionalplayeronthepenaltybenchtoservethe minorpenaltyandbeabletoreturntotheicewhentheminorpenaltyexpires). Whenmultiplepenaltiesareassessedtobothteams,equalnumbersofminor andmajorpenaltiesshallbeeliminatedusingthecoincidentpenaltyruleandanydifferentialintimepenaltiesshallbeservedinthenormalmanneranddisplayedonthe penaltytimeclockaccordingly(see19.5).Ifthereisnodifferentialintimepenalties, allplayerswillservetheirallottedpenaltytime,butwillnotbereleaseduntilthefirst stoppageofplayfollowingtheexpirationoftheirrespectivepenalties. Forcoincidentalpenaltiesthatcarryoverinto,orareassessedduringregularseasonovertime,refer84.3,toReferenceTables-Table20–PenaltiesinEffect PriortotheStartofOvertime–Regular-seasononpage165,andtoReferenceTables–Table21–PenaltiesAssessedinOvertime–Regular-seasononpage167. 26 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 19.2 Coincidental Major Penalties -Whencoincidentmajorpenaltiesorcoincident penaltiesofequalduration,includingamajorand/oramatch penalty,areimposed againstplayersofbothteams,thepenalizedplayersshallalltaketheirplacesonthe penaltybenchesandsuchpenalizedplayersshallnotleavethepenaltybenchesuntil thefirststoppageofplayfollowingtheexpiryoftheirrespectivepenalties.Immediate substitutionsshallbemadeforanequalnumberofmajorpenalties,orcoincident penaltiesofequaldurationincludingamajorpenaltytoeachteamsopenalized,and thepenaltiesoftheplayersforwhichsubstitutionshavebeenmadeshallnotbe takenintoaccountforthepurposeofthedelayedpenaltyrule,(Rule26).Insuchsituations,ifoneorbothplayershavereceivedagamemisconductinadditiontotheir majorpenalties,nosubstitutesarerequiredtotaketheirplacesonthepenalty benches. 19.3 Coincidental Match Penalties -Whencoincidentmatchpenaltiesorcoincident penaltiesofequalduration,includingamajorand/oramatchpenalty,areimposed againstplayersofbothteams,theplayerswiththematchpenaltiesshallbeimmediatelyremovedfromthegameandtheirsubstitutesshalltaketheirplacesonthe penaltybenches.Thesepenalizedplayersshallnotleavethepenaltybenchesuntil thefirststoppageofplayfollowingtheexpiryoftheirrespectivepenalties.Immediate substitutionsshallbemadeforanequalnumberofmajorand/ormatchpenalties,or coincidentpenaltiesofequaldurationincludingamajorormatchpenaltytoeach teamsopenalized,andthepenaltiesoftheplayersforwhichsubstitutionshavebeen madeshallnotbetakenintoaccountforthepurposeofthedelayedpenaltyrule, (Rule 26). 19.4 Last Five Minutes and Overtime -Duringthelastfive(5)minutesofregulationtime, oratanytimeduringregularseasonovertime,whenaminorpenalty(ordouble-minor penalty)isassessedtooneplayerorgoalkeeperofTeamA,andamajor(ormatch) penaltyisassessedtooneplayerorgoalkeeperofTeamBatthesamestoppageof play,thethree-minute(orone-minute)differentialshallbeservedimmediatelyasa majorpenalty.Thisisalsoapplicablewhencoincidentalpenaltiesarenegated,leavingtheaforementionedexamples.Insuchinstances,theteamoftheplayerorgoalkeeperreceivingthemajorpenaltymustplacethereplacementplayerinthepenalty benchpriortoexpirationofthepenalty.Inthecaseofamatchpenalty,theteammust placethereplacementplayerinthepenaltybenchimmediately.Thedifferentialwillbe recordedonthepenaltyclockasathree(3)minuteoraone(1)minutepenalty(as applicable),andservedinthesamemannerasamajorpenalty.Thisruleshallbe appliedregardlessastotheon-icestrengthofthetwoteamsatthetimetheabove outlinedpenaltiesareassessed. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 27 19.5 Applying the Coincidental Penalty Rule – Whenmultiplepenaltiesareassessedto bothteamsatthesamestoppageofplay,thefollowingrulesaretobeutilizedbythe Refereetodeterminetheon-icestrengthforbothteams: (i) Cancel as many major and/or match penalties as possible (ii)Cancel as many minor, bench minor and or double-minor penalties as possible RefertoReferenceTables-Table18–CoincidentalPenaltiesonpage154. Rule 20 – Major Penalties 20.1 Major Penalty -Forthefirstmajorpenaltyinanyonegame,theoffender,exceptthe goalkeeper,shallberuledofftheiceforfive(5)minutesduringwhichtimenosubstituteshallbepermitted. Whenoneplayerorgoalkeeperreceivesamajorpenaltyandaminorpenaltyat thesametime,themajorpenaltyshallbeservedfirstbythepenalizedplayer(orsubstituteforthegoalkeeper),exceptunderRule 19.2 wherecoincidentalmajorpenalties areineffect,inwhichcasetheminorpenaltywillberecordedandservedfirst. 20.2 Short-handed –Althoughamajorpenaltydoescauseateamtobeshort-handed, thepenalizedplayerservingthemajorpenaltydoesnotleavethepenaltybench whentheopposingteamscores.Theplayermustwaitfortheentiremajorpenaltyto expirebeforeheispermittedtoexitthepenaltybench. 20.3 Substitution –Whenaplayerhasbeenassessedamajorpenaltyandhasbeenremovedfromthegameorisinjured,theoffendingteamdoesnothavetoplaceasubstituteplayeronthepenaltybenchimmediately,butmustdosoatastoppageofplay priortotheexpirationofthemajorpenalty.Hemaythenlegallyexitthepenaltybench whenthemajorpenaltyhasexpired.Iftheplayerhasbeenassessedminorpenalties inadditiontothemajorpenaltythatmustalsobeservedonthepenaltytimeclock, theoffendingteammustplaceasubstituteonthepenaltybenchimmediately. Failuretoplaceaplayeronthepenaltybenchpriortotheexpirationofthemajor penaltywillresultinthatteamhavingtocontinueplayingoneplayershort(butnotofficiallyconsideredshort-handed)untilthenextstoppageofplay.Anyreplacementplayer whoentersthegameotherthanfromthepenaltybenchshallconstituteanillegalsubstitutionunderRule 68 –IllegalSubstitution callingforabenchminorpenalty. 28 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Furthermore,iftheteamfailstoplaceaplayeronthepenaltybenchtoreturnto theiceattheendofthemajorpenalty,theycontinuedtoplayshort-handedbutare notpermittedtoicethepuckastheyarenolongershort-handedbyreasonofa penalty. 20.4 Automatic Game Misconduct –Anautomaticgamemisconductshallbeappliedto anyplayerorgoalkeeperwhohasbeenassessedathirdmajorpenaltyinthesame game. Anautomaticgamemisconductshallalsobeapplicablewheneveraplayeror goalkeeperisassessedamajorpenaltyforanyoftheinfractionslistedintheReferenceTables–Table6–SummaryofMajorPenaltiesthatResultinanAutomatic GameMisconduct(page133).Seespecificrulenumbersforcompletedescriptions. Whenaplayerorgoalkeeperhasbeenassessedamajorpenaltyforanyofthe infractionslistedintheReferenceTables–Table7–SummaryofMajorPenaltiesthat ResultinanAutomaticGameMisconductWhenThereisanInjurytotheFaceor Head(page133)andhisopponenthassufferedaninjurytothefaceorhead,agame misconductmustalsobeassessed.Seespecificrulenumbersforcompletedescriptions. Whenamajorandautomaticgamemisconductareassessed,theplayer shall beruledofftheiceforthebalanceofthegame,butasubstituteshallbepermittedto replacetheplayersosuspendedafterfive(5)minuteshaveelapsed. 20.5 Fines -Anautomaticfineoftwenty-fivedollars($25)shallalsobeaddedwhena majorpenaltyisimposedforanyfoulcausinginjurytothefaceorheadofanopponentbymeansofastick. Whenaplayerorgoalkeeperisassessedamajorpenaltyplusagamemisconductasoutlinedin20.4above,healsoreceivesanautomaticfineoftwenty-fivedollars ($25). 20.6 Infractions –RefertotheReferenceTables–Table5–SummaryofMajorPenalties (page132)foralistoftheinfractionsthatcanresultinamajorpenaltybeingassessed(seespecificrulenumbersforcompletedescriptions). Rule 21 – Match Penalties 21.1 Match Penalty -Amatchpenaltyinvolvesthesuspensionofaplayerorgoalkeeper forthebalanceofthegameandtheoffendershallbeorderedtothedressingroom immediately. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 29 Amatchpenaltyshallbeimposedonanyplayerorgoalkeeperwhodeliberately attemptstoinjureanopponentinanymanner. Amatchpenaltyshallbeimposedonaplayerorgoalkeeperwhodeliberatelyinjuresanopponentinanymanner. If a Player is assessed a match penalty he will automatically receive a one (1) game suspension and a one hundred dollar ($100) fine. 21.2 Short-handed -Asubstituteplayerispermittedtoreplacethepenalizedplayerafter five(5)minutesplayingtimehaselapsed. Thematchpenalty,plusanyadditionalpenalties,shallbeservedbyaplayer (excludingagoalkeeper)tobedesignatedbytheManagerorCoachoftheoffending teamthroughtheplayingCaptain,suchplayertotakehisplaceinthepenaltyboximmediately. Forallmatchpenalties,regardlessofwhenimposed,orprescribedadditional penalties,atotaloftenminutesshallbechargedintherecordsagainsttheoffending playerorgoalkeeper. Inadditiontothematchpenalty,theplayerorgoalkeepershallbeautomatically suspendedfromfurthercompetitionuntiltheCommissionerhasruledontheissue. Seealso Rule 28 –SupplementaryDiscipline. 21.3 Reports -TheRefereeandLinesmenarerequiredtoreportallmatchpenaltiesand thesurroundingcircumstancestotheCommissioneroftheLeagueimmediatelyfollowingthegameinwhichtheyoccur. 21.4 Infractions –RefertotheReferenceTables–Table8–SummaryofMatchPenalties (page129)foralistoftheinfractionsthatcanresultinamatchpenaltybeingassessed(seespecificrulenumbersforcompletedescriptions). Rule 22 – Misconduct Penalties 22.1 30 Misconduct Penalty -Intheeventofmisconductpenaltiestoanyplayersexceptthe goalkeeper,theplayersshallberuledofftheiceforaperiodoften(10)minuteseach. Asubstituteplayerispermittedtoimmediatelyreplaceaplayerservingamisconduct penalty.Aplayerwhosemisconductpenaltyhasexpiredshallremaininthepenalty boxuntilthenextstoppageofplay. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 22.2 Misconduct Penalty – Goalkeeper -Shouldagoalkeeperontheiceincuramisconductpenalty,thispenaltyshallbeservedbyanothermemberofhisteamwhowason theicewhentheoffensewascommitted.ThisplayeristobedesignatedbytheManagerorCoachoftheoffendingteamthroughtheCaptain. 22.3 Short-handed –Aplayerreceivingamisconductpenaltydoesnotcausehisteamto playshort-handedunlesshealsoreceivesaminor,majorormatchpenaltyinaddition tothemisconductpenalty. Whenaplayerreceivesaminorpenaltyandamisconductpenaltyatthesame time,thepenalizedteamshallimmediatelyputasubstituteplayeronthepenalty benchandheshallservetheminorpenaltywithoutchange.Shouldtheopposing teamscoreduringthetimetheminorpenaltyisbeingserved,theminorpenaltyshall terminate(unless15.4 isapplicable)andthemisconducttotheoriginallypenalized playershallcommenceimmediately. Whenaplayerreceivesamajorpenaltyandamisconductpenaltyatthesame time,thepenalizedteamshallplaceasubstituteplayeronthepenaltybenchbefore themajorpenaltyexpiresandnoreplacementforthepenalizedplayershallbepermittedtoenterthegameexceptfromthepenaltybench. 22.4 Fines -Amisconductpenaltyimposedonanyplayerorgoalkeeperatanytimeshall beaccompaniedwithanautomaticfineoffifteendollars($15). 22.5 Infractions –RefertotheReferenceTables–Table9–SummaryofMisconduct Penalties(page135)foralistoftheinfractionsthatcanresultinamisconduct penaltybeingassessed(seespecificrulenumbersforcompletedescriptions). Rule 23 – Game Misconduct Penalties 23.1 Game Misconduct Penalty -Agamemisconductpenaltyinvolvesthesuspensionof aplayerorgoalkeeperforthebalanceofthegamebutasubstituteispermittedtoreplaceimmediatelytheplayerorgoalkeepersoremoved. 23.2 Fines and Suspensions -Aplayerorgoalkeeperincurringagamemisconduct penaltyshallincuranautomaticfineoftwenty-fivedollars($25)andthecaseshallbe reportedtotheCommissionerwhoshallhavefullpowertoimposesuchfurtherpenaltiesbywayofsuspensionorfineonthepenalizedplayer,goalkeeperoranyother playerinvolvedinthealtercation. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 31 Anygamemisconductpenaltyforwhichaplayerorgoalkeeperhasbeenassessedanautomaticsuspensionorsupplementarydisciplineintheformofgame suspension(s)bytheCommissionershallnotbetakenintoaccountwhencalculating thetotalnumberofoffensesunderthissubsection. TheautomaticsuspensionsincurredunderthissubsectioninrespecttoLeague gamesshallhavenoeffectwithrespecttoviolationsduringPlayoffgames. AnyrequestbyaClubtohaveagamemisconductreviewedandrescindedby theLeaguemustsubmittheirrequestinwritingtotheLeague’sHockeyOperations Departmentwithin48hoursoftheconclusionofthegameinwhichthegamemisconductwasassessed.Failuretosubmitthewrittenrequestwithinthistimeframewill automaticallyresultinthegamemisconductbeingupheldandnofurtherreviewofthe incidentwillbeconsideredorentertained.ThisdoesnotapplytoinfractionsaddressedunderRule 28 –SupplementaryDiscipline. 1. Anyreviewofanincidentrequestpertainingtoaparticularcontestmustbesubmittedinwritingandfaxedore-mailedtotheLeagueofficenolaterthat5:00PMthe dayfollowingtheincident. 2. SupportingvideomustaccompanyanyRequestforReviewofIncidentandbereceivedbytheSPHLCommissionernolaterthan5:00PMthedayfollowingtheincident.TheVideoclipmustbee-mailedtotheCommissionerwith30secondspriorto theincidentand30secondsafterincidentoccurredincludedintheclip. 23.3 Fines and Suspensions – Not in Abuse of Officials Category - InregularLeague orPlayoffgames,anyplayerorgoalkeeperwhoincursatotalofthree(3)gamemisconductpenaltiesforabuseofofficialsrelatedinfractionspenalizedunderRule40– AbuseofOfficials,shallbesuspendedautomaticallyforthenextLeagueorPlayoff gameofhisteam.Foreachsubsequentgamemisconductpenalty,theautomaticsuspensionshallbeincreasedbyonegame. 23.4 Fines and Suspensions A.Allplayergamemisconducts,withtheexceptionofAbuseofOfficialgamemisconducts,compiledduringtheregularseasonwillnotcarryoverintoplayoffs.Players withAbuseofOfficialgamemisconductswillhavethosecarryoverintotheplayoffs. 32 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 B.Onceaplayeraccumulatesfour(4)gamemisconductsduringtheregularseason, theplayerwillbeimmediatelysuspendedforone(1)game.Eachgamemisconduct thereafterinarespectivecategorywillresultinanadditionalonegamesuspension. (i.e.fifthgamemisconductplayerissuspendedfortwo(2)games,sixthgamemisconductplayerissuspendedforthree(3)gamesandsoon.)Allgamemisconducts willbereviewedbytheCommissioner/DirectorofHockeyOperationsandaresubject tosupplementarydiscipline. C.Onceaplayeraccumulatestwo(2)gamemisconductsduringtheplayoffs,player willbeimmediatelysuspendedforone(1)game.Eachgamemisconductthereafterin arespectivecategorywillresultinanadditionalgamesuspension.(i.e.thirdgame misconductplayersitsoutthree(2)gamesandsoon.) D.Acapoffive(5)majorpenaltiesperteamforfightinginagame.Anymajor penalty(perteam)forfightingafterthefifthwillbeanautomaticgamemisconduct withtheexceptionofasituationwhereonecombatantisdeemedtheinstigator.In thiscase,theaggressorwillbegivenagamemisconductpenalty. E.AnyLeaguesuspensionsimposedduringtheregularseasonwouldcarryoverinto theplayoffsifthenumberofregularseasongamesremainingdidnotsatisfytheimposedsuspensiontime.(i.e.playerissuspendedforthree(3)gamesbutthereisonly two(2)gamesremainingintheteam’sregularseasonschedule.Playerwouldberequiredtositoutfinaltworegularseasongamesinadditiontothefirstplayoffgameto satisfytheimposedsuspension.) F. Inaddition,anyLeagueimposedsuspensionsthatcannotbesatisfiedduringthe courseoftheplayoffs,maybeappliedtotheplayerand/orteam,atthebeginningof thenextseason.(i.e.playerissuspendedforthree(3)gamesbuttheteamplaysonly two(2)moreplayoffgames,thesuspensionwouldthenbecarriedovertothefollowingseason.) 23.5 Automatic Game Misconduct –See20.4. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 33 23.6 Other Infractions That Could Result in a Game Misconduct –Thefollowinglistof infractionscanalsoresultinagamemisconductpenaltybeingassessed: (i) interfering with or striking a spectator. (ii) post-game verbal abuse from players, goalkeepers or non-playing club personnel (on or off the ice) (iii) racial taunts or slurs (iv) spitting on or at an opponent or spectator Anyplayer,goalkeeperornon-playingClubpersonnelwhophysicallyinterferes withthespectators,becomesinvolvedinanaltercationwithaspectator,orthrows anyobjectataspectator,shallautomaticallyincuragamemisconductpenaltyand theRefereeshallreportallsuchinfractionstotheCommissionerwhoshallhavefull powertoimposesuchfurtherpenaltyasheshalldeemappropriate. Rule 24 – Penalty Shot 24.1 Penalty Shot –Apenaltyshotisdesignedtorestoreascoringopportunitywhichwas lostasaresultofafoulbeingcommittedbytheoffendingteam,basedontheparameterssetoutintheserules. 24.2 Procedure -TheRefereeshallasktohaveannouncedoverthepublicaddresssystemthenameoftheplayerdesignatedbyhimorselectedbytheteamentitledtotake theshot(asappropriate).Heshallthenplacethepuckonthecenterface-offspotand theplayertakingtheshotwill,ontheinstructionoftheReferee(byblowinghiswhistle),playthepuckfromthereandshallattempttoscoreonthegoalkeeper.Thepuck mustbekeptinmotiontowardstheopponent’sgoallineandonceitisshot,theplay shallbeconsideredcomplete.Nogoalcanbescoredonareboundofanykind(an exceptionbeingthepuckoffthegoalpostorcrossbar,thenthegoalkeeperandthen directlyintothegoal),andanytimethepuckcrossesthegoallineorcomestoacompletestop,theshotshallbeconsideredcomplete. Thelacrosse-likemovewherebythepuckispickeduponthebladeofthestick and“whipped”intothenetshallbepermittedprovidedthepuckisnotraisedabove theheightoftheshouldersatanytimeandwhenreleased,isnotcarriedhigherthan thecrossbar.Seealso80.1. Thespin-o-ramatypemovewheretheplayercompletesa360° turnasheapproachesthegoal,shallbepermittedasthisinvolvescontinuousmotion. 34 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Onlyaplayerdesignatedasagoalkeeperoralternategoalkeepermaydefend againstthepenaltyshot. Thegoalkeepermustremaininhiscreaseuntiltheplayertakingthepenalty shothastouchedthepuck. Ifatthetimeapenaltyshotisawarded,thegoalkeeperofthepenalizedteam hasbeenremovedfromtheicetosubstituteanotherplayer,thegoalkeepershallbe permittedtoreturntotheicebeforethepenaltyshotistaken. Theteamagainstwhomthepenaltyshothasbeenassessedmayreplacetheir goalkeepertodefendagainstthepenaltyshot,however,thesubstitutegoalkeeperis requiredtoremaininthegameuntilthenextstoppageofplay. Whilethepenaltyshotisbeingtaken,playersofbothsidesshallwithdrawtothe sidesoftherinkandinfrontoftheirownplayer’sbench. 24.3 Designated Player –Incaseswhereapenaltyshothasbeenawardedtoaplayer specificallyfouled,thatplayershallbedesignatedbytheRefereetotakethepenalty shot. Inallothercaseswhereapenaltyshothasbeenawarded,thepenaltyshot shallbetakenbyaplayerselectedbytheCaptainofthenon-offendingteamfromthe playersontheiceatthetimewhenthefoulwascommitted.Suchselectionshallbe reportedtotheRefereeandcannotbechanged. Ifbyreasonofinjury,theplayerdesignatedbytheRefereetotakethepenalty shotisunabletodosowithinareasonabletime,theshotmaybetakenbyaplayer selectedbytheCaptainofthenon-offendingteamfromtheplayersontheicewhen thefoulwascommitted.SuchselectionshallbereportedtotheRefereeandcannot bechanged. Shouldtheplayerinrespecttowhomapenaltyshothasbeenawardedhimself commitafoulinconnectionwiththesameplayorcircumstances,eitherbeforeor afterthepenaltyshothasbeenawarded,bedesignatedtotaketheshot,heshallfirst bepermittedtodosobeforebeingsenttothepenaltybenchtoservethepenaltyexceptwhensuchpenaltyisforagamemisconductormatchpenaltyinwhichcasethe penaltyshotshallbetakenbyaplayerselectedbytheCaptainofthenon-offending teamfromtheplayersontheiceatthetimewhenthefoulwascommitted. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 35 24.4 Violations During the Shot –Shouldthegoalkeeperleavehiscreasepriortothe playertakingthepenaltyshothastouchedthepuck,andintheeventofviolationof thisruleoranyfoulcommittedbyagoalkeeper,theRefereeshallallowtheshottobe takenandiftheshotfails,heshallpermitthepenaltyshottobetakenoveragain. Whenaninfractionworthyofaminorpenaltyiscommittedbythegoalkeeperduring thepenaltyshotthatcausestheshottofail,nopenaltyistobeassessedbuttheRefereeshallpermittheshottobetakenoveragain. Whenamajorormatchpenaltyiscommittedbythegoalkeeperthatcausesthe shottofail,theRefereeshallpermittheshottobetakenoveragainandtheappropriatepenaltiesshallbeassessedtothegoalkeeper. Thegoalkeepermayattempttostoptheshotinanymannerexceptbythrowing hisstickoranyobject,orbydeliberatelydislodgingthegoal, inwhichcaseagoal shallbeawarded. If,whilethepenaltyshotorshootoutisbeingtaken,anyplayer,goalkeeper, Coachornon-playingClubpersonneloftheopposingteamshallhavebysomeactioninterferedwithordistractedtheplayertakingtheshotand,becauseofsuchaction,theshotshouldhavefailed,asecondattemptshallbepermittedandthe Refereeshallimposeabenchminorpenaltytotheoffendingteam,andifaplayeror goalkeeperonthebenchisresponsible,amisconductpenaltyontheplayerorgoalkeepersointerferingordistractingshallbeassessed. If,whilethepenaltyshotisbeingtaken,anyplayer,goalkeeper,CoachornonplayingClubpersonneloftheteamtakingtheshotshallhavebysomeactioninterferedwithordistractedthegoalkeeperdefendingtheshotand,becauseofsuch action,theshotwassuccessful,theRefereeshallrulenogoalandshallimposea benchminorpenaltytotheoffendingteam,andifaplayerorgoalkeeperonthe benchisresponsible,amisconductpenaltyontheplayerorgoalkeepersointerfering ordistractingshallbeassessed. If,whilethepenaltyshotisbeingtaken,aspectatorthrowsanyobjectontothe iceor,inthejudgmentoftheReferee,interfereswiththeplayertakingtheshotorthe goalkeeperdefendingtheshot,heshallpermittheshotbetakenagain. If,afteraplayer’sstickhasbeenruledillegal,heattemptstotakeapenaltyshot withasecondstickthatisalsoruledillegalpriortotakingthepenaltyshot,theopportunitytotakethepenaltyshotshallbedisallowed.Theplayershallbeassessedoneminorpenaltyforthefirstillegalstick. 36 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 24.5 Face-Off Location -Ifagoalisscoredfromapenaltyshot,thepuckshallbefacedoffatcenterice.Ifagoalisnotscored,thepuckshallbefaced-offateitheroftheend face-offspotsinthezoneinwhichthepenaltyshotwastried,exceptwhenanother ruledictatestheface-offlocationshouldbeinanalternatelocation,suchaswhenthe pointmenenterthezonebeyondtheouteredgeoftheendzoneface-offcircleor whentheattackingteamhasbeenpenalizedonthesameplay(seeRule76.2). 24.6 Results -Shouldagoalbescoredfromapenaltyshot,afurtherpenaltytotheoffendingplayerorgoalkeepershallnotbeappliedunlesstheoffenseforwhichthe penaltyshotwasawardedwassuchastoincuramajor,matchormisconduct penalty,inwhichcasethepenaltyprescribedfortheparticularoffenseshallbeimposed. Iftheoffenseforwhichthepenaltyshotwasawardedwassuchastonormally incuraminorpenalty,thenregardlessofwhetherthepenaltyshotresultsinagoalor not,nofurtherminorpenaltyshallbeserved. Iftheoffenseforwhichthepenaltyshotwasawardedwassuchastoincura double-minorpenalty,orwheretheoffendingteamisassessedanadditionalminor penaltyonthesameplayinwhichapenaltyshotwasawarded,thefirstminorpenalty isnotassessedsincethepenaltyshotwasawardedtorestorethelostscoringopportunity.Thesecondminorpenaltywouldbeassessedandservedregardlessof whetherthepenaltyshotresultsinagoal.Thiswillbeannouncedasadouble-minor penaltyfortheappropriatefoulandtheplayerwillservetwo(2)minutesonly. Shouldtwopenaltyshotsbeawardedtothesameteamatthesamestoppage ofplay(twoseparatefouls),onlyonegoalcanbescoredorawardedatasinglestoppageofplay.Shouldthefirstpenaltyshotresultinagoal,thesecondshotwouldnot betakenbuttheappropriatepenaltywouldbeassessedandservedfortheinfraction committed. 24.7 Timing -Ifthefouluponwhichthepenaltyshotisbasedoccursduringactualplaying time,thepenaltyshotshallbeawardedandtakenimmediatelyintheusualmanner notwithstandinganydelayoccasionedbyaslowwhistlebytheRefereetoallowplay tocontinueuntiltheattackingsidehaslostpossessionofthepucktothedefending side,whichdelayresultsintheexpiryoftheregularplayingtimeinanyperiod. Thetimerequiredforthetakingofapenaltyshotshallnotbeincludedinthe regularplayingtimeorovertime. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 37 24.8 Infractions –RefertotheReferenceTables–Table14–SummaryofPenaltyShots (page139)foralistoftheinfractionsthatshallresultinapenalty shotbeingawarded (seespecificrulenumbersforcompletedescriptions). Therearefour(4)specificconditionsthatmustbemetinorderfortheReferee toawardapenaltyshotforaplayerbeingfouledfrombehind.Theyare: (i). The infraction must have taken place in the neutral zone or attacking zone, (i.e. over the puck carrier’s own blue line); (ii) The infraction must have been committed from behind; (iii) The player in possession and control (or, in the judgment of the Referee, clearly would have obtained possession and control of the puck) must have been denied a reasonable chance to score (the fact that he got a shot off does not automatically eliminate this play from the penalty shot consideration criteria. If the foul was from behind and he was denied a “more” reasonable scoring opportunity due to the foul, then the penalty shot should be awarded); (iv) The player in possession and control (or, in the judgment of the Referee, clearly would have obtained possession and control of the puck) must have had no opposing player between himself and the goalkeeper. Rule 25 – Awarded Goals 25.1 Awarded Goal – Agoalwillbeawardedtotheattackingteamwhentheopposing teamhastakentheirgoalkeeperofftheiceandanattackingplayerhaspossession andcontrolofthepuckintheneutralorattackingzone,withoutadefendingplayer betweenhimselfandtheopposinggoal,andheispreventedfromscoringasaresult ofaninfractioncommittedbythedefendingteam(see25.3 Infractions–WhenGoalkeeperisOfftheIce,below) 25.2 Infractions – When Goalkeeper is On the Ice –Agoalwillbeawardedwhenanattackingplayer,intheactofshootingthepuckintothegoal(betweenthenormalpositionofthepostsandcompletelyacrossthegoalline),ispreventedfromscoringasa resultofadefendingplayerorgoalkeeperdisplacingthegoalpost,eitherdeliberately oraccidentally. 38 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 25.3 Infractions – When Goalkeeper is Off the Ice –RefertotheReferenceTables– Table15 –SummaryofAwardedGoals(WhenGoalkeeperhasbeenRemovedforan ExtraAttacker)(page140,57.3)foralistoftheinfractionsthatshallresultinan awardedgoal beingawardedwhenthegoalkeeperhasbeenremovedforanextraattacker(seespecificrulenumbersforcompletedescriptions). 25.4 Infractions – During the Course of a Penalty Shot -Agoalwillbeawardedwhena goalkeeperattemptstostopapenaltyshotbythrowinghisstickoranyotherobjectat theplayertakingtheshotorbydeliberatelydislodgingthegoal. Rule 26 – Delayed Penalties 26.1 Delayed Penalty -Ifathirdplayerofanyteamshallbepenalizedwhiletwoplayers ofthesameteamareservingpenalties,thepenaltytimeofthethirdplayershallnot commenceuntilthepenaltytimeofoneofthetwoplayersalreadypenalizedhas elapsed.Nevertheless,thethirdpenalizedplayermustatonceproceedtothepenalty bench.Hemaybesubstitutedforontheicesoastokeeptheon-icestrengthatno lessthanthreeskatersforhisteam. 26.2 Penalty Expiration -Whenanyteamshallhavethreeplayersservingpenaltiesat thesametimeandbecauseofthedelayedpenaltyrule,asubstituteforthethirdoffenderisontheice,noneofthethreepenalizedplayersonthepenaltybenchmayreturntotheiceuntilplayhasstopped.Whenplayhasbeenstopped,theplayerwhose fullpenaltyhasexpiredmayreturntotheice. Duringtheplay, thePenaltyTimekeepershallpermitthereturntotheiceofthe penalizedplayers,intheorderofexpiryoftheirpenalties,butonlywhenthepenalizedteamisentitledtohavemorethanfourplayersontheice.Otherwise,theseplayersmustwaituntilthefirststoppageofplayaftertheexpirationoftheirpenaltiesin ordertobereleasedfromthepenaltybench. Whenthepenaltiesoftwoplayersofthesameteamwillexpireatthesame time,theCaptainofthatteamwilldesignatetotheRefereewhichofsuchplayerswill returntotheicefirstandtheRefereewillinstructthePenaltyTimekeeperaccordingly (thisisdonetoexpeditethereleaseofaplayerfromthepenaltybenchwhentheopposingteamscoresonthepower-play). 26.3 Major and Minor Penalty -Whenamajorandaminorpenaltyareimposedatthe sametimeondifferentplayersofthesameteam,thePenaltyTimekeepershallrecord theminorasbeingthefirstofsuchpenalties. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 39 Rule 27 – Goalkeeper’s Penalties 27.1 Minor Penalty to Goalkeeper –Agoalkeepershallnotbesenttothepenaltybench foranoffensewhichincursaminorpenalty,butinstead,theminorpenaltyshallbe servedbyanothermemberofhisteamwhowasontheicewhentheoffensewas committed.ThisplayeristobedesignatedbytheManagerorCoachoftheoffending teamthroughtheplayingCaptainandsuchsubstituteshallnotbechanged. Ifthegoalkeeperisinvolvedincoincidentalpenaltiesbeingassessedandasa result,histeamisrequiredtoplayshorthanndedduetoadditionalpenaltiesassessed tothegoalkeeper,theplayerdesignatedtoservetheadditionalteampenaltiesassessedtothegoalkeepermaybeanyplayerasdesignatedbytheManagerorCoach oftheoffendingteamthroughtheplayingCaptain. Apenalizedplayermaynotserveagoalkeeper’spenalty. 27.2 Major Penalty to Goalkeeper –Agoalkeepershallnotbesenttothepenaltybench foranoffensewhichincursamajorpenalty,butinstead,themajorpenaltyshallbe servedbyanothermemberofhisteamwhowasontheicewhentheoffensewas committed.ThisplayeristobedesignatedbytheManagerorCoachoftheoffending teamthroughtheplayingCaptainandsuchsubstituteshallnotbechanged. Shouldagoalkeeperincurthreemajorpenaltiesinonegame,heshallberuled offtheiceforthebalanceoftheplayingtimeandhisplaceshallbetakenbyamemberofhisownClub,orbyaregularsubstitutegoalkeeperwhoisavailable.Such playerwillbeallowedthegoalkeeper’sequipment.(Majorpenaltyplusgamemisconductpenaltyandautomaticfineoftwenty-fivedollars($25)) 27.3 Misconduct Penalty to Goalkeeper –Shouldagoalkeeperontheiceincuramisconductpenalty,thispenaltyshallbeservedbyanothermemberofhisteamwhowas ontheicewhentheoffensewascommitted.Thisplayeristobedesignatedbythe ManagerorCoachoftheoffendingteamthroughtheCaptainand,inaddition,the goalkeepershallbefinedtwenty-fivedollars($25). 27.4 Game Misconduct Penalty to Goalkeeper –Shouldagoalkeeperincuragamemisconductpenalty,hisplacewillthenbetakenbyamemberofhisownClub,orbya regularsubstitutegoalkeeperwhoisavailable,andsuchplayerwillbeallowedthe goalkeeper’sfullequipment.Inaddition,thegoalkeepershallbefinedtwenty-fivedollars($25). 40 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 27.5 Match Penalty to Goalkeeper –Shouldagoalkeeperincuramatchpenalty,his placewillthenbetakenbyamemberofhisownClub,orbyasubstitutegoalkeeper whoisavailable,andsuchplayerwillbeallowedthegoalkeeper’sfullequipment. Thematchpenalty,andanyadditionalpenaltiesassessedtothegoalkeeper, shallbeservedimmediatelybyamemberoftheteamontheicewhentheoffenses werecommitted.ThisplayershallbedesignatedbytheManagerorCoachoftheoffendingteamthroughtheCaptain.However,whenthematchpenaltyiscoincidental withamatchormajorpenaltytotheopposingteam,noplayerisrequiredtoproceed tothepenaltybenchtoservethegoalkeeper’smatchpenalty. 27.6 Leaving Goal Crease –Aminorpenaltyshallbeimposedonagoalkeeperwho leavestheimmediatevicinityofhiscreaseduringanaltercation.Inaddition,heshall besubjecttoafineoftwenty-fivedollars($25)andthisincidentshallbereportedto theCommissionerforsuchfurtherdisciplinaryactionasmayberequired.However, shouldthealtercationoccurinornearthegoalkeeper’screase,theRefereeshould directthegoalkeepertoaneutrallocationandnotassessapenaltyforleavingthe immediatevicinityofthegoalcrease.Equally,ifthegoalkeeperislegitimatelyoutside theimmediatevicinityofthegoalcreaseforthepurposeofproceedingtotheplayers’ benchtobesubstitutedforanextraattacker,andhesubsequentlybecomesinvolved inanaltercation,theminorpenaltyforleavingthecreasewouldnotbeassessed. Inaddition,duringstoppagesofplayinthegame,hemustnotproceedtohis players’benchforthepurposeofreceivingareplacementstickorequipmentorrepairsthereto,orduetoaninjury,ortoreceiveinstructions,withoutfirstobtainingpermissiontodosofromtheReferee.Otherwise,hemustbereplacedbythesubstitute goalkeeperimmediately(withoutanydelay)orbeassessedabenchminorpenaltyfor delayofgame. 27.7 Participating in the Play Over the Center Red Line -Ifagoalkeeperparticipatesin theplayinanymanner(intentionallyplaysthepuckorchecksanopponent) whenhe isbeyondthecenterredline,aminorpenaltyshallbeimposeduponhim.Thepositionofthepuckisthedeterminingfactorfortheapplicationofthisrule. 27.8 Infractions – Unique to Goalkeepers –RefertotheReferenceTables–Table16 – SummaryofGoalkeeperPenalties(page141)foralistoftheinfractionsthatshallresultinapenaltytothegoalkeeper(seespecificrulenumbersforcompletedescriptions). SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 41 Rule 28 – Supplementary Discipline 28.1 Supplementary Discipline -Inadditiontotheautomaticfinesandsuspensionsimposedundertheserules,theCommissionermay,athisdiscretion,investigateanyincidentthatoccursinconnectionwithanyPre-season,Exhibition,LeagueorPlayoff gameandmayassessadditionalfinesand/orsuspensionsforanyoffensecommitted duringthecourseofagameoranyaftermaththereofbyaplayer,goalkeeper,Trainer, Manager,Coachornon-playingClubpersonnelorClubexecutive,whetherornot suchoffensehasbeenpenalizedbytheReferee. IfaninvestigationisrequestedbyaCluborbytheLeagueonitsowninitiative, itmustbeinitiatedby5:00pmonthedayfollowingthecompletionofthegamein whichtheincidentoccurred. 28.2 42 Pre-Season and Exhibition Games -Wheneversuspensionsareimposedasaresultofinfractionsoccurringduringpre-seasonandexhibitiongames,theCommissionershallexercisehisdiscretioninschedulingthesuspensionstoensurethatno teamshallbeshortmoreplayersinanyregularLeaguegamethanitwouldhave beenhadtheinfractionsoccurredinregularLeaguegames. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Rule 29 - Signals 29.1 Boarding Strikingtheclenchedfistofone handintotheopenpalmofthe oppositehandinfrontofthechest. 29.2 Butt-ending Movingtheforearm,fistclosed, undertheforearmoftheother handheldpalmdown. 29.3 Charging 29.4 Checkingfrom behind 29.5 Clipping Rotatingclenchedfistsaround oneanotherinfrontofthechest. Aforwardmotionofbotharms, withthepalmsofthehandsopen andfacingawayfromthebody, fullyextendedfromthechestat shoulderlevel. Strikinglegwitheitherhand behindtheknee,keepingboth skatesontheice. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 43 29.6 Cross-checking 29.7 Delayedoff-side 29.8 Delayedpenalty 29.9 29.10 44 Delayingthe game Elbowing Aforwardandbackward motionofthearmswithboth fistsclenched,extendingfrom thechestforadistanceof aboutonefoot. Non-whistlearmfully extendedabovethehead. Tonullifyadelayedoff-side, theLinesmanshalldropthe armtohisside. Extendingthenon-whistlearm fullyabovethehead. Thenon-whistlehand,palmopen,is placedacrossthechestandthenfully extendeddirectlyinfrontofthebody. Tappingeitherelbowwith theoppositehand. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 29.11 Goalscored Asinglepointdirectedatthegoal inwhichthepucklegallyentered. 29.12 Handpass Withthepalmopenandfacing forward,apushingmotiontowards thefrontofthebodyonceortwice toindicatethepuckwasmoved aheadwiththehand. 29.13 Head-butting NosignalintheSPHL. High-sticking Holdingbothfistsclenched,one slightlyabovetheother(asifholding astick)attheheightoftheforehead. 29.14 29.15 Holding Claspingeitherwristwiththe otherhandinfrontofthechest. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 45 29.16 Holdingthestick Twostagesignalinvolvingthe holdingsignal(29.15)followed byasignalindicatingyouare holdingontoastickwithtwo handsinanormalmanner. 29.17 Hooking Atuggingmotionwithbotharms asifpullingsomethingfromin fronttowardthestomach. Icing(a) ThebackLinesmansignalsapossible icingbyfullyextendingeitherarmover hishead.Thearmshouldremain raiseduntilthefrontLinesmaneither blowsthewhistletoindicateanicing oruntiltheicingiswashedout. Icing(b) Oncetheicinghasbeencompleted, thebackLinesmanwillthenpointto theappropriateface-offspotandskate toit,turningbackwardssomewhere nearthebluelineandcrossinghis armsoverhischesttoindicateicing. Illegalcheck tothehead Pattingflat(openpalm)ofthenonwhistlehandonthissideofthehead. 29.18 29.19 46 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 29.20 Interference Crossingarmsstationaryinfront ofthechestinan‘X’formation. 29.21 Kicking NosignalintheSPHL. 29.22 Kneeing Slappingeitherkneewiththepalm ofthehand,whilekeepingboth skatesontheice 29.23 Matchpenalty NosignalintheSPHL. 29.24 Misconduct Bothhandsonhips. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 47 29.25 Penaltyshot Non-whistlearmfullyextended pointingtothecenterface-offspot. 29.26 Roughing Fistclenchedandarmextended outtothesideofthebody. Slashing Slappingeitherkneewiththepalm ofthehand,whilekeepingboth skatesontheice. 29.28 Spearing Jabbingmotionwithbothhandsthrust outimmediatelyinfrontofthebody andthenhandsdroppedtothesideof thebody(essentiallytheoppositeto thehookingsignal-awayfromthe bodyratherthantowardsthebody). 29.29 Throwing equipment 29.27 48 NosignalintheSPHL. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 29.30 Usingbothhandstoforma ‘T’infrontofthechest. Time-out Toomanymen ontheice 29.31 29.32 Strikinglegwitheitherhand belowtheknee,keepingboth skatesontheice. Tripping Unsportsmanlike 29.33 conduct 29.34 Washout NosignalintheSPHL. Usingbothhandstoforma ‘T’infrontofthechest. Asweepingsidewaysmotionofboth armsacrossthefrontofthebodyat shoulderlevelwithpalmsdown.This signalisusedbyRefereestosignal nogoal;bytheLinesmentosignal noicingandnooff-side;andbyall Officialstowashoutahandpassora high-stickingthepuckviolation. SPHLOfficial Rules 2008-2009 49 SECTION 5 - OFFICIALS Rule 30 – Appointment of Officials 30.1 Appointment of Officials by Commissioner -TheCommissionershallappointthe RefereeandtheLinesmenforthegame. TheCommissionershallforwardtoallClubsalistofReferee,Linesmen,and Off-iceOfficials,allofwhommustbetreatedwithproperrespectatalltimesduring theseasonbyallplayersandofficialsofClubs. Rule 31 – Referee 31.1 Attire and Equipment -AllRefereeshallbedressedinblacktrousers,official sweaters,aLeague-approvedblackhelmetandvisor. Theyshallbeequippedwithapprovedwhistles,tapemeasureand. 31.2 Disputes -TheRefereeshallhavegeneralsupervisionofthegameandshallhave fullcontrolofallgameofficialsandplayersduringthegame,includingstoppages;and incaseofanydispute,theirdecisionshallbefinal. Asthereisahumanfactorinvolvedinblowingthewhistletostopplay,theRefereemaydeemtheplaytobestoppedslightlypriortothewhistleactuallybeing blown.Thefactthatthepuckmaycomelooseorcrossthegoallinepriortothesound ofthewhistlehasnobearingiftheRefereehasruledthattheplayhadbeenstopped priortothishappening. Intheeventofanydisputeregardingtimeortheexpirationofpenalties,the mattershallbereferredtotheRefereeforadjustmentandhisdecisionshallbefinal. 31.3 Face-offs –TheRefereeshallface-offthepucktostartthegame.Linesmenareresponsibleforallotherface-offs. 31.4 General Duties -ItshallbethedutyoftheRefereetoimposesuchpenaltiesasare prescribedbytherulesforinfractionsthereofandtheyshallgivethefinaldecisionin mattersofdisputedgoals.TheRefereemayconsultwiththeLinesmenorGoalJudge beforemakinghisdecision. 50 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 TheRefereeshallnothaltthegameforanyinfractionsoftherulesconcerning Rule83 -Off-side,oranyviolationofRule81 -Icing.Determininginfractionsofthese rulesisthedutyoftheLinesmenunless,byvirtueofsomeaccident,theLinesmanis preventedfromdoingsoinwhichcasethedutiesoftheLinesmanshallbeassumed byaRefereeuntilplayisstopped. 31.5 Goals -TheRefereeshallhaveannouncedoverthepublicaddresssysteminformationregardingthelegalityofanapparentgoal.TheOfficialScorerwillconfirmthe goalscorerandanyplayersdeservingofanassist.SeealsoRule78 –Goals. TheRefereeshallhaveannouncedoverthepublicaddresssystemthereason fornotallowingagoaleverytimethegoalsignallightisturnedoninthecourseof play.Thisshallbedoneatthefirststoppageofplayregardlessofanystandardsignal givenbytheRefereewhenthegoalsignallightwasputoninerror. TheRefereeshallreporttotheOfficialScorerthenameornumberofthegoal scorerbutheshallnotgiveanyinformationoradvicewithrespecttotheawardingof assists. Thenameofthescorerandanyplayerorgoalkeeperentitledtoanassistwill beannouncedoverthepublicaddresssystem.IntheeventthattheRefereedisallowsagoalforanyviolationoftherules,heshallreportthereasonforthedisallowancetotheOfficialScorerwhoshallhaveannouncedtheReferee’sdecision correctlyoverthepublicaddresssystem. 31.6 Off-ice Officials -TheRefereeshall,beforestartingthegame,seethattheappointedoff-iceofficials,includingtheGameTimekeeperandtheGoalJudgesarein theirrespectiveplacesandensurethatthetimingandsignalingequipmentarein order. 31.7 Penalties -Theinfractionoftherulesforwhicheachpenaltyhasbeenimposedwill beannouncedcorrectly,asreportedbytheReferee,overthepublicaddresssystem. Whereplayersofbothteamsarepenalizedonthesameplay,thepenaltytothevisitingplayerwillbeannouncedfirst. WhenapenaltyisimposedbytheRefereewhichcallsforamandatoryorautomaticfine,onlythetimeportionofthepenaltywillbereportedbytheRefereetothe OfficialScorerandannouncedoverthepublicaddresssystem,andthefinewillbe collectedthroughtheLeagueoffice. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 51 31.8 Players’ Uniforms -ItshallbethedutyoftheRefereetoseetoitthatallplayersare properlydressed,andthattheapprovedregulationequipment(includingtheapprovedon-icebrandedexposureprogram)isinuseatalltimesduringthegame. 31.9 Reports -TheRefereeshallreporttotheCommissionerpromptlyandindetailthe circumstancessurroundingthefollowing: (i) The assessment of misconduct penalties for abuse of officials; (ii) The assessment of game misconduct penalties; (iii) The assessment of match penalties; (iv) The assessment of an instigator or aggressor penalty; (v) Any time a goalkeeper leaves his crease during an altercation; (vi) Any time a stick or other object is thrown outside the playing area; (vii) Any time a player, goalkeeper or non-playing Club personnel are involved in an altercation with a spectator; (viii)Any unusual occurrence that takes place on or off the ice, before, during or after the game. The shooting of water at fans. (ix) The assessment of a diving penalty (x) The Coach abusing a Security Guard 31.10 Start and End of Game and Periods -TheRefereeshallordertheteamsontheice attheappointedtimeforthebeginningofagameandatthecommencementofeach period.Ifforanyreason,thereismorethanafifteen(15)minutedelayinthecommencementofthegameoranyunduedelayinresumingplayaftertheLeagueapprovedintermissionlengthbetweenperiods,theRefereeshallstateintheirreportto theCommissionerthecauseofthedelayandtheCluborClubswhichwereatfault. TheRefereeshallremainontheiceattheconclusionofeachperioduntilall playershaveproceededtotheirdressingrooms. TheRefereeshallcheckclubrostersandallplayersinuniformbeforesigning theOfficialReportofMatchform. 31.11 52 Unable to Continue -ShouldaRefereeaccidentallyleavetheiceorreceiveaninjurywhichincapacitateshimfromdischarginghisdutieswhileplayisinprogress,the gameshallbeautomaticallystopped.IftheRefereeisunabletocontinue,oneofthe LinesmenshallperformthedutiesoftheRefereeduringthebalanceofthegame.In theeventamemberoftheHockeyOperationsdepartmentisinattendanceatthe game,heshallhavetheauthoritytoselecttheLinesman. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 If,throughmisadventureorsickness,theRefereeandLinesmenappointedare preventedfromappearing,theLeaguewillmakeeveryattempttofindsuitablereplacementofficials,otherwise, theManagersorCoachesofthetwoClubsshallagree onReferee(s)andLinesman(men).Iftheyareunabletoagree,theyshallappointa playerfromeachsidewhoshallactasRefereeandLinesman;theplayerofthehome ClubactingasRefereeandtheplayerofthevisitingClubasLinesman. Iftheregularlyappointedofficialsappearduringtheprogressofthegame,they shallatoncereplacethetemporaryofficials. Rule 32 – Linesmen 32.1 Attire and Equipment –AllLinesmenshallbedressedinblacktrousers,official sweaters,aLeague-approvedblackhelmetandvisor. Theyshallbeequippedwithapprovedwhistles,tapemeasureandanofficial stick-measuringgauge. 32.2 Face-offs -TheLinesmanshallface-offthepuckatalltimesexceptatthestartofthe game. 32.3 General Duties – TheLinesmenaregenerallyresponsibleforcallingviolationsofoffside(Rule83)andicing(Rule81).Theymaystopplayforavarietyofothersituations asnotedinsections32.4 and32.5 below. 32.4 Reporting to Referee -TheLinesmanshallgivetotheRefereehisinterpretationof anyincidentthatmayhavetakenplaceduringthegame. TheLinesmanmaystopplayandreportwhathewitnessedtotheRefereewhen: (i) There are too many men on the ice (ii) Articles are thrown on the ice from the players’ bench or penalty bench (iii) When team personnel interfere with a game official (iv) When a player or goalkeeper who has lost or broken his stick receives one illegally (v) Double-minor penalty when it is apparent that an injury has resulted from a high-stick that has gone undetected by the Referee SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Rule 74 Rule 75 Rule 39 Rule 10 Rule 60 53 TheLinesmanmustreportuponcompletionofplay,anycircumstancespertainingto: (i) Major penalties Rule 20 (ii) Match penalties (iii) Misconduct penalties (iv) Game Misconduct penalties (v) Abuse of Officials (vi) Physical Abuse of Officials (vii) Unsportsmanlike Conduct Rule 21 Rule 22 Rule 23 Rule 39 Rule 40 Rule 75 ShouldaLinesmanwitnessafoul(above)committedbyanattackingplayerorgoalkeeper(undetectedbytheReferee)priortotheattackingteamscoringagoal,the LinesmanshallreportwhathewitnessedtotheReferee,thegoalshallbedisallowed andtheappropriatepenaltyassessed. 32.5 Stopping Play -TheLinesmanshallstopplay: (i) When premature substitution of the goalkeeper has occurred (ii) When he deems that a player or goalkeeper has sustained a serious injury and this has gone undetected by the Referee (iii) For encroachment into the face-off area (iv) When the puck has been directed with a hand to a teammate in any zone other than the defending zone and this has gone undetected by the Referee (v) When the puck is struck by a stick above the normal height of the shoulders and this has gone undetected by the Referee (vi) When either team ices the puck (vii) When there has been interference by/with spectators (viii) For any infraction of the rules concerning an off-side play at the blue line (ix) When the puck is out of bounds or unplayable (x) When a goal has been scored that has not been observed by the Referee. Rule 5 (xi) When the puck is interfered with by an ineligible player/person Rule 74 (xii) The calling of a penalty shot under 54 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Rule 74 Rule 8 Rule 76 Rule 79 Rule 80 Rule 81 Rule 24 Rule 83 Rule 85 Rule 78 Rule 84 Rule 53 32.6 Unable to Continue -ShouldaLinesmanappointedbeunabletoactatthelast minuteorthroughsicknessoraccidentbeunabletofinishthegame,theReferee shallhavethepowertoappointanotherinhisstead,iftheydeemitnecessary,orifrequiredtodosobytheManagerorCoachofeitherofthecompetingteams.IfnoreplacementLinesmanisavailable,theRefereewillassisttheremainingLinesmanwith hisdutieswhilestillretaininghisabilitytoassesspenaltieswhendeemedappropriate. Rule 33 – Official Scorer 33.1 General Duties -Beforethestartofthegame,theOfficialScorershallobtainfrom theManagerorCoachofbothteamsalistofalleligibleplayersandthestartinglineupofeachteam,whichinformationshallbemadeknowntotheopposingManageror Coachbeforethestartofplay. TheOfficialScorershallsecurethenamesoftheCaptainandAlternateCaptainsfromtheManagerorCoachatthetimetheline-upsarecollectedandwillindicatethosenominatedbyplacingtheletter“C”or“A”oppositetheirnamesonthe OfficialReportofMatchform. TheOfficialScorershallkeeparecordofthegoalsscored,thescorers,and playerstowhomassistshavebeencreditedandshallindicatethoseplayersonthe listswhohaveactuallytakenpartinthegame. Attheconclusionofthegame,theOfficialScorershallcompleteandsignthe ScoreSheetformandforwardsametotheLeagueoffice. TheOfficialScorershallpreparetheOfficialReportofMatchformforsignature bytheRefereeandforwardittotheLeagueofficetogetherwiththeScoreSheetand thePenaltyRecordforms. UndertheReportofMatchsection,theOfficialScorermustexplainifthestartof thegameisdelayedforanyreason,anygoalkeepersubstitutions,time-outs,empty netgoals,anydelaysintheplayingofthegameduetoinjuryortelevision,etc. 33.2 Goals and Assists -TheOfficialScorershallawardthepointsforgoalsandassists andhisdecisionshallbefinal.Theawardsofpointsforgoalsandassistsshallbeannouncedtwiceoverthepublicaddresssystemandallchangesinsuchawardsshall alsobeannouncedinthesamemanner. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 55 Norequestsforchangesinanyawardofpointsshallbeconsideredunlessthey aremadeatorbeforetheconclusionofactualplayinthegamebytheTeamCaptain, orfollowingthegamebyaTeamrepresentative. Agoalisawardedtothelastplayeronthescoringteamtotouchthepuckprior tothepuckenteringthenet.(Apuckenteringthenetisconsideredtobebetweenthe posts,frominfrontof,andbelowthecrossbar,andentirelyacrossthegoalline.) Anassistisawardedtotheplayerorplayers(maximumtwo)whotouchesthe puckpriortothegoalscorer,providednodefenderplaysorpossessesthepuckin between. 33.3 Line-ups -ItisthepolicyoftheSPHLthattheCoachofthevisitingclubprovideto theOfficialScorer,alistofeligibleplayers,hisstartingline-upanddesignatedCaptainandAlternates,withinfive(5)minutesofthecompletionofthewarm-up(twenty (20)minutespriortoface-off). Thistwenty(20)minutesgivestheOfficialScorertimetoobtainthecompleted hometeamline-up,returnittothevisitingCoachandprovideacopyofbothline-ups totheReferee. TheOfficialScorershouldhaveanoff-icecrewmemberassisthiminorderto savetimeandcompletetheseduties. TheOfficialScorermustfileareporttotheCommissionerorhisdesignateifeitherCoachfailstocooperatewithintheserecommendedguidelines.Thisreport shouldbeforwardedtotheSPHL. 33.4 Location -TheOfficialScorershouldviewthegamefromanelevatedposition,well awayfromtheplayers’benches,withhousetelephonecommunicationtothepublic addressannouncer.Heshouldalsohaveaccesstoatelevisionmonitortoaidinthe awardingofpoints. 33.5 Penalties -TheOfficialScorermusthelpthePenaltyTimekeeperwiththenumbers oftheplayersontheice,intheeventagoalkeeperisassessedapenaltyoraplayer isejectedfromagame.Hemustalsokeepaneyeontheplayers’benchesduringan altercationandrecordthenumbersofanyplayerswholeavetheirrespectiveplayers’ orpenaltybenchesandintheorderthattheysoleave. 56 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Rule 34 – Game Timekeeper 34.1 General Duties –TheGameTimekeepershallrecordthetimeofstartingandfinishingofeachperiodinthegame.DuringthegametheGameTimekeeperwillstartthe clockwiththedropofthepuckandstoptheclockuponhearingtheofficials’whistleor thescoringofagoal. TheGameTimekeepershallcausetobeannouncedoverthepublicaddress systematthenineteenthminuteineachperiodthatthereisoneminuteremainingto beplayedintheperiod. 34.2 Intermissions -Forthepurposeofkeepingthespectatorsinformedastothetimeremainingduringintermissions,theGameTimekeeperwillusetheelectronicclockto recordthelengthofintermissions.Theclockwillstartfortheintermissionimmediately attheconclusionoftheperiod. Intermissionsare18minutes(18:00)inlength,unlessotherwisenotified.If thereareunusualdelaysforanyreason,(e.g.building,ice,oriceresurfacingproblems)itisimportanttousediscretioninstartingtheclock. 34.3 Overtime -Intheeventofovertimeintheregularseason,theGameTimekeeper shallrecordaone(1)minuterestperiodontheclock.Thistimeshallcommenceimmediatelyfollowingtheendoftheperiod.Therestperiodwillbefollowedwithafive (5)minute,suddenvictoryovertimeperiod. Duringovertimeintheplay-offs,eachintermissionwillbe15minutes(15:00)in length. 34.4 Signal Devices -Ifthearenaisnotequippedwithanautomaticsignalingdeviceor,if suchdevicefailstofunction,theGameTimekeepershallsignaltheendofeachperiodbyblowingawhistle. 34.5 Start of Periods -TheGameTimekeepershallsignaltheRefereeandthecompeting teamsforthestartofthegameandeachsucceedingperiodandtheRefereeshall starttheplaypromptlyinaccordancewithRule77 –GameandIntermissionTiming. Toassistinensuringthepromptreturntotheiceoftheteamsandtheofficials, theGameTimekeepershallgivepreliminarywarningsoffive(5)minutesandtwo(2) minutespriortotheresumptionofplayineachperiod. 34.6 Television -TheGameTimekeeperisrequiredtosynchronizehistimingdevicewith thetelevisionproduceroftheoriginatingbroadcast. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 57 34.7 Verification of Time -Anylossoftimeonthegameorpenaltyclocksduetoafalse face-offmustbereplacedasappropriate. Intheeventofanydisputeregardingtime,themattershallbereferredtothe Refereeforadjudicationandtheirdecisionshallbefinal.TheGameTimekeepershall assisttoverifygametimeusinganadditionaltimingdevice(League-approvedstopwatch). Intheeventthatclockfailstooperatewhenplayresumes,theon-iceofficials mayelecttostopplayprovidedthereisnoimminentscoringopportunityorwaituntil thenextlegitimatestoppageofplay.IncooperationwiththeGameTimekeeper,the clockistobere-settotheappropriatetime. Rule 35 – Penalty Timekeeper 35.1 General Duties –ThePenaltyTimekeepershallkeep,onthePenaltyRecordform,a correctrecordofallpenaltiesimposedbytheRefereeincludingthenamesofthe playerspenalized,thepenaltiesassessed,thedurationofeachpenaltyandthetime atwhicheachpenaltywasimposed. ThePenaltyTimekeepershallinformpenalizedplayersandthePenaltyBoxAttendantsastothecorrectexpirationtimeofallpenalties.Intheeventofadisputeregardingthetimeaplayerispermittedtoreturntotheice,thegameclockisthe determiningtimeclock.Forexample,aplayerisassessedaminorpenaltyatthe 12:00mark.Astoppageofplayoccursatthe10:00mark,however,thepenaltytime clockshowsonesecondremaininginthepenalty.Sincethegameclockisthedeterminingtimeclock,thepenalizedplayershallbepermittedtoreturntotheice. TheinfractionoftherulesforwhicheachpenaltyhasbeenimposedwillbeannouncedtwiceoverthepublicaddresssystemasreportedbytheReferee.Where playersofbothteamsarepenalizedatthesametime,thepenaltytothevisiting playerwillbeannouncedfirst.Insituationswheremultiplegamemisconductshave beenassessedtoanyoneplayeratthesamestoppageofplay,onlyonegamemisconductshouldbeannounced. Misconductpenaltiesandcoincidentmajorpenaltiesshouldnotberecordedon thetimingdevice(penaltytimeclock)butsuchpenalizedplayersshouldbealerted andreleasedatthefirststoppageofplayfollowingtheexpirationoftheirpenalties. Ifaplayerleavesthepenaltybenchbeforethetimehasexpired,thePenalty TimekeepermustnotethetimeandnotifytheRefereeathisfirstopportunity. 58 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 ItistheresponsibilityofthePenaltyTimekeepertoensurethatpenalizedplayersreturntothepenaltyboxbeforethepuckisdroppedforthestartofanewperiod. Intheeventthataplayershouldnotbeinthebox,thePenaltyTimekeepershould notifytheRefereeandpreventthegamefromresuminguntiltheplayeristhere. 35.2 Equipment -ThePenaltyTimekeepershallhaveastopwatchtouseduringthe game. 35.3 Goalkeeper’s Penalties -Intheeventthatagoalkeeperispenalized,thepenalty shallbeservedbyanothermemberofhisteamwhowasontheicewhentheoffense wascommitted.CommunicationwiththeOfficialScorerisimportantatthistimeas theycaninformthePenaltyTimekeeperwhowasactuallyontheicetoensureonly theproperplayerscanservethetime. 35.4 Penalty Shot -HeshallreportonthePenaltyRecordformeachpenaltyshot awarded,thenameoftheplayertakingtheshotandtheresultoftheshot. 35.5 Penalty Time Clock -Heshallberesponsibleforthecorrectpostingofpenaltieson thescoreboardatalltimesandshallpromptlycalltotheattentionoftheRefereeany discrepancybetweenthetimerecordedontheclockandtheofficialcorrecttimeand heshallberesponsibleformakinganyadjustmentsorderedbytheReferee. Intheeventthattwoplayersfromoneteamandoneplayerfromtheopposing teamarepenalizedatthesametime,thePenaltyTimekeepershallrequestthrough theRefereeortheoffendingteam’sCaptain,whichpenaltytheyprefertohaveonthe timingdevice. 35.6 Reports –Uponthecompletionofeachgame,thePenaltyTimekeepershallcompleteandsignthePenaltyRecordformandforwardsametotheLeagueoffice. TheOfficiatingDepartmentshallbeentitledtoinspect,collectandforwardtothe LeagueofficetheactualworksheetsusedbythePenaltyTimekeeperinanygame. Whenaplayerorgoalkeeperisejectedfromagame,thePenaltyTimekeeper mustcompleteareportoftheincident(Off-IceOfficialsReportofGame/MatchPenalties).Whentherearemorethanoneoftheseincidents,itisimperativetoprovidethe Refereewithaccurateinformationforeachincidentsothathisreport(s)totheLeague officeiscorrect. 35.7 Stick Measurements –NOTINUSE-HeshallalsorecordonthePenaltyRecord formthedetailsandtheresultofanystickmeasurementperformedbytheReferee duringthegame. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 59 35.8 Verification of Time -Intheeventthatagoalisawardedeventhoughplaycontinued,thePenaltyTimekeepermustadjustanyexistingpenalties,accordingtothesituation.Theclockmustrevertbacktotheoriginaltimethegoalwasscored.Ifapenalty wasintheprocessofbeingcalled,itwillrevertbacktothattimealso. Rule 36 – Goal Judge 36.1 General Duties -Heshallsignal,normallybymeansofredlight,hisdecisionasto whetherthepuckpassedbetweenthegoalpostsandentirelyoverthegoalline.His onlydecisioniswhetherthepuckactuallyenteredthenet,nothoworwhenitwentin. Thelightmustbeilluminatedforaperiodoffive(5)secondseachtimethepuckentersthenetregardlessofcircumstances.ItisuptotheRefereetodecideifitisa goal. 36.2 Communication -TheGoalJudgemustbeconnectedtothepenaltybenchbya formofcommunication(usuallyphone)intheeventthattheRefereefindsitnecessarytoconsultwithhim. 36.3 Location -ThereshallbeoneGoalJudgesituatedbehindeachgoal.GoalJudges shallbestationedbehindthegoalsduringtheprogressofplay,inproperlyprotected areas,ifpossible,sothattherecanbenointerferencewiththeiractivities.Theyshall notchangegoalsduringthegame. Rule 37 – Real Time Scorers 37.1 General Duties –ThedutyoftheRealTimeScorersistoelectronicallyrecordallofficialstatisticsforthegameplayed. ThisdatashallbecompiledandrecordedinstrictconformitywiththeinstructionsprovidedbytheLeague. 37.2 60 Real Time Scorers –Thereshallbeappointedfordutyateverygameplayedinthe LeaguethefollowingRealTimeScorers: (i) Stats Entry Scorer (ii) Stats Entry Scorer (iii) Time on ice – Home (iv) Time on ice – Visitor (iv) Spotter SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 37.3 Reports –Reportsshallbegeneratedattheendofeachperiodandgiventothe eachteam’sPublicRelationsrepresentativebytheRealTimeScorersTrainerfordistributiontothemediaandtheCoaches.ThesereportsareknownastheEventSummaryandtheGameSummary. Rule 38 – Video Goal Judge – N/A Rule 39 – Abuse of Officials 39.1 General Description – Aplayer,goalkeeper,Coachornon-playingpersonshallnot challengeordisputetherulingsofanofficialbefore,duringorafteragame.Aplayer, goalkeeper,Coachornon-playingpersonshallnotdisplayunsportsmanlikeconduct including,butnotlimitedto,obscene,profaneorabusivelanguageorgestures,commentsofapersonalnatureintendedtodegradeanofficial,orpersistindisputinga rulingafterbeingtoldtostoporafterbeingpenalizedforsuchbehavior. NOTE:Whensuchconductisdirectedatanyoneotherthananofficial,Rule75 –UnsportsmanlikeConductshallbeapplied. 39.2 Minor Penalty –Aminorpenaltyforunsportsmanlikeconductshallbeassessed underthisruleforthefollowinginfractions: (i) Any player or goalkeeper who challenges or disputes the ruling of an official. (ii) Any identifiable player of goalkeeper who uses obscene, profane or abusive language or gestures directed at any on or off-ice official. (iii) Any player or players (including goalkeepers) who bang the boards with their sticks or other objects at any time, or who, in any manner show disrespect for an official’s decision. If this is done in order to get the attention of the on-ice officials for a legitimate reason (i.e. serious injury, illness, etc.), then discretion must be exercised by the Referee. (iv) When a Captain, Alternate Captain or any other player or goalkeeper comes off the players’ bench to question or protest a ruling by an official on the ice. (v) If a player or goalkeeper bangs the glass in protest of the Goal Judge’s ruling. If he persists, a misconduct penalty would then be assessed. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 61 (vi) If a penalized player is assessed an additional unsportsmanlike conduct penalty either before or after he begins serving his original penalty(ies), the additional minor penalty is added to his unexpired time and served consecutively. 39.3 Bench Minor Penalty -Abenchminorpenaltyforunsportsmanlikeconductshallbe assessedunderthisruleforthefollowinginfractions: (i) Any Coach or non-playing person who bangs the boards with a stick or other object at any time, showing disrespect for an official’s decision. If this is done in order to get the attention of the on-ice officials for a legitimate reason (i.e. serious injury, illness, etc.), then discretion must be exercised by the Referee. (ii) Any unidentifiable player or goalkeeper, or any Coach or non-playing person who uses obscene, profane or abusive language or gesture directed at an on or off-ice official to any person or uses the name of any official coupled with any vociferous remarks. (see also 39.5 (ii)) (iii) Any player, goalkeeper, Coach, or non-playing person interferes in any manner with any game official including the Referee, Linesmen, Game or Penalty Timekeepers or Goal Judges in the performance of their duties. 39.4 Misconduct Penalty –Misconductpenaltiesshallbeassessedunderthisruleforthe followinginfractions: (i) Once a penalized player has entered the penalty bench and play has resumed, if he challenges or disputes the ruling of an official, he is to be assessed a misconduct penalty. (ii) Any player or goalkeeper who persists in the use of obscene, profane or abusive language towards any On or Off-Ice Official for which he has already been assessed a minor or bench minor penalty for unsportsmanlike conduct. (iii) Any player or goalkeeper who intentionally knocks or shoots the puck out of the reach of an official who is retrieving it. (iv) Any player or goalkeeper who, after being assessed an unsportsmanlike conduct minor penalty, persists in challenging or disputing the ruling of an official. (v) Any player or players (including goalkeepers) who bang the boards with their sticks or other objects at any time, showing disrespect for an official’s decision, for which they have already been assessed or bench minor penalty for unsportsmanlike conduct. 62 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 (vi) Any player or players who, except for the purpose of taking their positions on the penalty bench, enter or remain in the Referee’s crease while he is reporting to or consulting with any game official including the other Referee, the Linesmen, Game Timekeeper, Penalty Timekeeper, Official Scorer or Public Address Announcer. (vii) A misconduct penalty (or game misconduct penalty at the discretion of the Referee) shall be imposed on any player or goalkeeper who deliberately throws any equipment out of the playing area. When this is done in protest of an official’s ruling, a minor penalty plus a game misconduct shall be assessed (see 39.5) (viii) If a player or goalkeeper who, after previously being assessed a minor penalty for unsportsmanlike conduct for banging the glass in protest of the Goal Judge’s ruling, shall be assessed a misconduct penalty. 39.5 Game Misconduct Penalty –Gamemisconductpenaltiesshallbeassessedunder thisruleforthefollowinginfractions: (i) Any player or goalkeeper who, after being assessed a misconduct penalty, persists in challenging or disputing the ruling of an official. (ii) When a player, goalkeeper, Coach or non-playing person uses obscene, profane or abusive language or gesture directed at any On or Off-Ice Official or uses the name of any official coupled with any vociferous remarks, after already being assessed a bench minor penalty (39.3 (ii)), this Coach or nonplaying person is to be assessed a game misconduct and the situation reported to the Commissioner for further action. When this type of conduct occurs after the expiration of the game, on or off the ice, the game misconduct shall be applied without the necessity of having been assessed a bench minor penalty previously. (iii) Any player or goalkeeper who deliberately applies physical force in any manner against an official, in any manner attempts to injure an official, physically demeans, or deliberately applies physical force to an official solely for the purpose of getting free of such an official during or immediately following an altercation shall receive a game misconduct penalty and the guidelines set out in Rule 40 – Physical Abuse of Officials are to be applied. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 63 (iv) Any player who, having entered the penalty bench, leaves the penalty bench prior to the expiration of his penalty for the purpose of challenging an official’s ruling, shall be assessed a game misconduct penalty. He shall also be automatically suspended for the next three (3) regular League and/or Play-off games of his Club. This rule does not replace any other more severe penalty that may be imposed for leaving the penalty bench for the purpose of starting or participating in an altercation. See Rule 70 – Leaving the Bench. (v) A minor penalty for unsportsmanlike conduct plus a game misconduct shall be imposed on a player or goalkeeper who throws his stick or any part thereof, or any other piece of equipment or object outside the playing area in protest of an official’s decision. (vi) Any player, goalkeeper, Coach or non-playing person who throws or shoots any equipment or other object in the general direction of an official but does not come close to making any contact. This action may occur on or off the ice. (vii) Anyplayer,goalkeeper,Coachornon-playingClubpersonnelpenalized underthissectionmaybesubjecttosupplementaldisciplineunderRule28. 39.6 Reports -Itistheresponsibilityofallgameofficialsandallclubofficialstosenda confidentialreporttotheCommissionersettingoutthefulldetailsconcerningtheuse ofobscenegesturesorlanguagebyanyplayer,goalkeeper,Coachornon-playing Clubpersonnel.TheCommissionershalltakesuchfurtherdisciplinaryactionashe shalldeemappropriate. Rule 40 – Physical Abuse of Officials 40.1 Game Misconduct -Anyplayerorgoalkeeperwhodeliberatelyappliesphysicalforce inanymanneragainstanofficial,inanymannerattemptstoinjureanofficial,physicallydemeans,ordeliberatelyappliesphysicalforcetoanofficialsolelyforthepurposeofgettingfreeofsuchanofficialduringorimmediatelyfollowinganaltercation shallreceiveagamemisconductpenalty. Inaddition,thefollowing(40.2,40.3,40.4)disciplinarypenaltiesshallapply. 64 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 40.2 Automatic Suspension – Category I -Anyplayerorgoalkeeperwhodeliberately strikesanofficialandcausesinjuryorwhodeliberatelyappliesphysicalforceinany manneragainstanofficialwithintenttoinjure,orwhoinanymannerattemptstoinjureanofficialshallbeautomaticallysuspendedfornotlessthantwenty(20)games. (Forthepurposeoftherule,“intenttoinjure”shallmeananyphysicalforcewhicha playerorgoalkeeperkneworshouldhaveknowncouldreasonablybeexpectedto causeinjury.) 40.3 Automatic Suspension – Category II -Anyplayerorgoalkeeperwhodeliberately appliesphysicalforcetoanofficialinanymanner(excludingactionsassetoutinCategoryI),whichphysicalforceisappliedwithoutintenttoinjure,orwhospitsonanofficial, shallbeautomaticallysuspendedfornotlessthanseven(7)games. 40.4 Automatic Suspension – Category III -Anyplayerorgoalkeeperwho,byhisactions,physicallydemeansanofficialorphysicallythreatensanofficialby(butnotlimitedto)throwingastickoranyotherpieceofequipmentorobjectatorinthegeneral directionofanofficial,shootingthepuckatorinthegeneraldirectionofanofficial, spittingatorinthegeneraldirectionofanofficial,orwhodeliberatelyappliesphysical forcetoanofficialsolelyforthepurposeofgettingfreeofsuchanofficialduringor immediatelyfollowinganaltercationshallbesuspendedfornotlessthanthree(3) games. 40.5 Automatic Suspension – Process -Immediatelyafterthegameinwhichsuchgame misconductpenaltyisimposed,theRefereeshall,inconsultationwiththeLinesmen, decidethecategoryoftheoffense.TheyshallmakeaverbalreporttotheLeague’s Commissionerandadviseofthecategoryandoftheoffense.Inaddition,theyshall fileawrittenreporttotheCommissioner inwhichtheymayrequestareviewastothe adequacyofthesuspension.TheplayerorgoalkeeperandtheClubinvolvedshallbe notifiedofthedecisionoftheRefereeonthemorningfollowingthegame. Theplayer,goalkeeperortheofficialsmayrequesttheCommissionertoreview, subjecttotheprovisionsofthisrule,thepenaltyimposedbytheReferee.SuchrequestmustbefiledwiththeCommissionerinwritingnotlaterthanseventy-two(72) hoursfollowingnotificationofthepenalty. Ifareviewoftheincidentisrequestedbyeithertheplayer,goalkeeperorbythe officials,ahearingwillbeconductedbytheCommissioneronanexpeditedbasis,and besteffortswillbeusedtoprovideahearingbeforethesecondgamemissedbythe playerorgoalkeeperduetotheautomaticsuspensionimposedunderthisrule.The playerorgoalkeeper’ssuspensionshallcontinuependingtheoutcomeofthehearing bytheCommissioner. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 65 Afteranyreviewascalledforhereby,theCommissionershallissueanorderthat: (i) sustaining the minimum suspension, or (ii) increasing the number of games within the category, or (iii) changing to a lower category, or (iv) changing to a lower category and increasing the number of games within this category, or (v) in the case of a Category III suspension only, reducing the number of games of the suspension. 40.6 Supplementary Discipline -Intheeventthattheplayerorgoalkeeperhascommittedmorethanoneoffenseunderthisrule,inadditiontothepenaltiesimposedunder thisoffense,hiscaseshallbereferredtotheCommissioneroftheLeagueforconsiderationofsupplementarydisciplinaryaction. 40.7 Coach or Non-Playing Club Personnel -AnyManager,Coachornon-playingClub personnelwhoholdsorstrikesanofficialshallbeautomaticallysuspendedfromthe game,orderedtothedressingroomandthematterwillbereportedtotheCommissionerforfurtherdisciplinaryaction. 40.8 Police Protection and Security -AllClubsshallprovideadequatepoliceorother protectionforallplayers,goalkeepersandofficialsatalltimes. TheRefereeshallreporttotheCommissioneranyfailureofthisprotectionobservedbyhimorreportedtohimwithparticularsofsuchfailure. SECTION 6 – PHYSICAL FOULS Rule 41 - Boarding 41.1 Boarding –Aboardingpenaltyshallbeimposedonanyplayerorgoalkeeperwho checksanopponentinsuchamannerthatcausestheopponenttobethrownviolentlyintheboards.Theseverityofthepenalty,baseduponthedegreeofviolenceof theimpactwiththeboards,shallbeatthediscretionoftheReferee. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 66 Thereisanenormousamountofjudgmentinvolvedintheapplicationofthis rulebytheReferee.Theonusisontheplayer(orgoalkeeper)applyingthecheckto ensurehisopponentisnotinavulnerablepositionandifso,hemustavoidthecontact.However,thereisalsoaresponsibilityontheplayerwiththepucktoavoidplacinghimselfinadangerousandvulnerableposition.Thisbalancemustbeconsidered bytheRefereewhenapplyingthisrule. Anyunnecessarycontactwithaplayerplayingthepuckonanobvious“icing”or “off-side”playwhichresultsinthatplayerbeingknockedintotheboardsis“boarding” andmustbepenalizedassuch.Inotherinstanceswherethereisnocontactwiththe boards,itshouldbetreatedas“charging.” 41.2 Minor Penalty –TheReferee,athisdiscretion,mayassessaminorpenalty,based onthedegreeofviolenceoftheimpactwiththeboards,toaplayerorgoalkeeper guiltyofboardinganopponent. 41.3 Major Penalty –TheReferee,athisdiscretion,mayassessamajorpenalty,based onthedegreeofviolenceoftheimpactwiththeboards;toaplayerorgoalkeeper guiltyofboardinganopponent(see41.5). 41.4 Match Penalty –TheReferee,athisdiscretion,mayassessamatchpenaltyif,inhis judgment,theplayerorgoalkeeperattemptedtoordeliberatelyinjuredhisopponent byboarding. 41.5 Game Misconduct Penalty -Whenamajorpenaltyisimposedunderthisrulefora foulresultinginaninjurytothefaceorheadofanopponent,agamemisconduct shallbeimposed. 41.6 Fines and Suspensions -Anyplayerorgoalkeeper,whoincursatotalofthree(3) gamemisconductsintheCheckingrelatedcategoryduringtheRegularseason,shall besuspendedautomaticallyforthenextgameofhisteam.Foreachsubsequent gamemisconductpenaltytheautomaticsuspensionshallbeincreasedbyonegame. Whenamajorpenaltyisimposedunderthisrule,anautomaticfineoftwentyfivedollars($25)shallbeimposed. Ifdeemedappropriate,supplementarydisciplinecanbeappliedbytheCommissionerathisdiscretion(refertoRule28). 67 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Rule 42 - Charging 42.1 Charging -Aminorormajorpenaltyshallbeimposedonaplayerorgoalkeeperwho skatesorjumpsinto,orchargesanopponentinanymanner. Chargingshallmeantheactionsofaplayerorgoalkeeperwho,asaresultof distancetraveled,shallviolentlycheckanopponentinanymanner.A“charge”may betheresultofacheckintotheboards,intothegoalframeorinopenice. Aminor,majororamajorandagamemisconductshallbeimposedonaplayer whochargesagoalkeeperwhilethegoalkeeperiswithinhisgoalcrease. Agoalkeeperisnot“fairgame”justbecauseheisoutsidethegoalcreasearea. Theappropriatepenaltyshouldbeassessedineverycasewhereanopposingplayer makesunnecessarycontactwithagoalkeeper.However,incidentalcontact,atthe discretionoftheReferee,willbepermittedwhenthegoalkeeperisintheactofplayingthepuckoutsidehisgoalcreaseprovidedtheattackingplayerhasmadeareasonableefforttoavoidsuchcontact. 42.2 Minor Penalty -TheReferee,athisdiscretion,mayassessaminorpenalty,based onthedegreeofviolenceofthecheck,toaplayerorgoalkeeperguiltyofchargingan opponent. 42.3 Major Penalty –TheReferee,athisdiscretion,mayassessamajorpenalty,based onthedegreeofviolenceofthecheck;toaplayerorgoalkeeperguiltyofchargingan opponent(see42.5). 42.4 Match Penalty –TheReferee,athisdiscretion,mayassessamatchpenaltyif,inhis judgment,theplayerorgoalkeeperattemptedtoordeliberatelyinjuredhisopponent bycharging. 42.5 Game Misconduct Penalty -Whenamajorpenaltyisimposedunderthisrulefora foulresultinginaninjurytothefaceorheadofanopponent,agamemisconduct shallbeimposed. 42.6 Fines and Suspensions –anyplayerorgoalkeeper,whoincursatotalofthree(3) gamemisconductsintheCheckingrelatedcategoryforchargingduringthe Regular season,shallbesuspendedautomaticallyforthenextgameofhisteam.Foreach subsequentgamemisconductpenaltytheautomaticsuspensionshallbeincreased byonegame. 68 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Whenamajorpenaltyandagamemisconductisassessedforafoulresultinginan injurytothefaceorheadofanopponent,anautomaticfineoftwenty-fivedollars ($25)shallbeimposed. Ifdeemedappropriate,supplementarydisciplinecanbeappliedbytheCommissionerathisdiscretion(refertoRule28). Rule 43 – Checking from Behind 43.1 Checking from Behind –Acheckfrombehindisacheckdeliveredonaplayerwho isnotawareoftheimpendinghit,thereforeunabletoprotectordefendhimself,and contactismadeonthebackpartofthebody.Whenaplayerintentionallyturnshis bodytocreatecontactwithhisback,nopenaltyshallbeassessed. 43.2 Minor Penalty -Thereisnoprovisionforaminorpenaltyforcheckingfrombehind. 43.3 Major Penalty –Anyplayerorgoalkeeperwhocross-checks,pushesorchargesfrom behindanopponentwhoisunabletoprotectordefendhimself,shallbeassesseda majorpenalty.Thispenaltyappliesanywhereontheplayingsurface(see43.5). 43.4 Match Penalty -TheReferee,athisdiscretion,mayassessamatchpenaltyif,inhis judgment,theplayerorgoalkeeperattemptedtoordeliberatelyinjuredhisopponent bycheckingfrombehind. 43.5 Game Misconduct –Agamemisconductpenaltymustbeassessedanytimeamajor penaltyisappliedforcheckingfrombehind.Inaddition,theplayershallbesuspendedautomaticallyfornotlessthanone(1)game. 43.6 Fines and Suspensions -Anyplayerorgoalkeeperwhoincursatotalofthree(3) gamemisconductsintheCheckingrelatedcategory.DuringtheRegularseasonshall besuspendedautomaticallyforthenextgameofhisteam.Foreachsubsequent gamemisconductpenaltytheautomaticsuspensionshallbeincreasedbyonegame. Ifdeemedappropriate,supplementarydisciplinecanbeappliedbytheCommissionerathisdiscretion(refertoRule28). Rule 44 - Clipping 44.1 Clipping -Clippingistheactofthrowingthebody,fromanydirection,acrossor belowthekneesofanopponent. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 69 Aplayerorgoalkeepermaynotdeliveracheckina“clipping”manner,norlower hisownbodypositiontodeliveracheckonorbelowanopponent’sknees. Anillegal“lowhit”isacheckthatisdeliveredbyaplayerorgoalkeeperwho mayormaynothavebothskatesontheice,withhissoleintenttochecktheopponentintheareaofhisknees.Aplayerorgoalkeepermaynotlowerhisbodyposition todeliverachecktoanopponent’sknees. 44.2 Minor Penalty -Aplayerorgoalkeeperwhocommitsthesefoulswillbeassesseda minorpenaltyfor“clipping.” 44.3 Major Penalty -Ifaninjuryoccursasaresultofthis“clipping”check,theplayeror goalkeepermustbeassessedamajorpenalty(see44.5). 44.4 Match Penalty -TheReferee,athisdiscretion,mayassessamatchpenaltyif,inhis judgment,theplayerorgoalkeeperattemptedtoordeliberatelyinjuredhisopponent byclipping. 44.5 Game Misconduct Penalty -Agamemisconductpenaltymustbeassessedanytime amajorpenaltyisappliedforinjuringanopponentbyclipping. 44.6 Fines and Suspensions –Therearenospecifiedfinesorsuspensionsforclipping, however,supplementarydisciplinecanbeappliedbytheCommissionerathisdiscretion(refertoRule28). Rule 45 - Elbowing 45.1 Elbowing -Elbowingshallmeantheuseofanextendedelbowinamannerthatmay ormaynotcauseinjury. 45.2 Minor Penalty -TheReferee,athisdiscretion,mayassessaminorpenalty,based onthedegreeofviolence,toaplayerorgoalkeeperguiltyofelbowinganopponent. 45.3 Major Penalty -Amajorpenalty,atthediscretionoftheReferee,shallbeimposedon anyplayerorgoalkeeperwhouseshiselbowtofoulanopponent.Amajorpenalty mustbeimposedunderthisruleforafoulresultinginaninjurytothefaceorheadof anopponent(see 45.5). 45.4 Match Penalty -TheReferee,athisdiscretion,mayassessamatchpenaltyif,inhis judgment,theplayerorgoalkeeperattemptedtoordeliberatelyinjuredhisopponent byelbowing. 70 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 45.5 Game Misconduct Penalty -Whenamajorpenaltyisimposedunderthisrulefora foulresultinginaninjurytothefaceorheadofanopponent,agamemisconduct penaltyshallalsobeimposed. 45.6 Fines and Suspensions -Whenamajorpenaltyandagamemisconductisassessedforafoulresultinginaninjurytothefaceorheadofanopponent,anautomaticfineoftwenty-fivedollars($25)shallbeimposed. Ifdeemedappropriate,supplementarydisciplinecanbeappliedbytheCommissionerathisdiscretion(refertoRule28). Rule 46 - Fighting 46.1 Fighting –Afightshallbedeemedtohaveoccurredwhenatleastoneplayer(or goalkeeper)punchesorattemptstopunchanopponentrepeatedlyorwhentwoplayerswrestleinsuchamannerastomakeitdifficultfortheLinesmentointerveneand separatethecombatants. TheRefereeisprovidedverywidelatitudeinthepenaltieswithwhichtheymay imposeunderthisrule.Thisisdoneintentionallytoenablethemtodifferentiatebetweentheobviousdegreesofresponsibilityoftheparticipantseitherforstartingthe fightingorpersistingincontinuingthefighting.Thediscretionprovidedshouldbeexercisedrealistically. 46.2 Aggressor –Theaggressorinanaltercationshallbetheplayer(orgoalkeeper)who continuestothrowpunchesinanattempttoinflictpunishmentonhisopponentwhois inadefenselesspositionorwhoisanunwillingcombatant. Aplayer(orgoalkeeper)mustbedeemedtheaggressorwhenhehasclearly wonthefightbuthecontinuesthrowingandlandingpunchesinafurtherattemptto inflictpunishmentand/orinjuryonhisopponentwhoisnolongerinapositiontodefendhimself. Aplayerorgoalkeeperwhoisdeemedtobetheaggressorofanaltercation shallbeassessedamajorpenaltyforfightingandagamemisconduct. Aplayerorgoalkeeperwhoisdeemedtobetheaggressorofanaltercationwill havethisrecordedasanaggressorofanaltercationforstatisticalandsuspension purposes. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 71 WhenaplayerorgoalkeeperreceiveshisthirdaggressorpenaltyinoneRegularseason,heisautomaticallysuspendedtwo(2)games. Aplayerorgoalkeeperwhoisdeemedtobeboththeinstigatorandaggressor ofanaltercationshallbeassessedaninstigatingminorpenalty,amajorpenaltyfor fighting,andagamemisconductpenalty(aggressor). 46.3 Altercation -Analtercationisasituationinvolvingtwoplayers(includinggoalkeepers),withatleastonetobepenalized. 46.4 Clearing the Area of a Fight -Whenafightoccurs,allplayersnotengagedshallgo immediatelytotheareaoftheirplayers’benchandintheeventthealtercationtakes placeataplayers’bench,theplayersontheicefromthatteamshallgototheirdefendingzone.Goalkeepersshallremainintheirgoalcrease,exceptintheeventthe altercationtakesplaceinthevicinityofthegoalcrease,andthereforeshallobeythe directionsoftheReferee.Failuretocomplycanresultinpenaltiesincurredfortheir involvementinandaroundtheareaandfinesasoutlinedin 46.18. 46.5 Continuing or Attempting to Continue a Fight -AnyplayerorgoalkeeperwhopersistsincontinuingorattemptingtocontinueafightoraltercationafterhehasbeenorderedbytheRefereetostop,orwhoresistsaLinesmaninthedischargeofhisduties shall,atthediscretionoftheReferee,incuramisconductorgamemisconduct penaltyinadditiontoanypenaltiesimposed. 46.6 Fighting After the Original Altercation -Agamemisconductpenaltyshallbeimposedonanyplayerorgoalkeeperwhoisassessedamajorpenaltyforfightingafter theoriginalaltercation. Notwithstandingthisrule,atthediscretionoftheReferee,theautomaticgame misconductpenaltymaybewaivedforaplayerorgoalkeeperinthealtercationifthe opposingplayerwasclearlytheinstigatorofthealtercation. 46.7 72 Fighting Off the Playing Surface -Amisconductorgamemisconductpenaltyshall beimposedonanyplayerorgoalkeeperinvolvedinfighting offtheplayingsurfaceor withanotherplayerwhoisofftheplayingsurface.Thesepenaltiesareinadditionto anyothertimepenaltiesassessed,includingthemajorpenaltyforfighting. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 WheneveraCoachorothernon-playingClubpersonnelbecomesinvolvedin analtercationwithanopposingplayerorgoalkeeper,Coachorothernon-playing Clubpersonnelonorofftheice,shallbeautomaticallysuspendedfromthegame,orderedtothedressingroomandthematterwillbereportedtotheCommissionerfor furtherdisciplinaryaction. 46.8 Fighting Other Than During the Periods of the Game -Anyteamswhoseplayers orgoalkeepersbecomeinvolvedinanaltercation,otherthanduringtheperiodsofthe game,shallbefinedpursuantto 46.19, inadditiontoanyotherappropriatepenalties thatmaybeimposedupontheparticipatingplayersorgoalkeepersbysupplementary disciplineorotherwise. Playersinvolvedinfightingotherthanduringtheperiodsofthegameshallbe assessedamajorpenaltyandagamemisconduct.Shouldoneplayerbedeemed theinstigatorofthefight,thegamemisconductshallnotbeassessedtohisopponent. Anyplayerorgoalkeeperwhowouldbedeemedtobeaninstigatorpursuantto thisrule atatimeotherthanduringtheperiodsofthegameshallbesuspendedpursuantto 46.19. Inthecaseofaltercationstakingplaceaftertheperiodorgamethefineunder thisruleshallbeassessedonlyintheeventthatanaltercationiscommencedafter theperiodorgamehasterminated. Shouldplayerscomeontotheicefromtheirplayers’benchesaftertheperiod endsandpriortothestartofanaltercation,theyshallnotbepenalizediftheyremain inthevicinityoftheirplayers’benchandprovidedtheydonotgetinvolvedinanyaltercations. 46.9 Fighting Prior to the Drop of the Puck –Unlessthisoccurspriortothestartofthe gameoranyperiod(see46.8),afightthatoccurspriortothedropofthepuckduring thecourseofnormalface-off,thealtercationshallbepenalizedasifitoccurredduringtheregularplayingtime. When,intheopinionoftheRefereethat,specificpersonnelchangeshavebe madebyoneorbothteamslateinagameandultimatelyanaltercationensues,the appropriatepenaltiesaretobeassessedandtheincidentreportedtotheCommissionerimmediatelyfollowingthegameforreviewandpossiblesupplementarydisciplineunderRule 28. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 73 46.10 Instigator -Aninstigatorofanaltercationshallbeaplayerorgoalkeeperwhobyhis actionsordemeanordemonstratesany/someofthefollowingcriteria:distancetraveled;glovesofffirst;firstpunchthrown;menacingattitudeorposture;verbalinstigationorthreats;conductinretaliationtoapriorgame(orseason)incident;obvious retributionforapreviousincidentinthegameorseason. Aplayerorgoalkeeperwhoisdeemedtobetheinstigatorofanaltercationshall beassessedaninstigatingminorpenaltyandamajorpenalty. Ifthesameplayerorgoalkeeperisdeemedtobetheinstigatorofasecondaltercationinthesamegame,heshallbeassessedaninstigatingminorpenalty,a majorpenaltyforfightingandagamemisconduct. WhenaplayerorgoalkeeperreceiveshisthirdinstigatorpenaltyinoneRegular season,heisautomaticallysuspendedone(1)game. Aplayerorgoalkeeperwhoisdeemedtobeboththeinstigatorandaggressor ofanaltercationshallbeassessedaninstigatingminorpenalty,amajorpenaltyfor fightingandagamemisconductpenalty(aggressor). 46.11 Instigator in Final Five Minutes of Regulation Time (or Anytime in Overtime) -A playerorgoalkeeperwhoisdeemedtobetheinstigatorofanaltercationinthefinal five(5)minutesofregulationtimeoratanytimeinovertimeshallbeassessedaninstigatorminorpenalty,amajorpenaltyforfighting,andagamemisconductpenalty (see46.21). 46.12 Jerseys -Aplayerorgoalkeeperwhodeliberatelyremoveshisjersey priortoparticipatinginanaltercationorwhoisclearlywearingajerseythathasbeenmodifiedand doesnotconformtoRule9 –Uniforms,shallbeassessedaminorpenaltyforunsportsmanlikeconductandagamemisconduct.Thisisinadditiontootherpenalties tobeassessedtotheparticipantsofanaltercation. Ifthealtercationnevermaterializes,theplayerorgoalkeeperwouldreceiveaminorpenaltyforunsportsmanlikeconductandaten-minutemisconductfordeliberatelyremovinghisjersey. Aplayerorgoalkeeperwhoengagesinafight andwhosejerseyisremoved (completelyoffhistorso),otherthanthroughtheactionsofhisopponentinthealtercationorthroughtheactionsoftheLinesman,shallbeassessedatenminutemisconductpenalty. 74 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Aplayerwhoengagesinfisticuffsandwhoseelbowpad(s)areremovedother thanthroughtheactionsofhisopponentinthealtercationorthroughtheactionsof theLinesman,shallbeassessedagamemisconductpenalty.Thegamemisconduct willalsoapplytoplayersdeemednottowearelbowpads. Aplayerorgoalkeeperwhoengagesinafight andwhosejerseyisnotproperly “tied-down”(jersey properlyfastenedtopants),andwholoseshisjersey(completely offhistorso)inthataltercation,shallreceiveatenminutemisconductpenalty.Ifthe playerorgoalkeeperloseshisjerseydespitethetiedownremainingintactandattachedtothepants,thetenminutemisconductisnotapplicable,howeverthismust bereportedtotheLeagueofficesothatthejerseyandthetiedowncanbeexamined. Aplayerorgoalkeeperwhoisinvolvedinanaltercation,whentheopponenthas beenidentifiedasaninstigatororanaggressor,shallnotbeassessedatenminute misconductpenaltyifhisjerseyshouldberemovedbyanopponentoranofficialin thedischargeofhisduties,regardlessastowhetherornothewasproperly“tieddown”(jerseyproperlyfastenedtopants). 46.13 Major Penalty –Amajorpenaltyshallbeimposedonanyplayerorgoalkeeperwho fights. 46.14 Match Penalty -Anyplayerorgoalkeeperwearingtapeoranyothermaterialonhis hands(belowthewrist)whocutsorinjuresanopponentduringanaltercationwillreceiveamatchpenalty inadditiontoanyotherpenaltiesimposedincludingforfighting underthisrule. Amatchpenaltyshallbeassessedtoaplayerorgoalkeeperwhopunchesan unsuspectingopponentandcausesaninjury. 46.15 Third Man In -Agamemisconductpenalty,atthediscretionoftheReferee,shallbe imposedonanyplayerorgoalkeeperwhoisthefirsttointervene(thirdmanin)inan altercationalreadyinprogressexceptwhenamatchpenaltyisbeingimposedinthe originalaltercation.Thispenaltyisinadditiontoanyotherpenaltiesincurredinthe sameincident. Thisrulealsoappliestosubsequentplayersorgoalkeeperswhoelecttointerveneinthesameorotheraltercationsduringthesamestoppageofplay. 46.16 Fines and Suspensions –Aggressor – (see 46.2) Aplayerorgoalkeeperwhois deemedtobetheaggressorforthethirdtimeinoneRegularseasonshallbesuspendedforthenexttwo(2)regularseasongamesofhisteam. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 75 ForthefourthaggressorpenaltyinthesameRegularseason,theplayeror goalkeeperwillbesuspendedforthenextfour(4)gamesofhisteam.ForthefifthaggressorpenaltyinthesameRegularseason,theplayerorgoalkeeperwillbesuspendedforthenextsix(6)gamesofhisteam. DuringthePlay-offs,anyplayerorgoalkeeperwhoisdeemedtobetheaggressorforthesecondtimeshallbesuspendedautomaticallyforthenextPlay-offgame ofhisteam.ForeachsubsequentaggressorviolationduringthePlay-offs,theautomaticsuspensionshallbeincreasedbyonegame. PriortothecommencementofeachPresidentCupFinal,aplayerorgoalkeeper willhavehiscurrentaggressorviolationsremovedfromhiscurrentplayoffrecord. Theywillremainpartofhishistoricalrecord. 46.17 Fines and Suspensions – Clearing the Area of a Fight -Failurebyplayers(or goalkeepersasrequired)tocleartheareaofafight shall,inadditiontotheother penaltiesthatmaybeassessed,resultinafinetotheteamoffiftydollars($50). 46.18 Fines and Suspensions – Failure to Proceed Directly to Penalty Bench -Any playerwho,followingafightorotheraltercationinwhichhehasbeeninvolvedisbrokenupandforwhichheispenalized,failstoproceeddirectlyandimmediatelytothe penaltybench,orwhocausesanydelaybyretrievinghisequipment(gloves,sticks, etc.shallbedeliveredtohimatthepenaltybenchbyteammates),shallincuranautomaticfineoffiftydollars($50)inadditiontoallotherpenaltiesorfinesincurred. 46.19 Fines and Suspensions – Fighting Other Than During the Periods of the Game Anyteamswhoseplayersorgoalkeepersbecomeinvolvedinanaltercation,other thanduringtheperiodsofthegame (see 46.9), shallbefinedautomaticallytwentyfivehundreddollars($2,500)inadditiontoanyotherappropriatepenaltiesthatmay beimposedupontheparticipatingplayersbysupplementarydisciplineorotherwise. Anyplayerorgoalkeeperwhowouldbedeemedtobeaninstigatorpursuantto thisrule atatimeotherthanduringtheperiodsofthegameshallbesuspendedautomaticallyforfive(5)games.SuchdeterminationmaybemadebytheRefereeatthe timeoftheincidentorsubsequentlybytheCommissionerorhisdesigneebased uponsuchreportsandotherinformationashedeemssufficient,includingbutnotlimitedtotelevisiontapes. 46.20 76 Fines and Suspensions – Instigator -Aplayerorgoalkeeperwhoisdeemedtobe theinstigatorofanaltercationforthethirdtimeinoneRegularseasonshallbesuspendedforthenextregularseasongameofhisteam. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 ForthefourthinstigatorpenaltyinthesameRegularseason,theplayerorgoalkeeperwillbesuspendedforthenexttwogamesofhisteam.Forthefifthinstigator penaltyinthesameRegularseason,theplayerorgoalkeeperwillbesuspendedfor thenextthreegamesofhisteam. DuringthePlay-offs,anyplayerorgoalkeeperwhoisdeemedtobetheinstigatorofanaltercationforthesecondtimeshallbesuspendedautomaticallyforthenext Play-offgameofhisteam.ForeachsubsequentinstigatorviolationduringthePlayoffs,theautomaticsuspensionshallbeincreasedbyonegame. PriortothecommencementofeachPresidentsCupFinal,aplayerorgoalkeeperwillhavehiscurrentinstigatorviolationsremovedfromhiscurrentplayoff record.Theywillremainpartofhishistoricalrecord. 46.21 Fines and Suspensions – Instigator or Aggressor in Final Five Minutes of Regulation Time (or Anytime in Overtime) –Aplayerorgoalkeeperwhoisdeemedto betheinstigatororaggressorofanaltercationinthefinalfive(5)minutesofregulationtimeoratanytimeinovertime,shallautomaticallybesuspendedforonegame. TheCommissionermayreviewsuchincidentandmayrescindthesuspensionbased onanumberofcriteria. Noteamappealswillbepermittedeitherverballyorinwritingregardingtheassessmentofthisautomaticsuspension. See Rule 23.4. Acapoffive(5)majorpenaltiesperteamforfightinginagame.Any majorpenalty(perteam)forfightingafterthefifthwillbeanautomaticgamemisconductwiththeexceptionofasituationwhereonecombatantisdeemedtheinstigator. Inthiscase,theaggressorwillbegivenagamemisconductpenalty. Rule 47 – Head-butting 47.1 Head-butting –Theactofhead-buttinginvolvesaplayerorgoalkeepermakingintentionalcontact,orattemptingtomakecontact,withanopponentbyleadingwithhis headand/orhelmet. 47.2 Double-minor Penalty -Adouble-minorpenaltyshallbeimposedonaplayeror goalkeeperwhoattemptstohead-buttanopponent. 47.3 Major Penalty -Amajorpenaltyshallbeimposedonaplayerorgoalkeeperwho head-buttsanopponent(see47.5). SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 77 47.4 Match Penalty -Amatchpenaltyshallbeimposedonaplayerorgoalkeeperwhoinjuresanopponentasaresultofahead-butt. 47.5 Game Misconduct Penalty –Whenamajorpenaltyisassessedunderthisrule,a gamemisconductpenaltymustbeimposed. 47.6 Fines and Suspensions -Therearenospecifiedfinesorsuspensionsforheadbutting,however,supplementarydisciplinecanbeappliedbytheCommissionerathis discretion(refertoRule28). Rule 48 – Illegal Check to the Head 48.1 Illegal Check to the Head –Alateralorblindsidehittoanopponentwherethehead istargetedand/ortheprinciplepointofcontactisnotpermitted. 48.2 Minor Penalty -Thereisnoprovisionforaminorpenaltyforthisrule. 48.3 Major Penalty -Foraviolationofthisrule,amajorpenaltyshallbeassessed(see 48.5). 48.4 Game Misconduct Penalty –Anautomaticgamemisconductpenaltyshallbeassessedwheneveramajorpenaltyisassessedunderthisrule. 48.5 Match Penalty -TheReferee,athisdiscretion,mayassessamatchpenaltyif,inhis judgment,theplayerattemptedtoordeliberatelyinjuredhisopponentwithanillegal checktothehead. 48.6 Fines and Suspensions -Anyplayerwhoincursatotaloftwo(2)gamemisconducts underthisrule,ineitherregularLeagueorplayoffgames,shallbesuspendedautomaticallyforthenextgamehisteamplays.Foreachsubsequentgamemisconduct penalty,theautomaticsuspensionshallbeincreasedbyonegame. Ifdeemedappropriate,supplementarydisciplinecanbeappliedbytheCommissionerathisdiscretion(refertoRule28). Rule 49 - Kicking 49.1 Kicking –Theactionofaplayerorgoalkeeperdeliberatelyusinghisskate(s)witha kickingmotiontopropelthepuckortocontactanopponent. 49.2 Goals -Kickingthepuckshallbepermittedinallzones.Agoalcannotbescoredby anattackingplayerwhousesadistinctkickingmotiontopropelthepuckintothenet. 78 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Agoalcannotbescoredbyanattackingplayerwhokicksapuckthatdeflectsintothe netoffanyplayer,goalkeeperorofficial. Apuckthatdeflectsintothenetoffanattackingplayer’sskatewhodoesnot useadistinctkickingmotionisalegitimategoal.Apuckthatisdirectedintothenetby anattackingplayer’sskateshallbealegitimategoalaslongasnodistinctkicking motionisevident.Thefollowingshouldclarifydeflectionsfollowingakickedpuckthat entersthegoal: (i) A kicked puck that deflects off the body of any player of either team (including the goalkeeper) shall be ruled no goal. (ii) A kicked puck that deflects off the stick of any player (excluding the goalkeeper’s stick) shall be ruled a good goal. Any time the puck has been kicked, makes contact with any stick, and then deflects off any player (excluding the goalkeeper) into the net, it will be ruled a good goal. (iii) A goal will be allowed when an attacking player kicks the puck and the puck deflects off his own stick and then into the net. Agoalcannotbescoredbyanattackingplayerwhokicksanyequipment(stick, glove,helmet,etc.)atthepuck,includingkickingthebladeofhisownstick,causing thepucktocrossthegoalline. 49.3 Match Penalty –Amatchpenaltyshallbeimposedonanyplayerorgoalkeeperwho kicksorattemptstokickanotherplayer. Whetherornotaninjuryoccurs,theRefereewillimposeafive(5)minutetime penaltyunderthisrule. 49.4 Fines and Suspensions -Therearenospecifiedfinesorsuspensionsforkicking andopponent,however,supplementarydisciplinecanbeappliedbytheCommissionerathisdiscretion(refertoRule28). Rule 50 - Kneeing 50.1 Kneeing -Kneeingistheactofaplayerorgoalkeeperleadingwithhiskneeandin somecasesextendinghislegoutwardstomakecontactwithhisopponent. 50.2 Minor Penalty -TheReferee,athisdiscretion,mayassessaminorpenalty,based ontheseverityoftheinfraction,toaplayerorgoalkeeperguiltyofkneeinganopponent. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 79 50.3 Major Penalty -TheReferee,athisdiscretion,mayassessamajorpenalty,based ontheseverityoftheinfraction;toaplayerorgoalkeeperguiltyofkneeinganopponent(see50.5). 50.4 Match Penalty –TheReferee,athisdiscretion,mayassessamatchpenaltyif,inhis judgment,theplayerorgoalkeeperattemptedtoordeliberatelyinjuredhisopponent bykneeing. 50.5 Game Misconduct Penalty -Whenaplayerorgoalkeeperhasbeenassesseda majorpenaltyforkneeingheshallalsobeassessedaGameMisconduct. 50.6 Fines and Suspensions -Therearenospecifiedfinesorsuspensionsforkneeing, however,supplementarydisciplinecanbeappliedbytheCommissionerathisdiscretion(refertoRule28). Rule 51 - Roughing 51.1 Roughing –Roughingisapunchingmotionwiththehandorfist,withorwithoutthe gloveonthehand,normallydirectedattheheadorfaceofanopponent. Roughingisaminoraltercationthatisnotworthyofamajorpenaltytoeither participant.(Analtercationisasituationinvolvingtwoplayers,includinggoalkeepers, withatleastonetobepenalized). 51.2 Minor Penalty -Aminorpenaltyshallbeimposedonaplayerorgoalkeeperwho strikesanopponentwithhishandorfist. 51.3 Match Penalty -If,inthejudgmentoftheReferee,agoalkeeperuseshisblocking glovetopunchanopponentintheheadorfaceinanattempttoortodeliberatelyinjureanopponent,amatchpenaltymustbeassessed. Fines and Suspensions -Therearenospecifiedfinesorsuspensionsforroughing,however, supplementarydisciplinecanbeappliedbytheCommissionerathisdiscretion(refertoRule28). Rule 52 – Slew-footing 52.1 80 Slew-footing -Slew-footingistheactofaplayerorgoalkeeperusinghislegorfoot toknockorkickanopponent’sfeetfromunderhim,orpushesanopponent’supper bodybackwardwithanarmorelbow,andatthesametimewithaforwardmotionof hisleg,knocksorkickstheopponent’sfeetfromunderhim,causinghimtofallviolentlytotheice. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 52.2 Match Penalty -Anyplayerorgoalkeeperwhoisguiltyofslew-footingshallbeassessedamatchpenalty. 52.3 Fines and Suspensions -Therearenospecifiedfinesorsuspensionsforslew-footing,however,supplementarydisciplinecanbeappliedbytheCommissionerathis discretion(refertoRule28). \ Rule 53 – Throwing Equipment 53.1 Throwing Equipment –Aplayer,includingthegoalkeeper,shallnotthrowastickor anyotherobjectinanyzone.Aplayerwholostorbrokenhisstickmayonlyreceivea stickathisownplayers’benchorbehandedonefromateammateontheice(see 10.3). 53.2 Minor Penalty -Aminorpenaltyshallbeimposedonanyplayerorgoalkeeperonthe icewhothrowshisstickoranypartthereoforanyotherobjectinthedirectionofthe puckoranopponent inanyzone,exceptwhensuchacthasbeenpenalizedbythe assessmentofapenaltyshotortheawardingofagoal. Whenadefendingplayerorgoalkeepershootsorthrowsastickoranyother objectatthepuckorthepuckcarrierinthedefendingzonebutdoesnotinterferein anymannerwiththepuckorpuckcarrier,aminorpenaltyshallbeassessed. Whentheplayerorgoalkeeperdiscardsthebrokenportionofastickorsome otherobjectbytossingitorshootingittothesideoftheice(andnotovertheboards) insuchawayaswillnotinterferewithplayoropposingplayer,nopenaltywillbeimposedforsodoing.Whenmovingastickthatisnotbroken,nopenaltyshallbeassessedaslongasitdoesnotinterferewiththeplayandtheplayerorgoalkeeperwho lostsaidstickisnotattemptingtoretrieveit,otherwiseaninterferencepenaltymust beassessed. Aminorpenaltyforunsportsmanlikeconductplusagamemisconductpenalty shallbeimposedonaplayerorgoalkeeperwhothrowshisstickoranypartthereofor anyotherobjectorpieceofequipmentoutsidetheplayingareainprotestofanofficial’sdecision. 53.3 Bench Minor Penalty –Shouldanyplayer,goalkeeper,Coach,ornon-playingpersononthe players’benchorpenaltybenchthrowanythingontheiceduringthe progressofthegameorduringastoppageofplay,abenchminorpenaltyforunsportsmanlikeconductshallbeassessed.See75.3. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 81 53.4 Misconduct or Game Misconduct Penalty -Amisconductorgamemisconduct penalty,atthediscretionoftheReferee,shallbeimposedonaplayerorgoalkeeper whothrowshisstickoranypartthereoforanyotherobjectorpieceofequipmentoutsidetheplayingarea.Iftheoffenseiscommittedinprotestofanofficial’sdecision,a minorpenaltyforunsportsmanlikeconductplusagamemisconductpenaltyshallbe assessedtotheoffendingplayerorgoalkeeper. 53.5 Match Penalty –Ifaplayerorgoalkeeperattemptstoordeliberatelyinjuresanopponentbythrowingastickoranyotherobjectorpieceofequipmentatanopposing player,Coachornon-playingclubperson,heshallbeassessedamatchpenalty.Ifinjuryresultsfromthethrownobject,amatchpenaltymustbeassessedfordeliberate injuryofanopponent. 53.6 Penalty Shot -Whenanymemberofthedefendingteam,includingtheCoachorany non-playingperson,throwsorshootsanypartofastickoranyotherobjectorpiece ofequipmentatthepuckorpuckcarrierinhisdefendingzone,preventingareasonableshotorpass, theRefereeorLinesmanshallallowtheplaytobecompletedand ifagoalisnotscored,apenaltyshotshallbeawardedtothenon-offendingteam. ThisshotshallbetakenbytheplayerdesignatedbytheRefereeastheplayerfouled. Iftheofficialsareunabletodeterminethepersonagainstwhomtheoffensewas made,thenon-offendingteam,throughtheCaptain,shalldesignateaplayeronthe iceatthetimetheoffensewascommittedtotaketheshot. SeealsoRule57.3 –Trippingforfoulsfrombehindtoaplayeronabreakaway. Ifaplayeronabreakawayintheneutralorattackingzoneisinterferedwithby anobjectthrownontheicebyaspectatorthatcauseshimtolosepossessionofthe puckortofall,theRefereeshallawardapenaltyshottotheplayerwhowasfouled. 53.7 Awarded Goal -If,whentheopposinggoalkeeperhasbeenremoved,amemberof thedefendingteam,includingthe Coachoranynon-playingperson,throwsorshoots anypartofastickoranyotherobjectorpieceofequipmentatthepuckorpuckcarrierintheneutralorhisowndefendingzone,therebypreventingthepuckcarrierfrom havingaclearshotonan“opennet”,agoalshallbeawardedtotheattackingside. Forthepurposeofthisrule,an“opennet”isdefinedasonefromwhichagoalkeeperhasbeenremovedforanadditionalattackingplayer.Thegoalkeeperisconsideredofftheiceoncethereplacementplayerhasenteredtheplayingsurface. 82 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 53.8 Fines and Suspensions -Therearenospecifiedfinesorsuspensionsforthrowing equipment,however,supplementarydisciplinecanbeappliedbytheCommissioner athisdiscretion(refertoRule28). SECTION 7 – RESTRAINING FOULS Rule 54 – Holding 54.1 Holding –Anyactionbyaplayerorgoalkeeperthatrestrainsorimpedesthe progressofanopposingplayerwhetherornotheisinpossessionofthepuck. 54.2 Minor Penalty -Aminorpenaltyshallbeimposedonaplayerorgoalkeeperwho holdsanopponentbyusinghishands,armsorlegs. Aplayerorgoalkeeperispermittedtousehisarminastrengthmove,byblockinghisopponent,providedhehasbodypositionandisnotusinghishandsinaholdingmanner,whendoingso. Aplayerorgoalkeeperisnotpermittedtoholdanopponent’sstick.Aminor penaltyshallbeassessedtoaplayerorgoalkeeperwhoholdsanopponent’sstick (assessedandannouncedas“holdingthestick”). Aplayerispermittedtoprotecthimselfbydefendingagainstanopponent’sstick. Hemustimmediatelyreleasethestickandallowtheplayertoresumenormalplay. 54.3 Penalty Shot –refertoRule57.3 –Tripping. 54.4 Awarded Goal – refertoRule57.4 –Tripping. Rule 55 – Hooking 55.1 Hooking -Hookingistheactofusingthestickinamannerthatenablesaplayeror goalkeepertorestrainanopponent. Whenaplayerischeckinganotherinsuchawaythatthereisonlystick-to-stick contact,suchactionisnottobepenalizedashooking. 55.2 Minor Penalty -Aminorpenaltyshallbeimposedonaplayerorgoalkeeperwhoimpedestheprogressofanopponentby“hooking”withhisstick.Aminorpenaltyfor hookingshallbeassessedtoanyplayerorgoalkeeperwhousestheshaftofthestick abovetheupperhandtoholdorhookanopponent. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 83 55.3 Major Penalty -Amajorpenaltyshallbeimposedonanyplayerorgoalkeeperwho injuresanopponentby“hooking”(see55.4). 55.4 Game Misconduct –Whenamajorpenaltyhasbeenassessedforhookingasaresultofaninjurytoanopponent,agamemisconductpenaltymustalsobeassessed. 55.5 Penalty Shot –refertoRule57.3 –Tripping. 55.6 Awarded Goal –refertoRule57.4 –Tripping. 55.7 Fines and Suspensions -Aplayerorgoalkeeperwhohasbeenassessedamajor penaltyandagamemisconductunderthisruleshallbeautomaticallyfinedtwentyfivedollars($25). Ifdeemedappropriate,supplementarydisciplinecanbeappliedbytheCommissionerathisdiscretion(refertoRule28). Rule 56 – Interference 56.1 Interference -Astrictstandardonactsofinterferencemustbeadheredtoinallareas oftherink. Body Position: Bodypositionshallbedeterminedastheplayerskatinginfrontoforbesidehisopponent,travelinginthesamedirection.Aplayerwhoisbehindanopponent,whodoes nothavethepuck,maynotusehisstick,bodyorfreehandinordertorestrainhisopponent,butmustskateinordertogainorreestablishhisproperpositioninorderto makeacheck. Aplayerisallowedtheiceheisstandingon(bodyposition)andisnotrequiredto moveinordertoletanopponentproceed.Aplayermay“block”thepathofanopponentprovidedheisinfrontofhisopponentandmovinginthesamedirection.Moving laterallyandwithoutestablishingbodyposition,thenmakingcontactwiththenonpuckcarrierisnotpermittedandwillbepenalizedasinterference.Aplayerisalways entitledtousehisbodypositiontolengthenanopponent’spathtothepuck,provided hisstickisnotutilized(tomakehimself“bigger”andthereforeconsiderablylengtheningthedistancehisopponentmusttraveltogetwhereheisgoing);hisfreehandis notusedandhedoesnottakeadvantageofhisbodypositiontodeliveranotherwise illegalcheck. 84 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Possession of the Puck: Thelastplayertotouchthepuck,otherthanthegoalkeeper,shallbeconsideredthe playerinpossession.Theplayerdeemedinpossessionofthepuckmaybechecked legally,providedthecheckisrenderedimmediatelyfollowinghislossofpossession. Restrain: Theactionsofaplayerorgoalkeeperwhodoesnothavebodyposition,butinstead usesillegalmeans(e.g.hookwithstick;holdwithhands,tripwiththestickorinany manner)toimpedeanopponentwhoisnotinpossessionofthepuck.Illegalmeans areactswhichallowaplayerorgoalkeepertoestablish,maintainorrestorebodypositionotherthanbyskating. Pick: A“pick”istheactionofaplayerorgoalkeeperwhochecksanopponentwhoisnotin possessionofthepuckandisunawareoftheimpendingcheck/hit.Aplayerwhois awareofanimpendinghit,notdeemedtobealegal“battleforthepuck,”maynotbe interferedwithbyaplayerorgoalkeeperdeliveringa“pick.”Aplayerorgoalkeeper deliveringa“pick”isonewhomovesintoanopponent’spathwithoutinitiallyhaving bodyposition,therebytakinghimoutoftheplay.Whenthisisdone,aninterference penaltyshallbeassessed. Free Hand: Whenafreehandisusedtohold,pull,tug,graborphysicallyrestrainanopponent frommovingfreely,thismustbepenalizedasholding.Thefreehandmaybeusedby aplayerto“fendoff”anopponentorhisstick,butmaynotbeusedtoholdanopponent’sstickorbody. Stick: Aplayerorgoalkeeperwhodoesnothavebodypositiononhisopponent,whouseshis stick(eitherthebladeortheshaft,includingthebutt-endoftheshaft)toimpedeorpreventhisopponentfrommovingfreelyontheiceshallbeassessedahookingpenalty. 56.2 Minor Penalty -Aminorpenaltyshallbeimposedonaplayerorgoalkeeperwhointerfereswithorimpedestheprogressofanopponentwhoisnotinpossessionofthe puck. Aminorpenaltyshallbeimposedonaplayerorgoalkeeperwhorestrainsan opponentwhoisattemptingto“fore-check.” Aminorpenaltyshallbeimposedonanattackingplayerwhodeliberately checksadefensiveplayer,includingthegoalkeeper,whoisnotinpossessionofthe puck. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 85 Anycontactbetweenopposingplayerswhilepursuingthepuckonanicingmust beforthesolepurposeofplayingthepuckandnotforeliminatingtheopponentfrom playingthepuck.Unnecessaryordangerouscontactcouldresultinpenaltiesbeing assessedtotheoffendingplayer. Aminorpenaltyshallbeimposedonaplayerwhoshallcauseanopponentwho isnotinpossessionofthepucktobeforcedoff-side,causingastoppageinplay.If thisactioncausesadelayedoff-side(andnotnecessarilyastoppageinplay),then theapplicationofapenaltyforinterferenceissubjecttothejudgmentoftheReferee. Aminorpenaltyshallbeimposedonaplayerwhodeliberatelyknocksastick outofanopponent’shand,orwhopreventsaplayerwhohasdroppedhisstickorany otherpieceofequipmentfromregainingpossessionofit. Aminorpenaltyshallbeimposedonaplayerwhoknocksorshootsanyabandonedorbrokenstickorillegalpuckorotherdebristowardsanopposingpuckcarrier inamannerthatcouldcausehimtobedistracted.(SeealsoRule53 –Throwing Equipment.) Aminorpenaltyshallbeimposedonanyidentifiableplayerontheplayers’ benchorpenaltybenchwho,bymeansofhisstickorhisbody,interfereswiththe movementsofthepuckoranyopponentontheiceduringtheprogressoftheplay.In addition,shouldaplayerabouttocomeontotheice,playthepuckwhileoneorboth skatesarestillontheplayers’orpenaltybench,aminorpenaltyforinterferenceshall beassessed. Theappropriatepenaltyaccordingtotheplayingrulesshallbeassessedwhen aplayerontheplayers’orpenaltybenchgetsinvolvedwithanopponentontheice duringastoppageinplay.Theplayer(s)involvedmaybesubjecttoadditionalsanctionsasappropriatepursuanttoRule28 –SupplementaryDiscipline. 56.3 Bench Minor Penalty -Abenchminorpenaltyshallbeimposedwhenanunidentifiableplayerontheplayers’benchorpenaltybenchoranyCoachornon-playingClub personnelwho,bymeansofhisstickorhisbody,interfereswiththemovementsof thepuckoranyopponentontheiceduringtheprogressoftheplay. 56.4 Major Penalty - TheReferee,athisdiscretion,mayassessamajorpenalty,based onthedegreeofviolence,toaplayerorgoalkeeperguiltyofinterferingwithanopponent(see56.5). 56.5 Game Misconduct Penalty – Whenamajorpenaltyisimposedunderthisrulefora foulresultinginaninjuryofanopponent,agamemisconductshallbeimposed. 86 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 56.6 Penalty Shot -Whenaplayerincontrolofthepuckintheneutralorattackingzone andhavingnootheropponenttopassthanthegoalkeeperisinterferedwithbya stickoranypartthereoforanyotherobjectorpieceofequipmentthrownorshotby anymemberofthedefendingteamincludingtheCoachornon-playingClubpersonnel,apenalty shotshallbeawardedtothenon-offendingteam.WhenaCoachor non-playingClubpersonnelisguiltyofsuchanact,heshallbeautomaticallysuspendedfromthegame,orderedtothedressingroomandthematterwillbereported totheCommissionerforpossiblefurtherdisciplinaryaction. 56.7 Awarded Goal -If,whenthegoalkeeperhasbeenremovedfromtheice,anymemberofhisteam(includingthegoalkeeper)notlegallyontheice,includingtheCoach ornon-playingClubpersonnel,interferesbymeansofhisbody,stickoranyotherobjectorpieceofequipmentwiththemovementsofthepuckoranopposingplayerin theneutralorattackingzone,theRefereeshallimmediatelyawardagoaltothenonoffendingteam.WhenaCoachornon-playingClubpersonnelisguiltyofsuchanact, heshallbeautomaticallysuspendedfromthegame,orderedtothedressingroom andthematterwillbereportedtotheCommissionerforpossiblefurtherdisciplinary action. Rule 57 – Tripping 57.1 Tripping –Aplayerorgoalkeepershallnotplacethestick,knee,foot,arm,handor elbowinsuchamannerthatcauseshisopponenttotriporfall. Accidentaltripswhichoccursimultaneouslywithacompletedplaywillnotbe penalized.Accidentaltripsoccurringsimultaneouslywithorafterastoppageofplay willnotbepenalized. If,intheopinionoftheReferee,aplayermakescontactwiththepuckfirstand subsequentlytripstheopponentinsodoing,nopenaltyshallbeassessed. 57.2 Minor Penalty -Aminorpenaltyshallbeimposedonanyplayerorgoalkeeperwho shallplacehisstickoranyportionofhisbodyinsuchamannerthatitshallcausehis opponenttotripandfall. 57.3 Penalty Shot -Whenaplayer,intheneutralorattackingzone,incontrolofthepuck (orwhocouldhaveobtainedpossessionandcontrolofthepuck)andhavingnoother opponenttopassthanthegoalkeeper,istrippedorotherwisefouledfrombehind, thuspreventingareasonablescoringopportunity,apenaltyshotshallbeawardedto thenon-offendingteam.Nevertheless,theRefereeshallnotstopplayuntiltheattackingteamhaslostpossessionofthepucktothedefendingteam. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 87 Theintentionofthisruleistorestoreareasonablescoringopportunitywhich hasbeenlost.If,however,theplayerfouledisabletorecoverandobtainareasonablescoringopportunity(orateammateisabletogainareasonablescoringopportunity),nopenaltyshotshouldbeawardedbuttheappropriatepenaltyshouldbe signaledandassessedifagoalisnotscoredontheplay. “Controlofthepuck”meanstheactofpropellingthepuckwiththestick, handor feet.Ifwhileitisbeingpropelled,thepuckistouchedbyanotherplayerorhisequipment,orhitsthegoalorgoesfree,theplayershallnolongerbeconsideredtobe“in controlofthepuck”. Inorderforapenaltyshottobeawardedforaplayerbeingfouledfrombehind, thefollowingfour(4)criteriamusthavebeenmet: (i) The infraction must have taken place in the neutral or attacking zone (i.e. over the puck carrier’s own blue line). (II) The infraction must have been committed from behind. (III) The player in possession and control (or, in the judgment of the Referee, the player clearly would have obtained possession and control of the puck) must have been denied a reasonable chance to score. The fact that the player got a shot off does not automatically eliminate this play from the penalty shot consideration criteria. If the foul was from behind and the player was denied a “more” reasonable scoring opportunity due to the foul, then the penalty shot should still be awarded. (IV) The player in possession and control (or, in the judgment of the Referee, the player clearly would have obtained possession and control) must have had no opposing player between himself and the goalkeeper. Itshouldbenotedthatiftheattackingplayermanagestogetaroundthegoalkeeperandhasnodefendingplayerbetweenhimandtheopengoal,andheisfouled frombehindbythegoalkeeperoranotherdefendingplayer,nogoalcanbeawarded sincethegoalkeeperisstillontheice.Apenaltyshotwouldbeawarded. 57.4 88 Awarded Goal -If,whentheopposinggoalkeeperhasbeenremovedfromtheice,a playerincontrolofthepuckintheneutralorattackingzoneistrippedorotherwise fouledwithnooppositionbetweenhimandtheopposinggoal,thuspreventingareasonablescoringopportunity,theRefereeshallimmediatelystopplayandawarda goaltotheattackingteam. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 SECTION 8 – STICK FOULS Rule 58 – Butt-ending 58.1 Butt-ending –Theactionwherebyaplayerorgoalkeeperusestheshaftofthestick, abovetheupperhand,tocheckanopposingplayerinanymannerorjabsorattemptstojabanopposingplayerwiththispartofthestick. 58.2 Double-minor Penalty -Adouble-minorpenaltywillbeimposedonaplayerorgoalkeeperwhoattemptstobutt-endanopponent. 58.3 Major Penalty -Amajorpenaltyshallbeimposedonaplayerorgoalkeeperwho butt-endsanopponent(seesection58.5). 58.4 Match Penalty -Amatchpenaltyshallbeimposedonaplayerorgoalkeeperwhoinjuresanopponentasaresultofabutt-end. 58.5 Game Misconduct Penalty –Whenamajorpenaltyisimposedforbutt-ending,a gamemisconductpenaltymustalsobeassessed. 58.6 Fines and Suspensions -Whenamajorpenaltyandgamemisconductareimposed underthisrule,anautomaticfineoftwenty-fivedollars($25)willbeimposed. Ifdeemedappropriate,supplementarydisciplinecanbeappliedbytheCommissionerathisdiscretion(refertoRule28). Rule 59 – Cross-checking 59.1 Cross-checking –Theactionofusingtheshaftofthestickbetweenthetwohandsto forcefullycheckanopponent. 59.2 Minor Penalty -Aminorpenalty,atthediscretionoftheRefereebasedontheseverityofthecontact,shallbeimposedonaplayerorgoalkeeperwho“crosschecks”an opponent. 59.3 Major Penalty -Amajorpenalty,atthediscretionoftheRefereebasedontheseverityofthecontact,shallbeimposedonaplayerorgoalkeeperwho“crosschecks”an opponent(see59.5). 59.4 Match Penalty –TheReferee,athisdiscretion,mayassessamatchpenaltyif,inhis judgment,theplayerorgoalkeeperattemptedtoordeliberatelyinjuredhisopponent bycross-checking. 59.5 Game Misconduct Penalty -Whenamajorpenaltyisassessedforcross-checking, anautomaticgamemisconductpenaltyshallbeimposedontheoffendingplayer. 59.6 Fines and Suspensions -Whenamajorpenaltyisimposedunderthisrule,anautomaticfineoftwenty-fivedollars($25)shallalsobeimposed. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 89 Ifdeemedappropriate,supplementarydisciplinecanbeappliedbytheCommissionerathisdiscretion(refertoRule28). Rule 60 – High-sticking 60.1 High-sticking -A“highstick”isonewhichiscarriedabovetheheightoftheopponent’sshoulders.Playersandgoalkeepersmustbeincontrolandresponsiblefor theirstick.However,aplayerorgoalkeeperispermittedaccidentalcontactonanopponentiftheactiscommittedasanormalwinduporfollowthroughofashootingmotion,oraccidentalcontactontheopposingcenterwhoisbentoverduringthecourse ofaface-off.Awildswingatabouncingpuckwouldnotbeconsideredanormal winduporfollowthroughandanycontacttoanopponentabovetheheightofthe shouldersshallbepenalizedaccordingly. 60.2 Minor Penalty -Anycontactmadebyastickonanopponentabovetheshouldersis prohibitedandaminorpenalty shallbeimposed. 60.3 Double-minor Penalty -Whenaplayerorgoalkeepercarriesorholdsanypartofhis stickabovetheshouldersoftheopponentsothatinjuryresults,theRefereeshallassessadouble-minorpenaltyforallcontactthatcausesaninjury,whetheraccidental orcareless,intheopinionoftheReferee. 60.4 Match Penalty –When,intheopinionoftheReferee,aplayerorgoalkeeperattemptstoordeliberatelyinjuresanopponentwhilecarryingorholdinganypartofhis stickabovetheshouldersoftheopponent,theRefereeshallassessamatchpenalty totheoffendingplayer. 60.5 Goals -Anapparentgoalscoredbyanattackingplayerwhostrikesthepuckwithhis stickcarriedabovetheheightofthecrossbarofthegoalframeshallnotbeallowed. Thedeterminingfactoriswherethepuckmakescontactwiththestick.Ifthepuck makescontactwiththestickbelowthelevelofthecrossbarandentersthegoal,this goalshallbeallowed. Agoalscoredbyadefendingplayerwhostrikesthepuckwithhisstickcarried abovetheheightofthecrossbarofthegoalframeshallbeallowed. 60.6 90 Fines and Suspensions -Therearenospecifiedfinesorsuspensionsforhigh-sticking,however,supplementarydisciplinecanbeappliedbytheCommissionerathis discretion(refertoRule28). SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Rule 61 – Slashing 61.1 Slashing -Slashingistheactofaplayerorgoalkeeperswinginghisstickatanopponent,whethercontactismadeornot.Non-aggressivestickcontacttothepantor frontoftheshinpads,shouldnotbepenalizedasslashing.Anyforcefulorpowerful chopwiththestickonanopponent’sbody,theopponent’sstick,oronorneartheopponent’shandsthat,inthejudgmentoftheReferee,isnotanattempttoplaythe puck,shallbepenalizedasslashing. 61.2 Minor Penalty -Aminorpenalty,atthediscretionoftheRefereebasedontheseverityofthecontact,shallbeimposedonaplayerorgoalkeeperwhoslashesanopponent. 61.3 Major Penalty -Amajorpenalty,atthediscretionoftheRefereebasedontheseverity ofthecontact,shallbeimposedonaplayerorgoalkeeperwhoslashesanopponent. Wheninjuryoccurs,amajorpenaltymustbeassessedunderthisrule(see61.5). 61.4 Match Penalty –TheReferee,athisdiscretion,mayassessamatchpenaltyif,inhis judgment,theplayerorgoalkeeperattemptedtoordeliberatelyinjuredhisopponent byslashing. 61.5 Game Misconduct Penalty –Wheneveramajorpenaltyisassessedforslashing,a gamemisconductpenaltymustalsobeimposed. 61.6 Penalty Shot –refertoRule57.3 –Tripping. 61.7 Awarded Goal –refertoRule57.4 –Tripping. 61.8 Fines and Suspensions -Therearenospecifiedfinesorsuspensionsforslashing, however,supplementarydisciplinecanbeappliedbytheCommissionerathisdiscretion(refertoRule28). Rule 62 – Spearing 62.1 Spearing -Spearingshallmeanstabbinganopponentwiththepointofthestick blade,whethercontactismadeornot. 62.2 Double-minor Penalty -Adouble-minorpenaltywillbeimposedonaplayerorgoalkeeperwhospearsanopponentanddoesnotmakecontact. 62.3 Major Penalty -Amajorpenaltyshallbeimposedonaplayerorgoalkeeperwho spearsanopponent(see62.5). 62.4 Match Penalty -Amatchpenaltyshallbeimposedonaplayerorgoalkeeperwhoinjuresanopponentasaresultofaspear. 62.5 Game Misconduct Penalty -Wheneveramajorpenaltyisassessedforspearing,a gamemisconductpenaltymustalsobeimposed. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 91 62.6 Fines and Suspensions -Therearenospecifiedfinesorsuspensionsforspearing, however,supplementarydisciplinecanbeappliedbytheCommissionerathisdiscretion(refertoRule28). SECTION 9 – OTHER FOULS Rule 63 – Delaying the Game 63.1 Delaying the Game –Aplayer,goalkeeperorateammaybepenalizedwhen,inthe opinionoftheReferee,isdelayingthegameinanymanner. 63.2 Minor Penalty -Aminorpenaltyshallbeimposedonanyplayer,includingthegoalkeeper,whoholds,freezesorplaysthepuckwithhisstick,skatesorbodyinsucha mannerastodeliberatelycauseastoppageofplay.Withregardtoagoalkeeper,this ruleappliesoutsideofhisgoalcreasearea. Aminorpenaltyfordelayofgameshallbeimposedonanyplayerorgoalkeeper whodeliberatelyshootsorbatsthepuckoutsidetheplayingarea(fromanywhereon theicesurface)duringtheplayorafterastoppageofplay. Whenanyplayerorgoalkeeper,whileinhisdefendingzone,shootsthepuckdirectly(non-deflected)outoftheplayingsurface,exceptwherethereisnoglass,a penaltyshallNOT beassessedfordelayingthegame,unless,intheReferee’ssole discretion,thepuckwasdeliberatelyshotoutoftheplayingsurface.However,theoffendingteamalsoshallNOT bepermittedtochangeplayersandtheface-offwillremaininthedefendingzone.Whenthepuckisshotintotheplayers’bench,the penaltywillnotapply.Whenthepuckisshotovertheglass‘behind’theplayers’ bench,thepenaltywillbeassessed. Aminorpenaltyshallbeimposedonanyplayer(includingthegoalkeeper)who delaysthegamebydeliberatelydisplacingagoalpostfromitsnormalposition.The Refereeshallstopplayimmediatelywhentheoffendingteamgainspossessionofthe puck. Intheeventthatagoalpostisdeliberatelydisplacedbyadefendingplayeror goalkeeper,priortothepuckcrossingthegoallinebetweenthenormalpositionofthe goalposts,theRefereeshall assessaminorpenaltyfordelayingthegameiftheattackingplayerhasnotyettakentheshotorintheactoftakingtheshotattheopen net(see 63.4). 92 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Whenthenetisaccidentallydisplacedbyanattackingplayer,andthedefendingsideisinpossessionofthepuckandmovingoutoftheirzone,playshallbepermittedtocontinueuntilsuchtimeasthenon-offendingteamlosespossessionofthe puck.Theresultingface-offwilltakeplaceataface-offspotinthezonenearestthe locationwheretheplaywasstopped,unlessitisinthenon-offendingteam’sdefendingzone,andassuchtheensuingface-offwouldbeoutsidethebluelineatoneof theface-offspotsintheneutralzone.Itispossibleforagoaltobescoredatoneend oftherinkwhilethenetattheotherendhasbeendislodged,providedthattheteam beingscoreduponistheteamresponsiblefordislodgingthenetattheotherendof therink. Aminorpenaltyshallbeimposedonaplayerotherthanthegoalkeeperwhodeliberatelyfallsonorgathersthepuckintohisbody.Anyplayerwhodropstohisknees toblockashotshouldnotbepenalizedifthepuckisshotunderhimorbecomes lodgedinhisclothingorequipmentbutanyuseofthehandstomakethepuckunplayableshouldbepenalizedpromptly. Ifagoalkeepercomesoutofhiscreaseto“cutdowntheangle”onashotand aftermakingthesavecoversthepuck,thisshallbelegal.Ifthegoalkeeperracesout ofhiscreaseinanattempttobeattheattackingplayertothepuckandinsteadof playingthepuckjumpsonthepuckcausingastoppageofplay,thisshallbeaminor penaltyfordelayofgame. Aminorpenaltyshallbeimposedonagoalkeeperwho,whenheisinhisown goalcrease,deliberatelyfallsonorgathersthepuckintohisbodyorwhoholdsor placesthepuckagainstanypartofthegoalinsuchamannerastocauseastoppage ofplayunlessheisactuallybeingcheckedbyanopponent. Agoalkeepershallnotplaythepuckoutsideofthedesignatedareabehindthe net.Shouldthegoalkeeperplaythepuckoutsideofthedesignatedareabehindthe goalline,aminorpenaltyfordelayofgameshallbeimposed.Thedeterminingfactor shallbethepositionofthepuck.Theminorpenaltywillnotbeassessedwhenagoalkeeperplaysthepuckwhilemaintainingskatecontactwithhisgoalcrease. Playshallnotbestoppednorthegamedelayedbyreasonsofadjustmentsto clothing,equipment,skatesorsticks.Foraninfringementofthisrule,aminorpenalty shallbegiven.Nopenaltyshouldbeassessedwhenawaterbottleisdeliveredtoa goalkeeper,however,thisshouldbeconductedduringtime-outsandif,intheopinion oftheReferee,itisbeingdonetointentionallydelaythegame,aminorpenaltymay beassessed. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 93 Nodelayshallbepermittedfortherepairoradjustmentofgoalkeeper’sequipment.Ifadjustmentsarerequired,thegoalkeepershallleavetheiceandhisplace shallbetakenbythesubstitutegoalkeeperimmediately.Foraninfractionofthisrule byagoalkeeper,aminorpenaltyshallbeimposed. 63.3 Bench Minor Penalty -AbenchminorpenaltyshallbeimposeduponanyTeam which,afterwarningbytheRefereetoitsCaptainorAlternateCaptaintoplacethe correctnumberofplayersontheiceandcommenceplay,failstocomplywiththeReferee’sdirectionandtherebycausesanydelaybymakingadditionalsubstitutions(including,butnotlimitedto,continuallysubstitutinggoalkeepersforthepurposeof stallingordelayingthegame),bypersistinginhavingitsplayersoff-side,orinany othermanner. 63.4 Objects Thrown on the Ice –Intheeventthatobjectsarethrownontheicethatinterferewiththeprogressofthegame,theRefereeshallblowthewhistleandstopthe playandthepuckshallbefaced-offataface-offspotinthezonenearesttothespot whereplayisstopped.Whenobjectsarethrownontheiceduringastoppageinplay, includingafterthescoringofagoal,theRefereeshallhaveannouncedoverthepublicaddresssystemthatanyfurtheroccurrenceswillresultinabenchminorpenalty beingassessedtothehomeTeam.Articlesthrownontotheicefollowingaspecialoccasion(i.e.hattrick)willnotresultinabenchminorpenaltybeingassessed. 63.5 Penalty Shot -Ifthegoalpostisdeliberatelydisplacedbyagoalkeeperorplayer duringthecourseofa“breakaway,”apenaltyshotwillbeawardedtothenon-offendingteam,whichshotshallbetakenbytheplayerlastinpossessionofthepuck. Ifbyreasonofinsufficienttimeintheregularplayingtimeorbyreasonofpenaltiesalreadyimposed,theminorpenaltyassessedtoaplayerorgoalkeeperfordeliberatelydisplacinghisowngoalpostcannotbeservedinitsentiretywithintheregular playingtimeofthegameoratanytimeinovertime,apenaltyshotshallbeawarded againsttheoffendingteam. 94 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Nodefendingplayer,exceptthegoalkeeper,willbepermittedtofallonthepuck, holdthepuck,pickupthepuck,orgatherthepuckintothebodyorhandswhenthe puckiswithinthegoalcrease.Forinfringementofthisrule,playshallimmediatelybe stoppedandapenaltyshotshallbeorderedagainsttheoffendingteam,butnoother penaltyshallbegiven.Theruleshallbeinterpretedsothatapenaltyshotwillbe awardedonlywhenthepuckisinthecreaseattheinstanttheoffenseoccurs.However,incaseswherethepuckisoutsidethecrease,Rule63 maystillapplyanda minorpenaltymaybeimposed,eventhoughnopenaltyshotisawarded.Thesignificantfactorwhendeterminingwhetherornotapenaltyshotiswarrantedisthelocationofthepuckatthetimeitwasheld,grabbedorgatheredintothebody.Ifthepuck isinthecrease,penaltyshot.Ifthepuckisoutsidethecreaseandgatheredintothe bodyofaplayer(otherthanthegoalkeeper)whoisinsidethecrease,minorpenalty). SeealsoRule67 –HandlingPuck. 63.6 Awarded Goal -Intheeventthatthegoalpostisdisplaced,eitherdeliberatelyoraccidentally,byadefendingplayerorgoalkeeper,priortothepuckcrossingthegoal linebetweenthenormalpositionofthegoalposts,theRefereemayawardagoal. Inordertoawardagoalinthissituation,thegoalpostmusthavebeendisplacedbytheactionsadefendingplayerorgoalkeeper,thepuckmusthavebeen shot(ortheplayermustbeintheactofshooting)atthegoalpriortothegoalpost beingdisplaced,anditmustbedeterminedthatthepuckwouldhaveenteredthenet betweenthenormalpositionofthegoalposts. Whenthegoalposthasbeendisplaceddeliberatelybythedefendingteamwhen theirgoalkeeperhasbeenremovedforanextraattackertherebypreventinganimpendinggoalbytheattackingteam,theRefereeshallawardagoaltotheattackingteam. Thegoalframeisconsideredtobedisplacedifeitherorbothgoalpegsareno longerintheirrespectiveholesintheice,orthenethascomecompletelyoffoneor bothpegs,priortoorasthepuckentersthegoal. 63.7 Infractions –Thefollowinglistofinfractionsshallresultinapenalty(minor,bench minor,penaltyshotorawardedgoal)beingimposedbytheRefereefordelayingthe game: (i) Deliberately shooting the puck out of play. (ii) Deliberately throwing or batting the puck out of play. (iii) Shooting or batting the puck (with the hand or with the stick) over the glass from the defending zone. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 95 (iv) Deliberately displacing the goal from it’s normal position (or accidentally by a defending player or goalkeeper in relation to the awarding of a goal). (v) Refusing to place the correct number of players on the ice. (vi) Persisting in having players in an off-side position. (vii) Deliberately falling on the puck. (viii) Adjustment of clothing or equipment. Rule 64 – Diving / Embellishment 64.1 Diving / Embellishment –Anyplayerorgoalkeeperwhoblatantlydives,embellishes afallorareaction,orwhofeignsaninjuryshallbepenalizedwithaminorpenalty underthisrule. Agoalkeeperwhodeliberatelyinitiatescontactwithanattackingplayerother thantoestablishpositioninthecrease,orwhootherwiseactstocreatetheappearanceofotherthanincidentalcontactwithanattackingplayer,issubjecttotheassessmentofaminorpenaltyfordiving/embellishment. 64.2 Minor Penalty -Aminorpenaltyshallbeimposedonaplayerorgoalkeeperwhoattemptstodrawapenaltybyhisactions(“diving/embellishment”). 64.3 Fines and Suspensions - Regardlessifaminorpenaltyfordiving/embellishmentis called,HockeyOperationswillreviewgamevideosandassessfinestoplayersor goalkeeperswhodiveorembellishafallorareaction,orwhofeigninjury.Seealso Rule28 –SupplementaryDiscipline.ThecallontheicebytheRefereeistotallyindependentofsupplementarydiscipline. Thefirstsuchincidentduringtheseasonwillresultinawarningletterbeingsent totheplayerorgoalkeeper.Thesecondsuchincidentwillresultinafiftydollar($50) fine.Forathirdsuchincidentintheseason,theplayershallbesuspendedforone game.Forsubsequentviolationsinthesameseason,theplayer’ssuspensionshall double(i.e.firstsuspension–onegame,secondsuspension–twogames,thirdsuspension–fourgames,etc.)SeealsoRule28 –SupplementaryDiscipline. Rule 65 – Equipment 65.1 96 Equipment –Theonusisontheplayerand/orgoalkeepertomaintainhisequipment anduniforminplayingconditionassetforthintheserules. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 65.2 Minor Penalty -Allprotectiveequipment,exceptgloves,headgearandgoalkeepers’ legguardsmustbewornundertheuniform.Forviolationofthisrule,afterwarningby theReferee,aminorpenaltyshallbeimposed.Playersincludingthegoalkeeperviolatingthisruleshallnotbepermittedtoparticipateinthegameuntilsuchequipment hasbeencorrectedorremoved. Playshallnotbestoppednorthegamedelayedbyreasonsofadjustmentsto clothing,equipment,skatesorsticks.Foraninfringementofthisrule,aminorpenalty shallbegiven. Nodelayshallbepermittedfortherepairoradjustmentofgoalkeeper’sequipment.Ifadjustmentsarerequired,thegoalkeepershallleavetheiceandhisplace shallbetakenbythesubstitutegoalkeeperimmediately.Foraninfractionofthisrule byagoalkeeper,aminorpenaltyshallbeimposed. Rule 66 – Forfeit of Game 66.1 Forfeit of Game -IntheeventoffailurebyaClubtocomplywithaprovisionofthe Leagueby-laws,rulesorregulationsaffectingtheplayingofagame,theReferee shall,ifsodirectedbytheCommissionerorhisdesignee,refusetopermitthegame toproceeduntiltheoffendingClubcomesintocompliancewithsuchprovision. Shouldtheoffendingclubpersistinitsrefusaltocomeintocompliance,theRefereeshall,withthepriorapprovaloftheCommissionerorhisdesignee,declarethe gameforfeitedandthenon-offendingClubthewinner.ShouldtheRefereedeclare thegameforfeitedbecausebothClubshaverefusedtocomplywithsuchaprovision, thevisitingClubshallbedeclaredthewinner. Ifthegameisdeclaredforfeitedpriortoitshavingcommenced,thescoreshall berecordedas1-0andnoplayershallbecreditedwithanypersonalstatistics. Ifthegamewasinprogressatthetimeitisdeclaredforfeited,thescoreshallbe recordedaszerofortheloserand1,orsuchgreaternumberofgoalsthathadbeen scoredbyit,forthewinner;however,theplayersonbothClubsshallbecreditedwith allpersonalstatisticsearneduptothetimetheforfeitwasdeclared. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 97 Rule 67 – Handling Puck 67.1 Handling Puck -Aplayershallbepermittedtostopor“bat”apuckintheairwithhis openhand,orpushitalongtheicewithhishand,andtheplayshallnotbestopped unless,intheopinionoftheon-iceofficials,hehasdeliberatelydirectedthepucktoa teammate,orhasallowedhisteamtogainanadvantage,inanyzoneotherthanthe defendingzone,inwhichcasetheplayshallbestoppedandaface-offconducted (seeRule79 –HandPass).Playwillnotbestoppedforanyhandpassbyplayersin theirowndefendingzone. 67.2 Minor Penalty – Player -Aplayershallbepermittedtocatchthepuckoutoftheair butmustimmediatelyplaceitorknockitdowntotheice.Ifhecatchesitandskates withit,eithertoavoidacheckortogainaterritorialadvantageoverhisopponent,a minorpenaltyshallbeassessedfor“closinghishandonthepuck”. Aminorpenaltyshallbeimposedonaplayerwho,whileplayisinprogress, picksupthepuckofftheicewithhishand. 67.3 Minor Penalty – Goalkeeper -Agoalkeeperwhoholdsthepuckwithhishandsfor longerthanthreesecondsshallbegivenaminorpenaltyunlessheisactuallybeing checkedbyanopponent.Theobjectofthisentireruleistokeepthepuckinplaycontinuouslyandanyactiontakenbythegoalkeeperwhichcausesanunnecessarystoppagemustbepenalizedwithoutwarning. Agoalkeepershallbeassessedaminorpenaltywhenhedeliberatelyholdsthe puckinanymannerwhich,intheopinionoftheReferee,causesanunnecessary stoppageofplay. Agoalkeepershallbeassessedaminorpenaltywhenhethrowsthepuckforwardtowardstheopponent’snet.Inthecasewherethepuckthrownforwardbythe goalkeeperbeingtakenbyanopponent,theRefereeshallallowtheresultingplayto becompleted,andifagoalisscoredbythenon-offendingteam,itshallbeallowed andnopenaltygiven;butifagoalisnotscored,playshallbestoppedandaminor penaltyshallbeimposedagainstthegoalkeeper. Agoalkeepershallbeassessedaminorpenaltywhenhedeliberatelydropsthe puckintohispadsorontothegoalnet. Agoalkeepershallbeassessedaminorpenaltywhenhedeliberatelypilesup snoworobstaclesatornearhisnetthat,intheopinionoftheReferee,wouldtendto preventthescoringofagoal. 98 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 67.4 Penalty Shot -Ifaplayer,exceptagoalkeeper,whileplayisinprogress,fallsonthe puck,holdsthepuck,picksupthepuck,orgathersthepuckintohisbodyorhands fromtheiceinthegoalcreasearea,theplayshallbestoppedimmediatelyanda penaltyshotshallbeawardedtothenon-offendingteam.SeealsoRule63 –DelayingtheGame. 67.5 Awarded Goal –Whenagoalkeeper,priortoproceedingtohisplayers’benchtobe replacedbyanextraattacker,intentionallyleaveshisstickorotherpieceofequipment,pilessnoworotherobstaclesatornearhisnetthat,intheopinionoftheReferee,wouldtendtopreventthepuckfromenteringthenet,agoalshallbeawarded. Inordertoawardagoalinthissituation,thegoalkeepermusthavebeenreplacedfor anextraattacker;otherwiseaminorpenaltyshallbeassessed. Ifaplayer,whenthegoalkeeperhasbeenreplacedforanextraattacker,falls onthepuck,holdsthepuck,picksupthepuck,orgathersthepuckintohisbodyor handsfromtheiceinthegoalcreasearea,theplayshallbestoppedimmediatelyand goalawardedtothenon-offendingteam. 67.6 Disallowed Goal -Agoalcannotbescoredbyanattackingplayerwhobatsordirectsthepuckwithhishanddirectlyintothenet.Agoalcannotbescoredbyanattackingplayerwhobatsordirectsthepuckanditisdeflectedintothenetoffany player,goalkeeperorofficial.Whenthepuckentersthenetonacleardeflectionoffa glove,thegoalshallbeallowed. Rule 68 – Illegal Substitution 68.1 Illegal Substitution –Anillegalsubstitutionshallbedeemedtohaveoccurredwhen aplayerentersthegameillegallyfromeithertheplayers’bench(teammatenotwithin thefive(5)footlimit,refertoRule74 –TooManyMenontheIce),fromthepenalty bench(penaltyhasnotyetexpired),whenamajorpenaltyisbeingservedandthereplacementplayerdoesnotreturntotheicefromthepenaltybench(see68.2),or whenaplayerillegallyentersthegameforthesolepurposeofpreventinganopposingplayerfromscoringonabreakaway(see68.3 and68.4). Whenaninjuredplayerispenalizedandleavesthegame,ifhereturnsbefore theexpirationofhispenalty,heisnoteligibletoplay.Thisincludescoincidental penaltieswhenhissubstituteisstillinthepenaltyboxawaitingastoppageinplay. Theinjuredplayermustwaituntilhissubstitutehasbeenreleasedfromthepenalty boxbeforeheiseligibletoplay.See 8.1. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 99 68.2 Bench Minor Penalty –Whenaplayerreceivesamajorpenaltyandamisconductor gamemisconductpenaltyatthesametime,orwhenaninjuredplayerreceivesa majorpenaltyandisunabletoservethepenaltyhimself,thepenalizedteamshall placeasubstituteplayeronthepenaltybenchbeforethemajorpenaltyexpiresand noreplacementforthepenalizedplayershallbepermittedtoenterthegameexcept fromthepenaltybench.Anyviolationofthisprovisionshallbetreatedasanillegal substitutionunderthisrulecallingforabenchminorpenalty. 68.3 Penalty Shot –Ifaplayeroftheattackingsideinpossessionofthepuckshallbein suchapositionastohavenooppositionbetweenhimandtheopposinggoalkeeper, andwhileinsuchpositionheshallbeinterferedwithbyaplayeroftheopposingside whoshallhaveillegallyenteredthegame,theRefereeshallimposeapenaltyshot againstthesidetowhichtheoffendingplayerbelongs. 68.4 Awarded Goal -If,whentheopposinggoalkeeperhasbeenremovedfromtheice,a playerofthesideattackingtheunattendedgoalisinterferedwithintheneutralorattackingzonebyaplayerwhoshallhaveenteredthegameillegally,theRefereeshall immediatelyawardagoaltothenon-offendingteam. 68.5 Disallowed Goal –IfapenalizedplayerreturnstotheicefromthepenaltybenchbeforehispenaltyhasexpiredbyhisownerrorortheerrorofthePenaltyTimekeeper, anygoalscoredbyhisownteamwhilehe(orhissubstitute)isillegallyontheice shallbedisallowedbutallpenaltiesimposedoneitherteamshallbeservedasregularpenalties.Thepenalizedplayermustreturntoservehisunexpiredtime(andan additionalminorpenaltyifheleftthepenaltybenchonhisown). Ifaplayershallillegallyenterthegamefromhisownplayers’benchorfromany otherlocationintherink,anygoalscoredbyhisownteamwhileheisillegallyonthe iceshallbedisallowedbutallpenaltiesimposedoneitherteamshallbeservedas regularpenalties. 68.6 100 Deliberate Illegal Substitution –seeRule 74 –TooManyMenontheIce. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Rule 69 – Interference on the Goalkeeper 69.1 Interference on the Goalkeeper -This ruleisbasedonthepremisethatanattackingplayer’sposition,whetherinsideoroutsidethecrease,shouldnot,byitself,determinewhetheragoalshouldbeallowedordisallowed.Inotherwords, goalsscored whileattackingplayersarestandinginthecreasemay,inappropriatecircumstances beallowed.Goalsshouldbedisallowedonlyif:(1)anattackingplayer,eitherbyhis positioningorbycontact,impairsthegoalkeeper’sabilitytomovefreelywithinhis creaseordefendhisgoal;or(2)anattackingplayerinitiatesintentionalordeliberate contactwithagoalkeeper,insideoroutsideofhisgoalcrease.Incidentalcontactwith agoalkeeperwillbepermitted,andresultinggoalsallowed,whensuchcontactisinitiatedoutsideofthegoalcrease,providedtheattackingplayerhasmadeareasonable efforttoavoidsuchcontact.Therulewillbeenforcedexclusivelyinaccordancewith theon-icejudgementoftheReferee. Forpurposesofthisrule,“contact,”whetherincidentalorotherwise,shallmean anycontactthatismadebetweenoramongagoalkeeperandattackingplayer(s), whetherbymeansofastickoranypartofthebody. Theoverridingrationaleofthisrule isthatagoalkeepershouldhavetheability tomovefreelywithinhisgoalcreasewithoutbeinghinderedbytheactionsofanattackingplayer.Ifanattackingplayerentersthegoalcreaseand,byhisactions,impairsthegoalkeeper’sabilitytodefendhisgoal,andagoalisscored,thegoalwillbe disallowed. Ifanattackingplayerhasbeenpushed,shoved,orfouledbyadefendingplayer soastocausehimtocomeintocontactwiththegoalkeeper,suchcontactwillnotbe deemedcontactinitiatedbytheattackingplayerforpurposesofthisrule,provided theattackingplayerhasmadeareasonableefforttoavoidsuchcontact. Ifadefendingplayerhasbeenpushed,shovedorfouledbyanattackingplayer soastocausethedefendingplayertocomeintocontactwithhisowngoalkeeper, suchcontactshallbedeemedcontactinitiatedbytheattackingplayerforpurposesof thisrule,andifnecessaryapenaltyassessedtotheattackingplayerandifagoalis scoreditwouldbedisallowed. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 101 69.2 Penalty -Inallcasesinwhichanattackingplayerinitiatesintentionalordeliberate contactwithagoalkeeper,whetherornotthegoalkeeperisinsideoroutsidethegoal crease,andwhetherornotagoalisscored,theattackingplayerwillreceiveapenalty (minorormajor,astheRefereedeemsappropriate).Inallcaseswheretheinfraction beingimposedistotheattackingplayerforhinderingthegoalkeeper’sabilitytomove freelyinhisgoalcrease,thepenaltytobeassessedisforgoalkeeperinterference. Inexercisinghisjudgment,theRefereeshouldgivemoresignificantconsiderationtothedegreeandnatureofthecontactwiththegoalkeeperthantotheexactlocationofthegoalkeeperatthetimeofthecontact. 69.3 Contact Inside the Goal Crease -Ifanattackingplayerinitiatescontactwithagoalkeeper,incidentalorotherwise,whilethegoalkeeperisinhisgoalcrease,andagoal isscored,thegoalwillbedisallowed. Ifagoalkeeper,intheactofestablishinghispositionwithinhisgoalcrease,initiatescontactwithanattackingplayerwhoisinthegoalcrease,andthisresultsinan impairmentofthegoalkeeper’sabilitytodefendhisgoal,andagoalisscored,the goalwillbedisallowed. If,afteranycontactbyagoalkeeperwhoisattemptingtoestablishpositionin hisgoalcrease,theattackingplayerdoesnotimmediatelyvacatehiscurrentposition inthegoalcrease(i.e.givegroundtothegoalkeeper),andagoalisscored,thegoal willbedisallowed.Inallsuchcases,whetherornotagoalisscored,theattacking playerwillreceiveaminorpenaltyforgoalkeeperinterference. Ifanattackingplayerestablishesasignificantpositionwithinthegoalcrease,so astoobstructthegoalkeeper’svisionandimpairhisabilitytodefendhisgoal,anda goalisscored,thegoalwillbedisallowed. Forthispurpose,aplayer“establishesasignificantpositionwithinthecrease” when,intheReferee’sjudgment,hisbody,orasubstantialportionthereof,iswithin thegoalcreaseformorethananinstantaneousperiodoftime. ReferalsotoReferenceTables–Table19–InterferenceontheGoalkeeperSituations(page158). 69.4 102 Contact Outside the Goal Crease -Ifanattackingplayerinitiatesanycontactwitha goalkeeper,otherthanincidentalcontact,whilethegoalkeeperisoutsidehisgoal crease,andagoalisscored,thegoalwillbedisallowed. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Agoalkeeperisnot“fairgame”justbecauseheisoutsidethegoalcrease.The appropriatepenaltyshouldbeassessedineverycasewhereanattackingplayer makesunnecessarycontactwiththegoalkeeper.However,incidentalcontactwillbe permittedwhenthegoalkeeperisintheactofplayingthepuckoutsidehisgoal creaseprovidedtheattackingplayerhasmadeareasonableefforttoavoidsuchunnecessarycontact. See 42.1. Whenagoalkeeperhasplayedthepuckoutsideofhiscreaseandisthenpreventedfromreturningtohiscreaseareaduetothedeliberateactionsofanattacking player,suchplayermaybepenalizedforgoalkeeperinterference.Similarly,thegoalkeepermaybepenalized,ifbyhisactionsoutsideofhiscreasehedeliberatelyinterfereswithanattackingplayerwhoisattemptingtoplaythepuckoranopponent. ReferalsotoReferenceTables–Table19–InterferenceontheGoalkeeperSituations(page158). 69.5 Face-off Location –WhenevertheRefereestopsplaytodisallowagoalasaresult ofcontactwiththegoalkeeper(incidentalorotherwise),theresultingface-offshall takeplaceatthenearestneutralzoneface-offspotoutsidetheattackingzoneofthe offendingteam. 69.6 Rebounds and Loose Pucks -Inareboundsituation,orwhereagoalkeeperandattackingplayer(s)aresimultaneouslyattemptingtoplayaloosepuck,whetherinside oroutsidethecrease,incidentalcontactwiththegoalkeeperwillbepermitted,and anygoalthatisscoredasaresultthereofwillbeallowed. Intheeventthatagoalkeeperhasbeenpushedintothenettogetherwiththe puckbyanattackingplayeraftermakingastop,thegoalwillbedisallowed.Ifapplicable,appropriatepenaltieswillbeassessed.If,however,intheopinionoftheReferee,theattackingplayerwaspushedorotherwisefouledbyadefendingplayer causingthegoalkeepertobepushedintothenettogetherwiththepuck,thegoalcan bepermitted. Intheeventthatthepuckisunderaplayerinoraroundthecreasearea(deliberatelyorotherwise),agoalcannotbescoredbypushingthisplayertogetherwith thepuckintothegoal.Ifapplicable,theappropriatepenaltieswillbeassessed,includingapenaltyshotifdeemedtobecoveredinthecreasedeliberately(seeRule 63 –DelayingtheGame). SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 103 69.7 Fines and Suspensions -Anattackingplayerwho,inthejudgmentoftheReferee, initiatescontactwiththegoalkeeper,whetherinsideoroutsidethecrease,inafashionthatwouldotherwisewarrantapenalty,willbeassessedanappropriatepenalty (minorormajorand/orgamemisconduct)andwillbesubjecttoadditionalsanctions asappropriatepursuanttoRule 28 –SupplementaryDiscipline. Rule 70 – Leaving the Bench 70.1 Leaving the Bench -Noplayerorgoalkeepermayleavetheplayers’orpenalty benchatanytimeduringanaltercationorforthepurposeofstartinganaltercation. 70.2 Legal Line Change –Aplayerwhohasenteredthegameonalegallinechangeor legallyfromthepenaltybench(penaltytimehasexpired)who startsanaltercation may besubjecttodisciplineinaccordancewithRule28 –SupplementaryDiscipline. Aplayerorplayerswhohaveenteredthegameonalegallinechangeduringa stoppageofplay,wholineupinpreparationfortheensuingface-off,andwhoparticipateinanaltercationshallbepenalizedundertheappropriateruleandwillbesubject todisciplineinaccordancewithRule 28 –SupplementaryDiscipline(agamemisconductisnotautomaticinthissituationunlessprovidedforasaresultofhisactionsin thealtercation). 70.3 Leaving the Players’ Bench –Playersshallnotbepermittedtocomeontheiceduringastoppageofplayorattheendofthefirstandsecondperiodsforthepurposeof warming-up.TheRefereewillreportanyviolationofthisruletotheCommissionerfor disciplinaryaction. Exceptattheendofeachperiodorforenteringthegamelegally,noplayeror goalkeepermay,atanytime,leavetheplayers’bench.Ifitisnecessarytoproceedto thedressingroomduringthecourseofthegame(andwhenitisrequiredtoproceedby wayoftheicetoaccessthedressingroom),theplayerorgoalkeepermustwaitfora stoppageofplayandensuretherearenotaltercationsinprogressbeforeproceeding. Theplayerorgoalkeeperwhowasthefirstorsecondplayertoleavetheplayers’(orpenaltybench)duringanaltercationorforthepurposeofstartinganaltercation,fromeitherorbothteamsshallbeassessedagamemisconductpenalty. 104 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 70.4 Leaving the Penalty Bench –Exceptattheendofeachperiodoronexpirationof hispenalty,noplayermay,atanytime,leavethepenaltybench. Aplayerservingapenaltyonthepenaltybench,whoistobechangedafterthe penaltyhasbeenserved,mustproceedatoncebywayoftheiceandbeathisown players’benchbeforeanychangecanbemade.Foranyviolationofthisrule,a benchminorpenaltyshallbeimposed fortoomanymenontheice(seeRule 74 – TooManyMenontheIce). Apenalizedplayerwholeavesthepenaltybenchbeforehispenaltyhasexpired,whetherplayisinprogressornot,shallincuranadditionalminorpenaltyafter servinghisunexpiredpenalty. Anyplayerwho,havingenteredthepenaltybench,leavesthepenaltybench priortotheexpirationofhispenaltyforthepurposeofchallenginganofficial’sruling, shallbeassessedagamemisconductpenalty.Heshallalsobeautomaticallysuspendedforthenextthree(3)regularLeagueand/orplayoffgamesofhisClub.This ruledoesnotreplaceanyothermoreseverepenaltythatmaybeimposedforleaving thepenaltybenchforthepurposeofstartingorparticipatinginanaltercationasoutlinedinthisrule. Anypenalizedplayerleavingthepenaltybenchduringastoppageofplayand duringanaltercationshallincuraminorpenaltyplusagamemisconductpenalty.The minorpenaltyplustheunexpiredtimeremaininginhisoriginalpenaltymustbe servedbyareplacementplayerplacedonthepenaltybenchbytheCoachoftheoffendingteam. Ifaplayerleavesthepenaltybenchbeforehispenaltyisfullyserved,the PenaltyTimekeepershallnotethetimeandsignaltheofficialswhowillstopplay whentheoffendingplayer’steamobtainspossessionofthepuck.Anadditionalminor penaltymustbeservedbythisplayerinadditiontothetimeremaininginhisoriginal penalty(thisunexpiredtimeiscalculatedfromthetimeheleftthepenaltybenchillegally). Inthecaseofaplayerreturningtotheicebeforehistimehasexpiredthrough anerrorofthePenaltyTimekeeper,heisnottoserveanadditionalpenalty,butmust servehisunexpiredtimethisunexpiredtimeiscalculatedfromthetimeheleftthe penaltybenchthroughtheerrorofthePenaltyTimekeeper). SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 105 Atastoppageofplayfollowingtheexpirationoftheirpenalties,ifaplayeror playersexitingthepenaltybenchgetinvolvedinanaltercation,thosecomingfrom thepenaltybenchshallbeassessedthepenaltiestheyincurinthealtercationinadditiontoagamemisconductandafive(5)gamesuspensionasoutlinedin70.10. Shouldaplayercomingfromthepenaltybenchatastoppageofplaygetinvolved withanopponentandtheopponentisdeemedtobetheinstigatorofthealtercation, thentheplayercomingfromthepenaltybenchwouldnotbesubjecttothegamemisconductandfive(5)gamesuspension. 70.5 Bench Minor Penalty –Abenchminorpenaltyshallbeimposedonateamwhose player(s)leavetheplayers’benchforanypurposeotherthanachangeofplayersand whennoaltercationisinprogress. IfaCoachornon-playingClubpersonnelgetsontheice(unlessdirectedtodoso byanon-iceofficial,i.e.toattendtoaninjuredplayerorgoalkeeper)afterthestartofa periodandbeforethatperiodisended,theRefereeshallimposeabenchminorpenalty againsttheteamandreporttheincidenttotheCommissionerfordisciplinaryaction. 70.6 Game Misconduct Penalty –Agamemisconductpenaltyshallbeimposedonthe playerorgoalkeeperwhowasthefirstorsecondplayertoleavetheplayers’or penaltybenchduringanaltercationorforthepurposeofstartinganaltercation,from eitherorbothteams. Anypenalizedplayerleavingthepenaltybenchduringastoppageofplayand duringanaltercationshallincuraminorpenaltyplusagamemisconductpenalty.The minorpenaltyplustheunexpiredtimeremaininginhisoriginalpenaltymustbe servedbyareplacementplayerplacedonthepenaltybenchbytheCoachoftheoffendingteam. Anyplayerorgoalkeeperwhohasbeenorderedtothedressingroombytheofficialsandreturnstohisbenchortotheicesurfaceforanyreasonbeforetheappropriatetimeshallbeassessedagamemisconductandshallbesuspended automaticallyforthenextfive(5)regularLeagueand/orPlay-offgames. Onceaplayerentersthepenaltybench,hemustnotleaveuntilhispenaltyexpiresandhisteamisentitledtoanadditionalplayerontheice,or,attheendofaperiodtoproceedtohisdressingroom,or,whenhehasreceivedpermissionfroman on-iceofficial.Atanyothertime,heshallbeassessedagamemisconductpenalty underthisrule. 106 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 70.7 Penalty Shot –Ifaplayeroftheattackingsideinpossessionofthepuckshallbein suchapositionastohavenooppositionbetweenhimandtheopposinggoalkeeper, andwhileinsuchpositionheshallbeinterferedwithbyaplayeroftheopposingside whoshallhaveillegallyenteredthegame,theRefereeshallimposeapenaltyshot againstthesidetowhichtheoffendingplayerbelongs. 70.8 Awarded Goal –If,whentheopposinggoalkeeperhasbeenremovedfromtheice,a playerofthesideattackingtheunattendedgoalisinterferedwithintheneutralorattackingzonebyaplayerwhoshallhaveenteredthegameillegally,theRefereeshall immediatelyawardagoaltothenon-offendingteam. 70.9 Disallowed Goal –IfapenalizedplayerreturnstotheicefromthepenaltybenchbeforehispenaltyhasexpiredbyhisownerrorortheerrorofthePenaltyTimekeeper, anygoalscoredbyhisownteamwhileheisillegallyontheiceshallbedisallowed butallpenaltiesimposedoneitherteamshallbeservedasregularpenalties. Ifaplayershallillegallyenterthegamefromhisownplayers’benchorfromthe penaltybench,anygoalscoredbyhisownteamwhileheisillegallyontheiceshall bedisallowedbutallpenaltiesimposedoneitherteamshallbeservedasregular penalties. 70.10 Fines and Suspensions –Thefirstplayerorgoalkeepertoleavetheplayers’or penaltybench,whetherplayisinprogressornot,fromeitherorbothteamsduringan altercationandforthepurposeofstartinganaltercation,shallbesuspendedautomaticallyforthenextfive(5)regularLeagueand/orPlay-offgamesofhisteam. Thesecondplayerorgoalkeepertoleavetheplayers’orpenaltybenchduring analtercationorforthepurposeofstartinganaltercationfromeitherorbothteams shallbesuspendedautomaticallyforthenexttwo(2)regularLeagueand/orPlay-off games. Thedeterminationastowhichplayers(orgoalkeepers)shallbedeemedthe firstorsecondplayerstohavelefttheirrespectiveplayers’orpenaltybenchesshall bemadebytheRefereeinconsultationwiththeLinesmenandoff-iceofficials.Inthe eventthattheyare unabletoidentifytheoffendingplayers,thematterwillbereferred totheCommissionerorhisdesigneeandsuchdeterminationsmaybemadesubsequentlybasedonreportsandotherinformationincludingbutnotlimitedtotelevision tapes. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 107 Anyteamthathasaplayerorgoalkeeperpenalizedforbeingthefirstorsecond playertoleavetheplayers’orpenaltybenchduringanaltercationorforthepurpose ofstartinganaltercation,shallbefinedtwohundredandfiftydollars($250)forthe firstinstance.Thisfineshallbeincreasedbytwohundredandfiftydollars($250)for eachsubsequentoccurrence. Allplayers(includinggoalkeepers)aswellasthefirstandsecondplayerswho leavethebenchduringanaltercationorforthepurposeofstartinganaltercation shall besubjecttoanautomaticfineoffortydollars($40). Anyplayerwholeavesthepenaltybenchduringanaltercationandisnotthe firstplayertodoso,shallbesuspendedautomaticallywithoutpayforthenexttwo(2) regularLeagueand/orPlay-offgames. AnyClubexecutiveornon-playingClubpersonnelnotnormallyontheplayers’ bench,whogetsontheiceafterthestartofaperiodandbeforethatperiodisended, willbeautomaticallyfinedtwohundreddollars($200)andtheRefereewillreportthe incidenttotheCommissionerfordisciplinaryaction. Anyplayerorgoalkeeperwhohasbeenorderedtothedressingroombytheofficialsandreturnstohisbenchortotheicesurfaceforanyreasonbeforetheappropriatetimeshallbeassessedagamemisconductandshallbesuspended automaticallyforthenextthree(3)regularLeagueand/orPlay-offgames. TheCoach(es)oftheteam(s)whoseplayer(s)(includinggoalkeepers)leftthe players’bench(es)orpenaltybench(es) duringanaltercationshallbesuspended, pendingareviewbytheCommissioner.TheCoach(es)alsowillbefinedamaximum oftwohundreddollars($200). Inaddition,anyClubthatisdeemedbytheCommissionertopayorreimburse totheplayerorgoalkeepertheamountofthefineorlossofsalaryassessedunder thisruleshallbefinedautomaticallyfivehundreddollars($500). Intheeventthatsuspensionsimposedunderthisrulecannotbecompletedin regularLeagueand/orPlay-offgamesinanyoneseason,theremainderofthesuspensionshallbeservedthefollowingseason. 108 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Rule 71 – Premature Substitution 71.1 Premature Substitution -Whenagoalkeeperleaveshisgoalareaandproceedsto hisplayers’benchforthepurposeofsubstitutinganotherplayer,theskatercannot entertheplayingsurfacebeforethegoalkeeperiswithinfivefeet(5’)ofthebench.If thesubstitutionismadeprematurely,theofficialshallstopplayimmediatelyunless thenon-offendingteamhaspossessionofthepuck—inwhicheventthestoppage willbedelayeduntilthepuckchangespossession. Thereshallbenotimepenaltytotheteammakingtheprematuresubstitution, buttheresultingface-offwilltakeplaceatthecentericeface-offspotwhenplayis stoppedbeyondthecenterredline.Whenplayisstoppedpriortothecenterredline, theresultingface-offshallbeconductedatthenearestface-offspotinthezone wheretheplaywasstopped. Inallothersituationsnotcoveredintheabove,aminorpenaltymayresultfor “toomanymenontheice”(seeRule 74). Announcement -TheRefereeshallrequestthatthepublicaddressannouncermake thefollowingannouncement:“Playhasbeenstoppedduetoprematuresubstitution forthegoalkeeper.” Rule 72 – Refusing to Play the Puck 72.1 Refusing or Abstaining from Playing the Puck -Thepurposeofthissectionisto enforcecontinuousactionandbothRefereeandLinesmenshouldinterpretandapply theruletoproducethisresult. 72.2 Hand Pass –Whenahandpasshasbeeninitiatedbyoneplayertoateammateand theteammateelectsnottoplaythepucktoavoidthestoppageofplay,andtheopposingteamalsoabstainsfromplayingthepuck(perhapstoallowtimetoexpireona penalty),theRefereeshallstoptheplayandordertheresultingface-offatthenearest face-offlocationtowheretheplaywasstoppedforthisviolation. 72.3 High Stick –Whenaplayerorgoalkeepercontactsthepuckwithhisstickabovethe normalheightoftheshouldersandateammateelectsnottoplaythepucktoavoid thestoppageofplay,andtheopposingteamalsoabstainsfromplayingthepuck (perhapstoallowtimetoexpireonapenalty),theRefereeshallstoptheplayand ordertheresultingface-offatthenearestface-offspotinthezonewheretheplaywas stoppedforthisviolation. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 109 72.4 Penalty –WhentheRefereesignalsthedelayedcallingofapenaltytooneteamand aplayerorgoalkeeperofthatteamintentionallyabstainsfromplayingthepuckin ordertoallowadditionaltimetoexpireonthegameorpenaltytimeclocks,theRefereeshallstoptheplayandordertheresultingface-offatoneoftheface-offspotsin theoffendingteam’sendzone. Rule 73 – Refusing to Start Play 73.1 Refusing to Start Play –Thisruleappliestoteamswhorefusetoplaywhileboth teamsareontheiceorwhowithdrawsfromtheiceandrefusestoplayorwhorefusestocomeontotheiceatthestartofthegameoratthebeginningofanyperiod ofthegame,whenorderedtodosobytheReferee. 73.2 Procedure – Team On Ice -If,whenbothteamsareontheice,oneteamforany reasonshallrefusetoplaywhenorderedtodosobytheReferee,heshallwarnthe Captainandallowtheteamsorefusingfifteen(15)secondswithinwhichtobeginthe playorresumeplay.Ifattheendofthattime,theteamshallstillrefusetoplay,the RefereeshallimposeabenchminorpenaltyfordelayofgameonaplayeroftheoffendingteamtobedesignatedbytheCoachofthatteamthroughtheplayingCaptain.Shouldtherebearepetitionofthesameincident;theRefereeshallnotifythe Coachthathehasbeenfinedthesumoftwohundreddollars($200).Theoffending Coachshallberemovedfromtheplayers’benchandassessedagamemisconduct penalty. 110 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Shouldtheoffendingteamstillrefusetoplay,theRefereeshallhavenoalternative buttodeclarethatthegamebeforfeitedtothenon-offendingClubandthecaseshallbe reportedtotheCommissionerforfurtheraction (see Rule 66 –ForfeitofGame). First Violation Second Violation (i) Warn the Captain of the offending team and allow 15 seconds within which to resume play. (i) Warn the Captain of the offending team and allow 15 seconds within which to resume play. (ii) If at the end of the 15 seconds the team still refuses to resume play,assess a bench minor penalty to the offending team for delay of game. (ii) If at the end of the 15 seconds the team still refuses to resume play, assess a bench minor penalty to the offending team for delay of game. (iii) Referee is to notify the Coach of the offending team that he has been fined the sum of two hundred dollars ($200) and the Coach is to be assessed a game misconduct penalty. Second Violation (iv) If the team still refuses to play, the Referee shall declare the game be forfeited to the non-offending club (see Rule 66 – Forfeit of Game). 73.3 Procedure – Team Off Ice -Ifateam,whenorderedtodosobytheRefereethrough itsClubExecutive,ManagerorCoach,failstogoontheiceandstartplaywithinfive (5)minutes,theClubExecutive,ManagerorCoachshallbefinedfivehundreddollars ($500),thegameshallbeforfeitedandthecaseshallbereportedtotheCommissionerforfurtheraction(see Rule 66 –ForfeitofGame). (i) Once it is apparent to the Referee that the team is refusing to come onto the ice and begin play, a bench minor penalty is to be assessed to the offending team for delay of game. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 111 (ii) Five (5) minutes will be provided for the offending team to return to the ice and begin play. (iii) After the five (5) minutes has elapsed and the offending team still has not returned to the ice to resume play, the game shall be forfeited. The Commissioner of the League shall issue instructions pertaining to records, etc., of a forfeited game (see Rule 66 – Forfeit of Game). (iv) Once the Club Executive, Manager or Coach has been notified of the five (5) minute warning, and the team returns to the ice to resume play within that time frame, a bench minor penalty for delay of game must be assessed to the offending team. (v) A fine of five hundred dollars ($500) shall be applied to the Coach, Manager, or Club Executive responsible for the delay. Rule 74 – Too Many Men on the Ice 74.1 Too Many Men on the Ice -Playersandgoalkeepersmaybechangedatanytime duringtheplayfromtheplayers’benchprovidedthattheplayerorplayersleavingthe iceshallbewithinfivefeet(5’)ofhisplayers’benchandoutoftheplaybeforethe changeismade.ReferalsotoRule 71 –PrematureSubstitution.Atthediscretionof theon-iceofficials,shouldasubstitutingplayercomeontotheicebeforehisteammateiswithinthefivefoot(5’)limitoftheplayers’bench(andthereforeclearlycausinghisteamtohavetoomanyplayersontheice),thenabenchminorpenaltymay beassessed. Whenaplayerorgoalkeeperisretiringfromtheicesurfaceandiswithinthe fivefoot(5’)limitofhisplayers’bench,andhissubstituteisontheice,thentheretiringplayerorgoalkeepershallbeconsideredofftheiceforthepurposeofRule70 – LeavingBench. Ifinthecourseofmakingasubstitution,eithertheplayerenteringthegameor theplayer(orgoalkeeper)retiringfromtheicesurfaceplaysthepuckwithhisstick, skatesorhandsorwhochecksormakesanyphysicalcontactwithanopposing playerwhileeithertheplayerenteringthegameortheretiringplayerisactuallyon theice,thentheinfractionof“toomanymenontheice”willbecalled. Ifinthecourseofasubstitutioneithertheplayer(s)enteringtheplayorthe player(s)retiringisstruckbythepuckaccidentally,theplaywillnotbestoppedand nopenaltywillbecalled. 112 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Duringtheplay,theplayerretiringfromtheicemustdosoattheplayers’bench andnotthroughanyotherexitleadingfromtherink.Thisisnotalegalplayerchange andthereforewhenaviolationoccurs,abenchminorpenaltyshallbeimposed. A playercomingontotheiceasasubstituteplayerisconsideredontheiceonce bothofhisskatesareontheice.Ifheplaysthepuckorinterfereswithanopponent whilestillontheplayers’bench,heshallbepenalizedunderRule56 –Interference. 74.2 Bench Minor Penalty –Abenchminorpenaltyfortoomanymenontheiceshallbe assessedforaviolationofthisrule.ThispenaltycanbeassessedbytheRefereeor theLinesmen.ShouldagoalbescoredbytheoffendingteampriortotheRefereeor Linesmanblowinghiswhistletoassessthebenchminorpenalty,thegoalshallbe disallowedandthepenaltyassessedfortoomanymenontheice. 74.3 Penalty Bench -Aplayerservingapenaltyonthepenaltybench,whoistobe changedafterthepenaltyhasbeenserved,mustproceedatoncebywayoftheice andbewithinfivefeet(5’)ofhisownplayers’benchbeforeanychangecanbemade. Foranyviolationofthisrule, abenchminorpenaltyshallbeimposed fortoomany menontheice. 74.4 Deliberate Illegal Substitution -Ifbyreasonofinsufficientplayingtimeremaining, orbyreasonofpenaltiesalreadyimposed,abenchminorpenaltyisimposedfordeliberateillegalsubstitution(toomanymenontheice)whichcannotbeservedinits entiretywithinthelegalplayingtime,oratanytimeinovertime,apenaltyshotshall beawardedagainsttheoffendingteam. 74.5 Goalkeeper in Regular Season Overtime -Oncethegoalkeeperhasbeenremoved foranextraattackerinovertimeduringtheRegularseason;hemustwaitforthenext stoppageofplaybeforereturningtohisposition.Anyattemptbythegoalkeepertoreturntohispositionpriortothenextstoppageofplay(“onthefly”)shallbedeemedto beanillegalsubstitutionandabenchminorpenaltyshallbeassessedforhavingan ineligibleplayerwouldapply. Rule 75 – Unsportsmanlike Conduct 75.1 Unsportsmanlike Conduct –Players,goalkeepersandnon-playingClubpersonnel areresponsiblefortheirconductatalltimesandmustendeavortopreventdisorderly conductbefore,duringorafterthegame,onorofftheiceandanyplaceintherink. TheRefereemayassesspenaltiestoanyoftheaboveteampersonnelforfailureto doso. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 113 NOTE: Whensuchconductisdirectedatanofficial,Rule39 –AbuseofOfficials shallbeapplied. 75.2 Minor Penalty -Aminorpenaltyforunsportsmanlikeconductshallbeassessed underthisruleforthefollowinginfractions: (i) Any identifiable player or goalkeeper who uses obscene, profane or abusive language or gestures directed at any person. (ii) Any player or goalkeeper who is guilty of unsportsmanlike conduct including, but not limited to hair-pulling, biting, grabbing hold of a face mask, etc. If warranted, and specifically when injury results, the referee may apply Rule 21 – Match Penalties. (iii) Any player or goalkeeper who throws any object onto the ice from the players’ or penalty bench (or from any other off-ice location). (iv) A player who deliberately removes his jersey prior to participating in an altercation or who is clearly wearing a jersey that has been modified and does not conform to Rule 9 – Uniforms, shall be assessed a minor penalty for unsportsmanlike conduct and a game misconduct. If the altercation never materializes, the player would receive a minor penalty for unsportsmanlike conduct and a ten-minute misconduct for deliberately removing his jersey. Ifapenalizedplayerisassessedanadditionalunsportsmanlikeconductpenalty eitherbeforeorafterhebeginsservinghisoriginalpenalty(ies),theadditionalminor penaltyisaddedtohisunexpiredtimeandservedconsecutively. 75.3 Bench Minor Penalty -Abenchminorpenaltyforunsportsmanlikeconductshallbe assessedunderthisruleforthefollowinginfractions: (i) When a player, goalkeeper, Coach or non-playing Club personnel throws any object onto the ice from the players’ or penalty bench (or from any other office location) during the progress of the game or during a stoppage of play. (ii) Any unidentifiable player or goalkeeper, or any Coach or non-playing Club personnel uses obscene, profane or abusive language or gesture directed towards any person. (iii) Whenever Coaches and/or non-playing Club personnel uses obscene or profane language or gestures anywhere in the rink. 114 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 75.4 Misconduct Penalty -Misconductpenaltiesshallbeassessedunderthisruleforthe followinginfractions: (i) Any player or goalkeeper who persists in using obscene, profane or abusive language directed towards any person after being assessed a minor or bench minor penalty under this Rule. (ii) Any player or goalkeeper who deliberately throws any equipment out of the playing area. At the discretion of the Referee, a game misconduct may be imposed. (iii) Any player or goalkeeper who, persists in any course of conduct (including threatening or abusive language or gestures or similar actions) designed to incite an opponent into incurring a penalty. (iv) When a penalized player challenges or disputes the ruling of an official after he has already entered the penalty bench and play has resumed. 75.5 Game Misconduct Penalty –Gamemisconductpenaltiesshallbeassessedunder thisruleforthefollowinginfractions: (i) If a player or goalkeeper persists in any course of conduct for which he was previously assessed a misconduct penalty. (ii) Any player or goalkeeper who uses obscene gestures on the ice or anywhere in the rink before, during or after the game. The Referee shall report the circumstances to the Commissioner of the League for further disciplinary action. (iii) Coaches and non-playing Club personnel who have previously been assessed a bench minor penalty for the use obscene or profane language or gestures anywhere in the rink. A confidential report to the Commissioner shall be completed and filed with the League for possible further disciplinary action. (iv) Any player or goalkeeper who attempts to or deliberately injures a Manager, Coach or other non-playing Club personnel in any manner. Details of such incident must be reported immediately to the Commissioner and may be subject to additional sanctions as per Rule 28 – Supplementary Discipline. (v) Any player, goalkeeper or non-playing Club personnel who directs obscene, profane or abusive language or gestures to any person after the expiration of the game. This action may occur on or off the ice. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 115 Anyplayer,goalkeeperornon-playingClubpersonnelpenalizedunderthissectionmaybesubjecttosupplementaldisciplineunderRule28. 75.6 Reports -ItistheresponsibilityofallgameofficialsandallClubofficialstosenda confidentialreporttotheCommissionersettingoutthefulldetailsconcerningtheuse ofobscenegesturesorlanguagebyanyplayer,goalkeeper,Coachorotherteamofficial.TheCommissionershalltakesuchfurtherdisciplinaryactionasheshalldeem appropriate. See 40.6. SECTION 10 – GAME FLOW Rule 76 – Face-offs 76.1 Face-off –TheactionoftheRefereeorLinesmanindroppingthepuckbetweenthe sticksoftwoopposingplayerstostartorresumeplay.Aface-offbeginswhentheofficialindicatesthelocationoftheface-offandtheofficialsandplayerstaketheirappropriatepositions.Theface-offendswhenthepuckhasbeenlegallydropped. Agoalkeepermaynotparticipateinaface-off. 76.2 Face-off Locations –Allface-offsmustbeconductedononeofthenine(9)face-off spotslocatedontherink. Whenastoppageofplayhasbeencausedbyanyplayeroftheattackingsidein theattackingzone,theensuingface-offshallbemadeintheneutralzoneonthenearestface-offspot.Iftworuleviolationsarethereasonforthestoppageofplay(ie.Highstickingthepuckandintentionaloff-side),theensuingface-offlocationshallbe determinedasthespotthatprovidestheleastamountofterritorialadvantagetotheoffendingteam. Whentheplayisstoppedforanyreasonnotspecificallyattributabletoeither teamwhilethepuckisintheneutralzone,theensuingface-offshallbeconductedat thenearestface-offspotoutsidethebluelinewheneverpossible.Whenitisunclear astowhichofthefourface-offspotsisthenearest,thespotthatgivesthehome teamthegreatestterritorialadvantageintheneutralzonewillbeselectedfortheensuingface-off. 116 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Whenplayersarepenalizedatastoppageofplaysoastoresultinpenalties beingplacedonthepenaltytimeclocktooneteam,theensuingface-offshallbeconductedatoneofthetwoface-offspotsintheoffendingteam’sendzone.Thereare onlyfourexceptionstothisapplication: (i) When a penalty is assessed after the scoring of a goal (face-off at center ice) (ii) When a penalty is assessed at the end (or start) of a period – face-off at center ice (iii) When the defending team is about to be penalized and the attacking zone beyond the outer edge of the end zone face-off circle – face-off in the neutral zone (see paragraph 11 of this section). (iv) When the team not being penalized ices the puck – face-off in the neutral zone outside the blue line of the team icing the puck. Whenaninfringementofarulehasbeencommittedbyplayersofbothsidesin theplayresultinginthestoppage,theensuingface-offwillbemadeatthenearest face-offspotinthatzone. Whenstoppageoccursbetweentheendface-offspotsandnearendoftherink, thepuckshallbefaced-offattheendface-offspotonthesidewherethestoppage occursunlessotherwiseexpresslyprovidedbytheserules. Noface-offshallbemadewithinfifteenfeet(15’)ofthegoalorsideboardsnor anywhereotherthanataface-offspot. Whenagoalisillegallyscoredasaresultofapuckbeingdeflecteddirectlyoff anofficial,theresultingface-offshallbemadeatthenearestface-offspotinthezone wherethepuckdeflectedofftheofficial. Whenagoalisillegallyscoredbytheattackingteambydirecting,batting,kickingorhigh-stickingthepuckintothegoal,theresultingface-offshalltakeplaceinthe neutralzoneatthenearestface-offspot. Whenthegameisstoppedforanyreasonnotspecificallycoveredintheofficial rules,thepuckmustbefaced-offataface-offspotinthezonenearesttowhereit waslastplayed. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 117 Followingastoppageofplay,shouldoneorbothdefensemenwhoarethepoint playersoranyplayercomingfromthebenchoftheattackingteam,enterintotheattackingzonebeyondtheouteredgeoftheendzoneface-offcircleduringanaltercation,gatheringor“scrum,”theensuingface-offshalltakeplaceintheneutralzone nearthebluelineofthedefendingteam.Thisrulealsoapplieswhenanicing,anintentionaloff-side,orahigh-stickingthepuckviolation(bytheteamofgreaternumericalstrengthofitsopponent)hasoccurred,andtheensuingface-offistobeinthe offendingteam’sdefendingzone.Shouldanyofthenon-offendingplayersenterinto theattackingzonebeyondtheouteredgeoftheendzoneface-offcircleduringanaltercation,gatheringor“scrum,”theensuingface-offshalltakeplaceintheneutral zonenearthebluelineofthedefendingteam. Foraviolationof Rule71 –PrematureSubstitution,theresultingface-offwill takeplaceatthecentericeface-offspotwhenplayisstoppedbeyondthecenterred line.Whenplayisstoppedpriortothecenterredline,theresultingface-offshallbe conductedatthenearestface-offspotinthezonewheretheplaywasstopped. Whenplayisstoppedforaninjuredplayer,theensuingface-offshallbeconductedattheface-offspotinthezonenearestthelocationofthepuckwhentheplay wasstopped.Whentheinjuredplayer’steamhaspossessionofthepuckintheattackingzone,theface-offshallbeconductedatoneoftheface-offspotsoutsidethe bluelineintheneutralzone.Whentheinjuredplayerisinhisdefendingzoneand theattackingteamisinpossessionofthepuckintheattackingzone,theface-off shallbeconductedatoneofthedefendingteam’send-zoneface-offspots. 76.3 Procedure – AssoonasthelinechangeprocedurehasbeencompletedbytheRefereeandhelowershishandtoindicatenofurtherchanges,theLinesmanconducting theface-offshallblowhiswhistle.Thiswillsignaltobothteamsthattheyhaveno morethanfive(5)secondstolineupfortheensuingface-off.Attheendofthefive(5) seconds(orsoonerifbothcentersareready),theLinesmanwillconductaproper face-off.If,however: (i) One or both centers are not positioned for the face-off, (ii) One or both centers refrain from placing their stick on the ice, (iii) Any player has encroached into the face-off circle, (iv) Any player makes physical contact with an opponent, or (v) Any player is in an off-side position, 118 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 theLinesmanshallhavetheoffendingcenter(s)replacedimmediatelypriortodroppingthepuck. Inthelasttwo(2)minutesofregulationtimeoranytimeinovertime,theLinesmanwillstillblowhiswhistletoinitiatetheface-off,butthefive(5)secondtimelimit willnotbeenforced.However,playersmustabidebytheverbaldirectionsgivenby theLinesmaninhisattempttoconductafastandfairface-off. 76.4 Procedure – Centers –Thepuckshallbefaced-offbytheRefereeortheLinesman droppingthepuckontheicebetweenthesticksoftheplayersfacing-off.Playersfacing-offwillstandsquarelyfacingtheiropponent’sendoftherinkapproximatelyone sticklengthapartwiththebladeoftheirsticksontheice. Whentheface-offtakesplaceinanyoftheendface-offcircles,theplayerstakingpartshalltaketheirpositionsothattheywillstandsquarelyfacingtheiropponent’sendoftherink,andclearoftheicemarkings.Thesticksofbothplayers facing-offshallhavethebladeontheice,withinthedesignatedwhitearea.Thevisitingplayershallplacehisstickwithinthedesignatedwhiteareafirstfollowedimmediatelybythehomeplayer. Ifaplayerfacing-offfailstotakehisproperpositionimmediatelywhendirected bytheofficial,theofficialmayorderhimreplacedforthatface-offbyanyteammate thenontheice. Ifacenterisnotatthedesignatedface-offareaoncethefive(5)secondtime limithaselapsed,theLinesmanwilldropthepuckimmediately.Ifthecenterisback fromtheface-offspot,is“quarterbacking”orrefusestocomeintotheface-offarea wheninstructedtodosobytheLinesman,orthecenterissimplyslowgettingtothe face-offspotwhenthefive(5)secondshaselapsed,thepuckshallbedropped.Ifthe centerattemptstoarriveattheface-offspotjustasthefivesecondselapsesinanattempttogainanadvantagetowintheface-off,heistoberemovedfromtheface-off andreplaced,resultinginaface-offviolation. Ifaplayerisejectedfromtheface-off,hisreplacementmustcomeintoposition quicklyorriskhavingthepuckdroppedbytheLinesmanwithouttheplayerbeingset, orejectedfromtheface-offbytheLinesmanresultinginabenchminorpenaltyfor delayofgameforasecondface-offviolationduringthesameface-off. 76.5 Procedure – Other Players –Nootherplayershallbeallowedtoentertheface-off circleorcomewithinfifteenfeet(15’)oftheplayersfacing-off.Allplayersmuststand on-sideonallface-offs. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 119 Duringend-zoneface-offs,allotherplayersontheicemustpositiontheirbodieson theirownsideoftherestraininglinesmarkedontheouteredgeoftheface-offcircles. Ifaplayerotherthantheplayertakingtheface-offmovesintotheface-offcircle priortothedroppingofthepuck,thentheoffendingteam’splayertakingtheface-off shallbeejectedfromtheface-offcircle.Thisshallbeconsideredaface-offviolation. Playersontheattackingteam(exclusiveofthecenter)mustestablishtheirpositionfirstandthenthedefendingteammaycounterandholditspositionuntilthepuck isdropped.Aviolationofthisprocedureshallbetreatedasface-offencroachment andtheLinesmanshallorderthecenteroftheoffendingteamreplaced.Shouldanattackingplayerattempttoestablishanewpositionpriortotheface-off,andthedefendingcenterstepsbackfromtheface-offdotinordertorepositionhisteammates, theface-offviolationshallbechargedtotheattackingteamastheymustestablish theirpositionfirst. 76.6 Violations –Ifacentershouldmoveprematurelypriortotheface-off,oriftheRefereeorLinesmanshallhavedroppedthepuckunfairly,theface-offshallbeconsideredaface-offviolationanditmustbeconductedagain. Whenaleasttwoface-offviolationshavebeencommittedbythesameteam duringthesameface-off,thisteamshallbepenalizedwithabenchminorpenaltyto theoffendingteam.Thispenaltyshallbeannouncedasa“BenchMinorPenaltyfor DelayofGame–Face-offViolation.” Face-offviolationsshallbesummarizedasfollows(anyofthethree(3)on-ice officialsmayidentifyaface-offviolation): (i) Encroachment by any player other than the center into the face-off area prior to the puck being dropped. Players on the perimeter of the face-off circle must keep both skates outside the face-off circle (skate contact with the line is permitted). If a player’s skate crosses the line into the face-off circle prior to the drop of the puck, this shall be deemed as a face-off violation. A player’s stick may be inside the face-off circle provided there is no physical contact with his opponent or his opponent’s stick. 120 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 (ii) Encroachment by any player into the area between the hash marks on the outer edges of the face-off circle prior to the puck being dropped. Players must also ensure that both of their skates do not cross their respective hash marks. Contact with the line with their skate is permitted. If a player’s skate crosses the line into the area between the hash marks prior to the drop of the puck, this shall be deemed as a face-off violation. A player’s stick may be inside the area between the hash marks provided there is no physical contact with his opponent or his opponent’s stick. (iii) Any physical contact with an opponent prior to the puck being dropped. (iv) Failure by either center taking the face-off to properly position himself behind the restraining lines or place his stick on the ice (as outlined in Rule 76.4). “Properly position himself behind the restraining lines” shall mean that the center must place his feet on either side of the restraining lines that are parallel to the side boards (contact with the lines is permissible), and the toe of the blade of his skates must not cross over the restraining lines that are perpendicular to the side boards as he approaches the face-off spot. The blade of the stick must then be placed on the ice (at least the toe of the blade of the stick) in the designated white area of the face-off spot and must remain there until the puck is dropped. Failure to comply with this positioning and face-off procedure will result in a face-off violation. Wheneverateamhascommittedtwoface-offviolationsduringthesamefaceoff,theRefereeshallimmediatelyassesstheoffendingteamabenchminorpenalty fordelayofgame.Thispenaltyshallbeannouncedasa“BenchMinorPenaltyfor DelayofGame–Face-offViolation.” Playerswhoareinanoff-sidepositionfortheensuingface-offwillbewarned onceinthegamebytheReferee.Thiswarningwillalsobegiventotheoffending team’sCoach.Inthissituation,theoffendingteam’scenterisnotejectedfromthe face-off.Anysubsequentviolationshallresultinabenchminorpenaltyfordelayof gamebeingassessedtotheoffendingteam.Thispenaltyshallbeannouncedasa “BenchMinorPenaltyforDelayofGame–SlowProceedingtoFace-offLocation.” SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 121 Intheconductofanyface-offatanyofthenine(9)face-offspotsontheplaying surface,noplayerfacing-offshallmakeanyphysicalcontactwithhisopponent’sbody bymeansofhisownbodyorbyhisstickexceptinthecourseofplayingthepuck aftertheface-offhasbeencompleted. Forviolationofthisrule,theRefereemay,athisdiscretionimposeaminor penaltyorpenaltiesontheplayer(s)whoseaction(s)causedthephysicalcontact. Nonetheless,thisphysicalcontactpriortothedroppingofthepuckshallbedeemed asaface-offviolationandtheLinesmanshallorderthecenteroftheoffendingteam replaced. Face-offencroachmentmaybeappliedduringface-offsatanyofthenine(9) face-offspotsontheplayingsurface.However,sincenosuchlinesarepaintedonthe iceatthefour(4)face-offspotsadjacenttothebluelines,Linesmenshallusetheir judgmentastowhetherornotaviolationhasoccurred.Allplayers,otherthanthe centers,shallbeuniformlybackfromtheface-offlocationsimilartobeingoutsidethe face-offcircleforface-offsintheendzones. 76.7 Line Changes –Nosubstitutionofplayersshallbepermitteduntiltheface-offhas beencompletedandplayhasresumedexceptwhenapenaltyisimposedwhichaffectstheon-icestrengthofeitherteam. Shouldanon-iceofficialnoticethatthedefendingteamhasnotplacedenough playersontheicefortheensuingface-off,theRefereeshallbenotifiedandhewillinstructtheoffendingteamtoplaceanotherplayer(s)ontheice.If,intheopinionofthe Refereethatthisisbeingdoneasastallingtactic,hewillissueawarningtotheoffendingteam’sCoachandanysubsequentviolationsshallresultintheassessmentof abenchminorpenaltyfordelayofgame. Shouldanon-iceofficialnoticethattheattackingteamhasnotplacedenough playersontheicefortheensuingface-off,theLinesmanwillproceedwithconducting theface-offinthenormalmanner.Theattackingteammustensuretheyputtheappropriatenumberofplayersontheiceatalltimes. 76.8 Verification of Time -Anylossoftimeonthegameorpenaltyclocksduetoafalse face-offorface-offviolation mustbereplaced. Thewhistlewillnotbeblownbytheofficialtostartplay.Playingtimewillcommencefromtheinstantthepuckisfaced-offandwillstopwhenthewhistleisblownor agoalisscored. 122 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Rule 77 – Game and Intermission Timing 77.1 Game Timing –Thetimeallowedforagameshallbethree(3)twenty-minuteperiods ofactualplaywitharestintermissionbetweenperiods. 77.2 Intermission Timing –Playshallberesumedpromptlyfollowingeachintermission upontheexpirationofeighteen(18)minutesoralengthoftimedesignatedbythe Leaguefromthecompletionofplayintheprecedingperiod.Timingoftheintermissioncommencesimmediatelyupontheconclusionoftheperiod.(SeeRule34 – GameTimekeeper.)PreliminarywarningsshallbegivenbytheGameTimekeeperto theofficialsandtobothteamsfive(5)minutesandtwo(2)minutespriortotheresumptionofplayineachperiodtoenabletheteamstostartplaypromptly. Forthepurposeofkeepingthespectatorsinformedastothetimeremaining duringintermissions,theGameTimekeeperwillusetheelectronicclocktorecord lengthofintermissions. 77.3 Delays -Ifanyunusualdelayoccurswithinfive(5)minutesoftheendofthefirstor secondperiods,theRefereemayorderthenextregularintermissiontobetakenimmediately.Thebalanceoftheperiodwillbecompletedontheresumptionofplaywith theteamsdefendingthesamegoalsafterwhichtheteamswillchangeendsandresumeplayoftheensuingperiodwithoutdelay. Ifadelaytakesplacewithmorethanfive(5)minutesremaininginthefirstor secondperiod,theRefereewillorderthenextregularintermissiontobetakenimmediatelyonlywhenrequestedtodosobythehomeClub. Rule 78 – Goals 78.1 Goals and Assists -ItistheresponsibilityoftheOfficialScorertoawardgoalsand assists,andhisdecisioninthisrespectisfinal,notwithstandingthereportoftheRefereeoranyothergameofficial.Suchawardsshallbemadeorwithheldstrictlyinaccordancewiththeprovisionsofthisrule.Therefore,itisessentialthattheOfficial Scorerbethoroughlyfamiliarwitheveryaspectofthisrule;bealerttoobserveallactionswhichcouldaffecttheawardingofagoalorassist;and,aboveall,giveorwithholdawardswithabsoluteimpartiality. Incaseofanobviouserrorinawardingagoaloranassistthathasbeenannounced,itshouldbecorrectedpromptly,butchangesshouldnotbemadeintheofficialscoringsummaryaftertheRefereehassignedthegamereport(exceptbythe League’sChiefStatistician). SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 123 Theteamscoringthegreatestnumberofgoalsduringthethree(3)twentyminuteperiodsshallbethewinnerandshallbecreditedwithtwopointsintheLeague standings.Intheeventawinnerduringtheregularseasonisdeterminedintheovertimeperiodortheshootout,thewinningteamshallbecreditedwithtwopointsinthe LeaguestandingsandthelosingteamwillbecreditedwithonepointintheLeague standings. 78.2 Crediting Goals -A“goal”shallbecreditedinthescoringrecordstoaplayerwho shallhavepropelledthepuckintotheopponent’sgoal.Each“goal”shallcountone pointintheplayer’srecord.Onlyonepointcanbecreditedtoanyoneplayerona goal. 78.3 Crediting Assists -Whenaplayerscoresagoal,an“assist”shallbecreditedtothe playerorplayerstakingpartintheplayimmediatelyprecedingthegoal,butnomore thantwoassistscanbegivenonanygoal.Each“assist”shallcountonepointinthe player’srecord.Onlyonepointcanbecreditedtoanyoneplayeronagoal. 78.4 Scoring a Goal -Agoalshallbescoredwhenthepuckshallhavebeenputbetween thegoalpostsbythestickofaplayeroftheattackingside,frominfrontandbelow thecrossbar,andentirelyacrossaredlinethewidthofthediameterofthegoalposts drawnontheicefromonegoalposttotheotherwiththegoalframeinitsproperposition.Thegoalframeshallbeconsideredinitsproperpositionwhentheflexiblepeg(s) arestillincontactwithboththegoalpostandtheholeintheice.Theflexiblepegs couldbebent,butaslongastheyarestillmakingcontactwithboththeholeintheice andthegoalpost,thegoalframeshallbedeemedtobeinitsproperposition.The goalframecouldberaisedsomewhatononepost(orboth),butaslongastheflexiblepegsarestillincontactwiththeholesintheiceandthegoalposts,thegoalframe shallnotbedeemedtobedisplaced. Agoalshallbescoredifthepuckisputintothegoalinanywaybyaplayerof thedefendingside.Theplayeroftheattackingsidewholastplayedthepuckshallbe creditedwiththegoalbutnoassistshallbeawarded. Ifanattackingplayerhasthepuckdeflectintothenet,offhisskateorbody,in anymanner,thegoalshallbeallowed.Theplayerwhodeflectedthepuckshallbe creditedwiththegoal. ShouldaplayerlegallypropelapuckintothegoalcreaseoftheopponentClub andthepuckshouldbecomelooseandavailabletoanotherplayeroftheattacking side,agoalscoredontheplayshallbelegal. 124 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 78.5 Disallowed Goals –ApparentgoalsshallbedisallowedbytheRefereeandtheappropriateannouncementmadebythePublicAddressAnnouncerforthefollowing reasons: (i) When the puck has been directed, batted or thrown into the net by an attacking player other than with a stick. (ii) When the puck has been kicked using a distinct kicking motion. (iii) When the puck has deflected directly into the net off an official. (iv) When a goal has been scored and an ineligible player is on the ice. (v) When an attacking player has interfered with a goalkeeper in his goal crease. (vi) When the puck has entered the net after making contact with an attacking player’s stick that is above the height of the crossbar. When the puck makes contact with the stick is the determining factor. (vii) When the scoring of a goal at one end of the ice, any goal scored at the other end on the same play must be disallowed. (viii) When a Linesman reports a double-minor penalty for high-sticking, a major penalty or a match penalty to the Referee following the scoring of a goal by the offending team, the goal must be disallowed and the appropriate penalty assessed. (ix) When a goalkeeper has been pushed into the net together with the puck after making a save.See 69.6. (x) When the net becomes displaced accidentally. The goal frame is considered to be displaced if either or both goal pegs are no longer in their respective holes in the ice, or the net has come completely off one or both pegs, prior to or as the puck enters the goal. (xi) During the delayed calling of a penalty, the offending team cannot score unless the non-offending team shoots the puck into their own net. This shall mean that a deflection off an offending player or goalkeeper, or any physical action by an offending player that may cause the puck to enter the non-offending team’s goal, shall not be considered a legal goal. Play shall be stopped before the puck enters the net (whenever possible) and the signaled penalty assessed to the offending team. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 125 (xii) When the Referee deems the play has been stopped, even if he had not physically had the opportunity to stop play by blowing his whistle. (xiii) Any goal scored, other than as covered by the official rules, shall not be allowed. Rule 79 – Hand Pass 79.1 Hand Pass -Aplayershallbepermittedtostopor“bat”apuckintheairwithhis openhand,orpushitalongtheicewithhishand,andtheplayshallnotbestopped unless,intheopinionoftheon-iceofficials,hehasdirectedthepucktoateammate, orhasallowedhisteamtogainanadvantage,andsubsequentlypossessionand controlofthepuckisobtainedbyaplayeroftheoffendingteam,eitherdirectlyordeflectedoffanyplayerorofficial. Aplayershallbepermittedtocatchthepuckoutoftheairbutmustimmediately placeitorknockitdowntotheice.Ifhecatchesitandskateswithit,eithertoavoida checkortogainaterritorialadvantageoverhisopponent,aminorpenaltyshallbe assessedfor“closinghishandonthepuck”underRule 67 –HandlingPuck. 79.2 Defending Zone -Playwillnotbestoppedforanyhandpassbyplayersintheirown defendingzone.Ahandpassinthedefendingzoneisconsideredtohaveoccurred whenboththeplayermakingthepassandtheplayerreceivingthepasshavebothof theirskatesinsidetheirdefendingzone. 79.3 Face-Off Location –Whenahandpassviolationhasoccurred,theensuingface-off shalltakeplaceatthenearestface-offspotinthezonewhereoffenseoccurred,unlesstheoffendingteamgainsaterritorialadvantage,thentheface-offshallbeatthe nearestface-offspotinthezonewherethestoppageofplayoccurred,unlessotherwisecoveredintherules.Whenahandpassviolationoccursbyateamintheirattackingzone,theensuingface-offshallbeconductedatoneoftheface-offspots outsidethedefendingteam’sbluelineintheneutralzone Rule 80 – High-sticking the Puck 80.1 126 High-sticking the Puck –Battingthepuckabovethenormalheightoftheshoulders withastickisprohibited.Whenapuckisstruckwithahighstickandsubsequently comesintothepossessionandcontrolofaplayerfromtheoffendingteam(including theplayerwhomadecontactwiththepuck),eitherdirectlyordeflectedoffanyplayer orofficial, thereshallbeawhistle. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Whenapuckhasbeencontactedbyahighstick,theplayshallbepermittedto continue,providedthat: (i) the puck has been batted to an opponent (when a player bats the puck to an opponent, the Referee shall give the “washout” signal immediately. Otherwise, he will stop the play). (ii) a player of the defending side shall bat the puck into his own goal in which case the goal shall be allowed. Cradlingthepuckonthebladeofthestick(likelacrosse)abovethenormal heightoftheshouldersshallbeprohibitedandastoppageofplayshallresult.Ifthis isdonebyaplayeronapenaltyshotorshootoutattempt,theshotshallbestopped immediatelyandconsideredcomplete. 80.2 Face-Off Location –Whentheplayisstoppedforthehigh-stickingthepuckviolation,theensuingface-offmusttakeplaceatthespotthatprovidestheleastamount ofterritorialadvantagetotheteamstrikingthepuck,eitherwherethepuckwascontactedillegally,orwhereitwaslastplayedbytheoffendingteam.Iftheattacking teamisatfaultandtheplayisstoppedwhilethepuckisintheattackingzone,theensuingface-offmustbemovedtothenearestface-offspotintheneutralzone(except when80.4isapplicable). 80.3 Disallowed Goal –Whenanattackingplayercausesthepucktoentertheopponent’sgoalbycontactingthepuckabovetheheightofthecrossbar,eitherdirectlyor deflectedoffanyplayerorofficial,thegoalshallnotbeallowed.Thedeterminingfactoriswherethepuckmakescontactwiththestickinrelationtothecrossbar.Ifthe puckmakescontactwiththeportionofthestickthatisatorbelowthelevelofthe crossbarandentersthegoal,thisgoalshallbeallowed. Agoalscoredasaresultofadefendingplayerorgoalkeeperstrikingthepuck withhisstickcarriedabovetheheightofthecrossbarofthegoalframeintohisown goalshallbeallowed. 80.4 Numerical Advantage -Wheneitherteamisbelowthenumericalstrength(shorthanded)ofitsopponentandaplayeroftheteamofgreaternumericalstrength (power-play)causesastoppageofplaybystrikingthepuckwithhisstickabovethe heightofhisshoulder,theresultingface-offshallbemadeatoneoftheendzone face-offspotsadjacenttothegoaloftheteamcausingthestoppage.Thenumerical strengthisdeterminedatthetimetheplayisstopped(notnecessarilywhenthepuck wasstruckwiththehighstick). SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 127 Shouldaplayeroftheteamofgreaternumericalstrength(power-play)causea stoppageofplaybystrikingthepuckwithhisstickabovetheheightofhisshoulder, andinsodoingcausesthepucktogooutofplay,theresultingface-offshallstillbe madeatoneoftheendzoneface-offspotsadjacenttothegoaloftheteamcausing thestoppage. Shouldaplayeroftheteamofgreaternumericalstrength(power-play)causea stoppageofplaybystrikingthepuckwithhisstickabovetheheightofthecrossbar, andinsodoingcausesthepucktoenterthegoal,thegoalshallbedisallowedand theresultingface-offshallstillbemadeatoneoftheendzoneface-offspotsadjacent tothegoaloftheteamcausingthestoppage. Rule 81 – Icing 81.1 Icing –Forthepurposeofthisrule,thecenterredlinewilldividetheiceintohalves. Shouldanyplayerorgoalkeeperofateam,equalorsuperiorinnumericalstrength (power-play)totheopposingteam,shoot,batordeflectthepuckfromhisownhalfof theicebeyondthegoallineoftheopposingteam,playshallbestopped.Forthepurposeofdeflectedpucks,thisonlyapplieswhenthepuckwasoriginallypropelled downtheicebytheoffendingteam. Forthepurposeofthisrule,thepointoflastcontactwiththepuckbytheteam inpossessionshallbeusedtodeterminewhethericinghasoccurredornot.Assuch, theteaminpossessionmust“gaintheline”inorderfortheicingtobenullified.“Gainingtheline”shallmeanthatthepuck,whileontheplayer’sstick(nottheplayer’s skate)mustmakecontactwiththecenterredlineinordertonullifyapotentialicing. For thepurposeofinterpretationoftherule,“icingthepuck”iscompletedtheinstantthepuckistouchedfirstbyadefendingplayer(otherthanthegoalkeeper)after ithascrossedthegoallineandifintheactionofsotouchingthepuck,itisknocked ordeflectedintothenet,itisnogoal. Thepuckstrikingordeflectingoffanofficialdoesnotautomaticallynullifyapotentialicing. 81.2 128 Face-Off Location –Theresultingface-offfollowinganicingcallshallbeattheend face-offspotoftheoffendingteam,unlessontheplay,thepuckshallhaveentered thenetoftheopposingteam,inwhichcasethegoalshallbeallowed. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Ifduringtheperiodofadelayedwhistleduetoafoulbyaplayerorgoalkeeper ofthesidenotinpossession,thesideinpossession“ices”thepuck,thentheface-off followingthestoppageofplayshalltakeplaceintheneutralzonenearthedefending bluelineoftheteamicingthepuck. IftheLinesmanshallhaveerredincallingan“icingthepuck”infraction(regardlessofwhethereitherteamisshort-handed),thepuckshallbefaced-offonthecenter iceface-offspot. 81.3 Goalkeeper -If,intheopinionoftheLinesman,thegoalkeeperfeignsplayingthe puck,attemptstoplaythepuck,orskatesinthedirectionofthepuckonanicingat anytime,thepotentialicingshallnotbecalledandplayshallcontinue. If,however,agoalkeeperislegitimatelyoutofthecreaseinanattempttogoto theplayers’benchtobesubstitutedforanextraattackerandinnowaymakesanattempttoplaythepuck,theicingshouldnotbenullifiedunderthissection. Ifthegoalkeeperisoutofhiscreasepriortotheshotbeingtaken,andsimply retreatstohiscreasemakingnoattempttoplaythepuckorfeignplayingthepuck, thepotentialicingshallremainineffect. 81.4 Line Change on Icing -Ateamthatisinviolationofthisruleshallnotbepermittedto makeanyplayersubstitutionspriortotheensuingface-off.Shouldthestoppageof playfollowingtheicinginfractioncoincidewithacommercialtime-out,orshouldthe offendingteamelecttoutilizetheirteamtime-outatthisstoppageofplay,theyare stillnotpermittedtomakeanyplayersubstitutions.However,ateamshallbepermittedtomakeaplayersubstitutiontoreplaceagoalkeeperwhohadbeensubstituted foranextraattacker,toreplaceaninjuredplayerorgoalkeeper,orwhenapenalty hasbeenassessedwhichaffectstheon-icestrengthofeitherteam.Thedeterminationofplayersonicewillbemadewhenthepuckleavestheoffendingplayer’sstick. 81.5 No Icing –Whenthepuckisshotandreboundsfromthebodyorstickofanopponentinhisownhalfoftheicesoastocrossthegoallineoftheplayershooting,it shallnotbeconsidered“icing.” Whenapuckisshotbyateamfromtheirownhalfoftheiceandisdeflected severaltimesbeforecrossingthecenterredline,icingshallbenullifiedifatleastone ofthesedeflectionswasoffanopposingplayer. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 129 Ifaplayerofthesideshootingthepuckdowntheicewhoison-sideandeligible toplaythepuckdoessobeforeitistouchedbyanopposingplayer,theplayshall continueanditshallnotbeconsideredaviolationofthisrule. Ifthepuckshallgobeyondthegoallineintheoppositehalfoftheicedirectly fromeitheroftheplayerswhilefacing-off,itshallnotbeconsideredaviolationofthis rule. If,intheopinionoftheLinesman,anyplayer(otherthanthegoalkeeper)ofthe opposingteamisabletoplaythepuckbeforeitpasseshisgoalline,buthasnot doneso,playshallcontinueandtheicingviolationshallnotbecalled.Thisincludes thesituationwherebytheopposingteam,whileintheprocessofmakingplayersubstitutionsduringtheplay,areabletoplaythepuck,butchoosenottodosotoavoid beingcalledfortoomanymenontheice.Icingshouldnotbecalled. Ifthepucktouchesanypartofaplayeroftheopposingside,includinghis skatesorhisstick,orifittouchesanypartoftheopposingteam’sgoalkeeper,includinghisskatesorhisstick,atanytimebeforeoraftercrossingthegoalline,itshallnot beconsideredicing. Duringanicingsituation,anyplayerwhomakesunnecessarycontactwithan opponentshallbeassessedaminorormajorpenaltyplusagamemisconduct penalty.ThismayalsobetreatedunderRule21.1(AttempttoInjureorDeliberateInjuryofOpponents). 81.6 Numerical Strength –Ifthepuckwassoshotbyaplayerorgoalkeeperofaside belowthenumericalstrengthoftheopposingteam,playshallcontinueandtheicing violationshallnotbecalled. Whenateamis“short-handed”astheresultofapenaltyandthepenaltyis abouttoexpire,thedecisionastowhethertherehasbeenan“icing”shallbedeterminedattheinstantthepenaltyexpires.Theactionofthepenalizedplayerremaining inthepenaltyboxwillnotaltertheruling. Whenateamis“short-handed”byreasonofamajorpenalty,andtheyhave neglectedtoensurethereisaplayeronthepenaltybenchtoexitupontheexpiryof thepenalty,theywillcontinuetoplayshort-handedbutarenotpermittedtoicethe puck.Icingwillbecalled.Theymaysubstituteforthispenalizedplayeratthenext stoppageofplay.SeeRule 20.3 –MajorPenalties. 130 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Rule 82 – Line Changes 82.1 Line Change -Followingthestoppageofplay,thevisitingteamshallpromptlyplace aline-upontheicereadyforplayandnosubstitutionshallbemadefromthattime untilplayhasbeenresumed.Thehometeammaythenmakeanydesiredsubstitution,exceptincasesfollowinganicing,whichdoesnotresultinthedelayofthe game. “Placingaline-upontheice”shallmeanthatbothteamsshallplacethefull complementofplayers(andnotexceed)towhichtheyareentitledwithintheline changetimeframe. Ifthereisanyunduedelaybyeitherteaminchangingplayers,theRefereeshall ordertheoffendingteamorteamstotaketheirpositionsimmediatelyandnotpermit anyfurtherplayerchanges. Whenasubstitutionhasbeenmadeundertheaboverule,noadditionalsubstitutionmaybemadeuntilplaycommences. Oncethelinechangeprocedurehasbeencompleted(82.2),noadditional playersubstitutionsshallbepermitteduntiltheface-offhasbeencompletedlegally andplayhasresumed,exceptwhenapenaltyorpenaltiesareimposedthataffectthe on-icestrengthofeitherorbothteams.Thismayincludepenaltiesimposedfollowing thecompletionofthelinechangeandpriortotheface-off,orduetoapenaltyassessedforaface-offviolation. AteamthatisinviolationofRule 81 –Icing, shallnotbepermittedtomakeany playersubstitutionspriortotheensuingface-off.However,ateamshallbepermitted tomakeaplayersubstitutiontoreplaceagoalkeeperwhohadbeensubstitutedfor anextraattacker,toreplaceaninjuredplayerorgoalkeeper,orwhenapenaltyhas beenassessedwhichaffectstheon-icestrengthofeitherteam.Thedeterminationof playersonicewillbemadewhenthepuckleavestheoffendingplayer’sstick. Goalkeepers’substitutionduringagamewillbeconductedwithinthesametime frameasaregularlinechange.Noextratimewillbeallottedtothegoalkeepercomingoffthebench,exceptinthecasewhereaninjurytoagoalkeeperoccurs. 82.2 Procedure -Followingastoppageofplay,theRefereewillenforcethefollowingline changeprocedureoncehehasdeterminedthatthisproceduremaybegin: (i) The Referee shall give the visiting team up to five (5) seconds to make its line change. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 131 (ii) The Referee shall raise his hand to indicate no further changes by the visiting team and to commence the home team’s line change. (iii) The Referee shall give the home team up to eight (8) seconds to make its line change. (iv) The Referee shall lower his hand to indicate no further changes by the home team. (v) Any attempt by the either team to make a change after the Referee’s signal, attempt to place too many men on the ice for the subsequent line change, or attempt to make additional personnel changes, shall not be permitted and the Referee will send the players who have attempted to change back to their players’ bench. The Referee will then issue a warning to the offending team (through the Coach) indicating that any subsequent violations during the rest of the game (including overtime), shall result in a bench minor penalty for delaying the game. This penalty shall be announced as a “Bench Minor Penalty for Delay of Game – Improper Line Change.” (vi) The Linesman conducting the face-off will blow his whistle (once the Referee has lowered his hand for the line changes) to indicate that all players must be in position and on-side for the face-off within five (5) seconds. The face-off will then be conducted in accordance with Rule 76 – Face-offs. (vii) Players who are slow (after the five-second warning whistle given by the Linesman) getting to the face-off location or who are in an off-side position for the ensuing face-off will be warned once in the game by the Referee. This warning will also be given to the offending team’s Coach. In this situation, the offending team’s center is not ejected from the face-off. Any subsequent violation shall result in a bench minor penalty for delay of game being assessed to the offending team. (viii) In the last two (2) minutes of regulation time and any time in the overtime period(s), points (6) and (7) above are not applicable. The Linesman shall give the teams a reasonable amount of time to set up for the ensuing face-off after points (1) through (5) above have been enforced. 82.3 132 Bench Minor Penalty -Anyattemptbythevisitingteamtomakeachangeafterthe Referee’ssignalshallresultintheassessmentofabenchminorpenaltyfordelayof game. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Playersmustproceeddirectlytothelocationoftheface-offtoparticipateinthe ensuingface-off.Anyattemptstodelaythegamebystallingorotherwiseunnecessaryactionsbyeitherteamshallresultintheassessmentofabenchminorpenalty fordelayingthegame.Thispenaltyshallbeannouncedasa“BenchMinorPenalty forDelayofGame–SlowProceedingtoFace-offLocation(or,SlowProceedingto Players’Bench).” Rule 83 – Off-side 83.1 Off-side -Playersoftheattackingteammustnotprecedethepuckintotheattacking zone. Thepositionoftheplayer’sskatesandnotthatofhisstickshallbethedeterminingfactorinallinstancesindecidinganoff-side.Aplayerisoff-sidewhenboth skatesarecompletelyovertheleading edgeofthebluelineinvolvedintheplay. Aplayerison-sidewheneitherofhisskatesareincontactwith,oronhisown sideoftheline,attheinstantthepuckcompletelycrossestheleading edgeofthe blue lineregardlessofthepositionofhisstick.However,aplayeractuallycontrolling thepuckwhoshallcrossthelineaheadofthepuckshallnotbeconsidered“off-side,” providedhehadpossessionandcontrolofthepuckpriortohisskatescrossingthe blueline. Itshouldbenotedthatwhilethepositionoftheplayer’sskatesiswhatdetermineswhetheraplayeris“off-side,”neverthelessthequestionofan“off-side”never arisesuntilthepuckhascompletelycrossedtheleadingedgeoftheblue lineat whichtimethedecisionistobemade. Ifaplayerlegallycarriesorpassesthepuckbackintohisowndefendingzone whileaplayeroftheopposingteamisinsuchdefendingzone,theoff-sideshallbeignoredandplaypermittedtocontinue. 83.2 Deflections / Rebounds –Ifapuckclearlyreboundsoffadefendingplayerinthe neutralzonebackintothedefendingzone,allattackingplayersareeligibletoplay thepuck.However,anyactionbyanattackingplayerthatcausesadeflection/reboundoffadefendingplayerintheneutralzonebackintothedefendingzone(i.e. stickcheck,bodycheck,physicalcontact),adelayedoff-sideshallbesignaledbythe Linesman. Apuckthatdeflectsbackintothedefendingzoneoffanofficialwhoisinthe neutralzonewillbeoff-side(ordelayedoff-side,asappropriate). SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 133 83.3 Delayed Off-Side –Asituationwhereanattackingplayer(orplayers)haspreceded thepuckacrosstheattackingblueline,butthedefendingteamisinapositionto bringthepuckbackoutofitsdefendingzonewithoutanydelayorcontactwithanattackingplayer,or,theattackingplayersareintheprocessofclearingtheattacking zone. Ifanoff-sidecallisdelayed,theLinesmanshalldrophisarmtonullifytheoffsideviolationandallowplaytocontinueif: (i) All players of the offending team clear the zone at the same instant (skate contact with the blue line) permitting the attacking players to re-enter the attacking zone, or (ii) The defending team passes or carries the puck into the neutral zone. If,duringthecourseofthedelayedoff-side,anymemberoftheattackingteam touchesthepuck,attemptstogainpossessionofaloosepuck,forcesthedefending puckcarrierfurtherbackintohisownzone,orwhoisabouttomakephysicalcontact withthedefendingpuckcarrier,theLinesmanshallstopplayfortheoff-sideviolation. See 83.6. If,duringadelayedoff-side,anattackingplayerintheattackingzoneelectsto proceedtohisplayers’bench(whichextendsintotheattackingzone)tobereplaced byateammate,heshallbeconsideredtohaveclearedthezoneprovidedheiscompletelyofftheiceandhisreplacementcomesontotheiceintheneutralzone.Ifhis replacementcomesontotheiceintheattackingzone,ifthedelayedoff-sideisstillin effect,hetoomustcleartheattackingzone.Iftheremainingattackingplayershave clearedtheattackingzoneandtheLinesmanhasloweredhisarmforthedelayedoffside,heshallbeconsideredon-side. 83.4 Disallowed Goal –Ifthepuckisshotongoalduringadelayedoff-side,theplayshall beallowedtocontinueunderthenormalclearing-the-zonerules.Shouldthepuck,as aresultofthisshot,enterthedefendingteam’sgoalduringadelayedoff-side,either directlyoroffthegoalkeeper,aplayeroranofficialontheice,thegoalshallbedisallowedastheoriginalshotwasoff-side.Theface-offwillbeconductedattheface-off spotinthezoneclosesttothepointoforiginoftheshotoratthenearestface-offspot intheneutralzoneadjacenttotheattackingzoneoftheoffendingteam. Theonlywayanattackingteamcanscoreagoalonadelayedoff-sidesituation isifthedefendingteamshootsorputsthepuckintotheirownnetwithoutactionor contactbytheoffendingteam. 134 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Otherthaninsituationsinvolvingadelayedoff-sideandthepuckbeingshoton goal,nogoalcanbedisallowedafterthefactforanoff-sideviolation,exceptforthe humanfactorinvolvedinblowingthewhistle. 83.5 Face-Off Location -Forviolationofthisrule,theplayisstoppedandthepuckshall befaced-offintheneutralzoneattheface-offspotnearesttheattackingzoneofthe offendingteam,orfromtheface-offspotinthezoneclosesttothepointoforiginof theshotorpass(evenifdeflectedoffanattackingordefendingplayeroranofficial). Foreverydelayedoff-sidesituation,includinganintentionaloff-side,theLinesmanwillraisehisnon-whistlearm.Hewillallowplaytocontinueand,ifastoppageof playoccurs,therewillbethreepossibleface-offlocations: (i) When an intentional off-side has been called, the face-off location will be on the face-off spot of the offending team’s defending zone. (ii) If an errant pass or shoot-in by an attacking player makes unintentional contact with another attacking player who preceded the puck into the attacking zone, or if the pass or shoot-in goes out of playing area, the whistle shall be blown and the ensuing face-off shall take place at the nearest face-off spot in the zone closest to the location from where the pass or shot originated. (iii) If the defending player is about to be checked by an attacking player who is unaware that he is in an off-side position, the ensuing face-off shall take place on a neutral zone face-off spot nearest to the defending team’s blue line. WhentheLinesmansignalsadelayedoff-sideandadefendingplayerorgoalkeepershootsthepuckwhichgoesovertheglassandoutofplay,theensuingfaceoffshallbeconductedatoneofthedefendingzoneendzoneface-offspotsfrom wherethepuckwasshot. WhentheLinesmansignalsadelayedoff-sideandtheoriginalshotdeflectsoff adefendingplayerandoutofplay,theensuingface-offshalltakeplaceatthenearest face-offspotinthezonefromwherethepuckwasshot. Whenthedefendingteamisabouttobepenalizedinthedefendingzoneand theLinesmanhasadelayedoff-sidesignaledagainsttheattackingteamonthesame play,theensuingface-offshallbeconductedatoneofthedefendingzoneendzone face-offspots. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 135 83.6 Intentional Off-Side -Anintentionaloff-sideisonewhichismadeforthepurposeof securingastoppageofplayregardlessofthereason,whethereitherteamisshorthanded. IfintheopinionoftheLinesman,anintentionaloff-sideplayhasbeenmade, thepuckshallbefaced-offattheendface-offspotinthedefendingzoneoftheoffendingteam. If,whileanoff-sidecallisdelayed,aplayeroftheoffendingteamdeliberately touchesthepucktocreateastoppageofplay,theLinesmanwillsignalanintentional off-side. If,inthejudgementoftheLinesman,theattackingplayer(s)aremakinganefforttoexittheattackingzoneandareincloseproximitytothebluelineatthetimethe puckisshotintothezone,theplaywillnotbedeemedtobeanintentionaloff-side. Rule 84 – Overtime 84.1 Overtime – Regular Season -Forallregularseasongames,ifattheendofthe three(3)regulartwenty(20)minuteperiods,thescoreshallbetied,teamswillthen playanovertimeperiodofthanfive(5)minuteswiththeteamscoringfirstdeclared thewinnerandbeingawardedantwopointsandthelosingteamreceivingnopoints. Theovertimeperiodshallbeplayedwitheachteamatanumericalstrengthofthree (3)skatersandone(1)goaltender.Additionalpenaltiestobeassessedconsistent withtherulesinregulationtime. Theovertimeperiodwillbecommencedimmediatelyfollowingaone(1)minute restperiodduringwhichtheplayerswillremainontheice.Theteamswillnotchange endsfortheovertimeperiod.Goalkeepersmaygototheirrespectiveplayers’ benchesduringthisrestperiod,however,penalizedplayersmustremainonthe penaltybench.Shouldapenalizedplayerexitthepenaltybenchduringthisrestperiod,heshallbereturnedimmediatelybytheofficialswithnoadditionalpenaltybeing assessed,unlesshecommitsaninfractionofanyotherrule. 136 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 84.2 Overtime – Regular Season – Extra Attacker -Ateamshallbeallowedtopullits goalkeeperinfavorofanadditionalskaterintheovertimeperiod.However,should thatteamlosethegameduringthetimeinwhichthegoalkeeperhasbeenremoved, itwouldforfeittheautomaticpointgainedinthetieattheendofregulationplay,exceptifthegoalkeeperhasbeenremovedatthecallofadelayedpenaltyagainstthe otherteam.Shouldthegoalkeeperproceedtohisbenchforanextraattackerdueto adelayedpenaltycallagainsttheopposingteam,andshouldthenon-offendingteam shootthepuckdirectlyintotheirowngoal,thegameshallbeoverandtheteamthat wastobepenalizeddeclaredthewinner. Oncethegoalkeeperhasbeenremovedforanextraattackerinovertimeduring theregular-season,hemustwaitforthenextstoppageofplaybeforereturningtohis position.Hecannotchange“onthefly.”Ifhedoes,abenchminorpenaltyshallbe assessedforhavinganineligibleplayer. 84.3 Overtime – Regular Season – Penalties –Whenregulationtimeendsandthe teamsare5on3,teamswillstartovertime5on3.Onceplayerstrengthreaches5on 4or5on5,atthenextstoppageofplay,playerstrengthisadjustedto4on3or3on 3,asappropriate. Whenregulationendsandteamsare4on4teamswillstartovertime3on3. Ifattheendofregulationtimeteamsarethree(3)skatersonthree(3)skaters, overtimestartsthree(3)skatersonthree(3)skaters.Onceplayerstrengthreaches five(5)skatersonfour(4)skatersorfive(5)skatersonfive(5)skaters,atthenext stoppageplayerstrengthisadjustedtofour(4)skatersonthree(3)skatersorfour(4) skatersonfour(4)skaters,asappropriate. Atnotimewillateamhavelessthanthreeplayersontheice.Thismayrequire afifthskatertobeaddedifatwo-manadvantageoccurs. RefertoReferenceTables–Table20–PenaltiesInEffectPriortotheStartof Overtime–RegularSeasononpage160. Ifateamispenalizedinovertime,teamsplayfour(4)skatersagainstthree(3) skaters.Ifbothteamsarepenalizedwithminorpenaltiesatthesamestoppageof play(withnootherpenaltiesineffect),teamswillplaythree(3)skatersagainstthree (3)skaters. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 137 Inovertime,ifateamispenalizedsuchthatatwo-manadvantageiscalledfor, thentheoffendingteamwillremainatthree(3)skaterswhilethenon-offendingteam willbepermittedafifthskater. Atthefirststoppageofplayafterthetwo-manadvantageisnolongerineffect, thenumericalstrengthoftheteamwillrevertbacktoeitherafour(4)skatersonfour (4)skatersorafour(4)skatersonthree(3)skaterssituation,asappropriate. RefertoReferenceTables–Table21 –PenaltiesAssessedinOvertime–RegularSeasononpage162. 84.4 Shootout -Duringregular-seasongames,ifthegameremainstiedattheendofthe five(5)minuteovertimeperiod,theteamswillproceedtoashootout.TherulesgoverningtheshootoutshallbethesameasthoselistedunderRule 25 - Penalty Shot. Theteamswillnotchangeendsfortheshootout.Thehometeamshallhavethe choiceofshootingfirstorsecond.Theteamsshallalternateshots. Five(5)playersfromeachteamshallparticipateintheshootoutandtheyshall proceedinsuchorderasselectedbytheHeadCoach.Allplayersareeligibletoparticipateintheshootoutunlesstheyhavebeenassessedagamemisconductor matchpenalty.Whenagoalkeeperhasbeenassessedamisconduct,theplayerdesignatedtoservethemisconductpenaltybecomesineligiblefortheshootout.Ifthe misconductisassessedtothegoalkeeperduringthecourseoftheshootout,the playerdesignatedtoservethemisconductmustbeplayerwhohasyettoshootand thusbecomesineligibletoshoot.Allplayersnotparticipatingintheshootoutmustbe seatedontheirrespectiveteambenches. Oncetheshootoutbegins,thegoalkeepercannotbereplacedunlessheisinjured.Nowarmupshallbepermittedforasubstitutegoalkeeper. Goaltendersshallremaininpositionandmaynotgototheirbenchforrest, water,etc.Violationsmayresultinafinetoboththegoaltenderandteam. 138 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Eachteamwillbegivenfiveshots,unlesstheoutcomeisdeterminedearlierin theshootout.Thefirstshootingteamplayershalltakeapenaltyshotontheopposing goaltender.Theotherteam’splayershallfollowandtheprocedureshallberepeated untilallfiveplayersfromeachteamhavetakenashot.Theteamwiththemostgoals scoredshallbethewinner.Ifthescoreremainstiedaftereachteamhastakenfive shots,theshootoutwillproceedtoa“suddendeath”format.Eachcoachshallthen designateoneskatertotakeapenaltyshot(thisskatercannotbeoneoftheoriginal fiveskaters).Shouldeitherplayerscore,andtheopposingteamfailtoscore,the gamewillbeoverwiththescoringteamdeclaredthewinner.Ifnogamewinnerhas beendeclaredaftereachsuchplayerhasshot,thisprocedurewillcontinueuntila winnerisdeclared. Ifthescoreisstilltiedafteralleligibleplayersonbothteamshavebeenused, thesuddendeathprocedureshallcontinue,withtheplayersshootingintheoriginal order,untilawinnerhasbeendeclared. Regardlessofthenumberofgoalsscoredduringtheshootoutportionofovertime,thefinalscorerecordedforthegamewillgivethewinningteamonemoregoal thanitsopponent,basedonthescoreattheendofovertime.Oneextrashotongoal willalsoberecorded. Eachgoaltendershallbecreditedwithsixty-five(65)minutesplayed,thoughthe losinggoalkeeperwillnotbechargedwiththeextragoalagainst.Theplayerscoring thegame-winninggoalintheshootoutwillnotbecreditedwithagoalscoredinhis personalstatistics. Ifateamdeclinestoparticipateintheshootoutprocedure,thegamewillbedeclaredasalossforthatteam.Ifateamdeclinestotakeashotitwillbedeclaredas “nogoal.” 84.5 Overtime – Playoffs – InthePresidentCupPlayoffs,whenagameistiedafterthree (3),twenty(20)minuteregularperiodsofplay,theteamsshalltakeafifteen(15) minuteintermissionandresumeplayingtwenty(20)minuteperiods.Teamsshallstart overtimeinthesameendtheystartedthegamebutwillchangeendtostarteach subsequentovertimeperiod.Theteamscoringthefirstgoalinovertimeshallbedeclaredthewinnerofthegame. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 139 Rule 85 – Puck Out of Bounds 85.1 Puck Out of Bounds -Whenapuckgoesoutsidetheplayingareaateitherendor eithersideoftherink,strikesanyobstaclesabovetheplayingsurfaceotherthanthe boardsorglass,causestheglass,lighting,timingdeviceorthesupportstobreak,it shallbefaced-offatthenearestface-offspotinthezonefromwhereitwasshotor deflectedoutofplay,exceptwhentheattackingteamintheattackingzoneisresponsibleforcausingthepucktogooutofplay,theensuingface-offshalltakeplaceatthe nearestface-offspotintheneutralzoneoutsidetheoffendingteam’sattackingzone. Oneexceptiontotheaboveshallbewhenthepuckdeflectsoffthegoalframe,includingthegoalpostorcrossbar,whencausedbyeitherteam,eithershotdirectlyor deflectedoffanyplayerorofficial,theface-offshallalwaysbeconductedinthatend zoneatthenearestface-offspot. Ifthepuckcomestorestontopoftheboardssurroundingtheplayingarea,it shallbeconsideredtobeinplayandmaybeplayedlegallybyhandorstick. Whenthepuckgoesoutsidetheplayingaredirectlyofftheface-off,regardless astowhichplayermayhavelastcontactedthepuck,theface-offshallremaininthe samespotandnopenaltywillbeassessedtoeitherteamfordelayingthegame. Whenthepuckisshotanditmakescontactwiththeglovesorthebodyofa playerhangingovertheplayers’bench,orifthepuckenterstheplayers’bench throughanopenbenchdoor,theface-offshalltakeplaceatthenearestface-offspot inthezonefromwherethepuckwasshot,however,ifthepuckhitsanopposing player’sgloveorbodythatishangingovertheopposingteam’splayers’benchorenterstheopposingteam’splayers’benchthroughanopenbenchdoor,theface-off shalltakeplaceintheneutralzoneadjacenttotheopponent’splayers’bench. Shouldthepuckstrikethespectatornettingattheendsandthecornersofthe arena,playshallbestoppedandtheensuingface-offshallbedeterminedasifthe puckwentoutsidetheplayingarea.However,ifthepuckstrikingthespectatornetting goesunnoticedbytheon-iceofficials,playshallcontinueasnormalandresulting playwiththepuckshallbedeemedalegitimateplay.Playersmustnotstopplaying thegameuntiltheyhearthewhistletodoso. 85.2 140 Puck Unplayable -Whenthepuckbecomeslodgedinthenettingontheoutsideof eithergoalsoastomakeitunplayable,orifitis“frozen”betweenopposingplayers intentionallyorotherwise,theRefereeshallstoptheplay. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Thepuckmaybeplayedoffthegoalnettingbyeitherteam.However,should thepuckremainonthegoalnettingformorethanthree(3)seconds,playshallbe stopped.Shouldthegoalkeeperusehisstickorglovetofreezethepuckontheback ofthenetorshouldadefendingplayershieldanattackingplayerfromplayingthe puckoffthebackofthenet,theface-offshalltakeplaceatoneoftheface-offspotsin thedefendingzone. Shouldthepuckgounderthegoaleitherfrombehindortheside,orthoughthe meshfrombehindortheside,ifthisiswitnessedbyanon-iceofficial,playshouldbe stoppedimmediatelyandtheensuingface-offshouldtakeplaceatthenearestfaceoffspotinthezonenearesttothelocationwheretheplaywasstopped. 85.3 Puck Out of Sight -Shouldascrambletakeplaceoraplayeraccidentallyfallonthe puckandthepuckbeoutofsightoftheReferee,heshallimmediatelyblowhiswhistleandstoptheplay.Thepuckshallthenbefaced-offatthenearestface-offspotin thezonewheretheplaywasstoppedunlessotherwiseprovidedforintherules. 85.4 Puck Striking Official -Playshallnotbestoppedifthepucktouchesanofficialanywhereontherink,regardlessofwhetherateamisshort-handedornot. Apuckthatdeflectsbackintothedefendingzoneoffanofficialwhoisinthe neutralzone,willbedeemedtobeoff-sideasperRule83 –Off-side. Thepuckstrikingordeflectingoffanofficialdoesnotautomaticallynullifyapotentialicing. Whenapuckdeflectsoffanofficialandgoesoutofplay,theensuingface-off willtakeplaceattheface-offspotinthezonenearesttowherethepuckdeflectedoff theofficial. Ifagoalisscoredasaresultofbeingdeflecteddirectlyintothenetoffanofficial,thegoalshallnotbeallowed. 85.5 Face-Off Location -Notwithstandingthisrule,shouldanattackingplayercausethe pucktogooutofplayorbecomeunplayableintheattackingzone,theface-offshall takeplaceataneutralzoneface-offspotorataface-offspotinthezonefromwhich thepucklefttheice,whicheverislessadvantageoustotheattackingteam. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 141 Forapuckthatisunplayableduetobeinglodgedinthenettingorasaresultof itbeingfrozenbetweenopposingplayers,theresultingface-offshallbeateitherof theadjacentface-offspotsunlessintheopinionoftheReferee,thestoppagewas causedbytheattackingteam,inwhichcasetheresultingface-offshallbeconducted intheneutralzoneoratthenearestface-offspotinthezonefromwhichthepuck wasshot,whichevergivestheoffendingteamtheleastamountofterritorialadvantage. Whenthepuckhitsthegoalframe,goalpostorcrossbarandgoesoutofplay, regardlesswhichteamshotthepuck,theensuingface-offshalltakeplaceatoneof theendzoneface-offspotsinthezonewherethepuckwentoutofplay. 85.6 Minor Penalty –Aminorpenaltyfordelayofgame shallbeimposedonagoalkeeper whodeliberatelydropsthepuckonthegoalnettingtocauseastoppageofplay. 85.7 Verification of Time -Anylossoftimeonthegameorpenaltyclocksduetothepuck goingoutofplaymustbereplaced. Rule 86 – Start of Game and Periods 86.1 Start of Game and Periods -Thegameshallbecommencedatthetimescheduled bya“face-off”inthecenteroftherinkandshallberenewedpromptlyattheconclusionofeachintermissioninthesamemanner. 86.2 Bench Minor Penalty –Abenchminorpenaltyshallbeimposedoneitherorboth teamsiftheyarenotontheiceorcannotbeseenproceedingtotheicetostartthesecond,thirdoranyovertimeperiodwhentheintermissiontimeontheclockhasexpired. Atthestartofthesecond,thirdandanyovertimeperiod,allplayerswiththeexceptionofthestartingplayersmustproceeddirectlytotheirrespectiveplayers’ benches.Skating,warm-upsoron-iceactivitiesbynon-starterswillresultinabench minorpenaltyfor delayofgametotheoffendingteam. Whenthevisitingteammustproceedbythewayoftheicetotheirdressing roomattheendofaperiod,theymustwaitforasignalfromoneoftheofficialsbefore proceeding.Failuretowaitfortheofficial’ssignalshallresultintheassessmentofa benchminorpenaltyfordelayofgame. 142 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 86.3 Choice of Ends -Homeclubsshallhavethechoiceofgoalstodefendatthestartof thegameexceptwherebothplayers’benchesareonthesamesideoftherink,in whichcasethehomeclubshallstartthegamedefendingthegoalnearesttoitsown bench.Theteamsshallchangeendsforeachperiodofregulationtimeand,inthe playoffs,foreachperiodofovertime.(SeeRule84 –Overtime) 86.4 Delays -Nodelayshallbepermittedbyreasonofanyceremony,exhibition,demonstrationorpresentationunlessconsentedtoreasonablyinadvancebythevisiting team. 86.5 End of Periods -Attheendofeachperiod,thehometeamplayersmustproceeddirectlytotheirdressingroomwhilethevisitingteamplayersmustwaitforasignalfrom theofficial toproceedonlyiftheyhavetogoontheicetoreachtheirdressingroom. Failuretocomplywiththisregulationwillresultinabenchminorpenaltyfordelayof game. Playersshallnotbepermittedtocomeontheiceduringastoppageofplayorat theendofthefirstandsecondperiodsforthepurposeofwarming-up.TheReferee willreportanyviolationofthisruletotheCommissionerfordisciplinaryaction. 86.6 Pre-Game Warm-Up -Duringthepre-gamewarm-up(whichshallnotexceedsixteen (16)minutesinduration)andbeforethecommencementofplayinanyperiod,each teamshallconfineitsactivitytoitsownendoftherink.RefertoRule46.8 -Fighting. TheGameTimekeepershallberesponsibleforsignalingthecommencement andterminationofthepre-gamewarm-upandanyviolationofthisrulebytheplayersshallbereportedtotheCommissioner. Twenty(20)minutesbeforethetimescheduledforthestartofthegame,both teamsshallvacatetheiceandproceedtotheirdressingroomswhiletheiceisbeing flooded.BothteamsshallbesignaledbytheGameTimekeepertoreturntotheice togetherintimeforthescheduledstartofthegame. Playersmustbetotallyofftheicepriortothesoundingofthehornindicatingthe endofwarm-up.Anyplayersremainingontheicewillbefinedfifteendollars($15) forthefirstoffense,twenty-fivedollars($25)forthesecondoffenseandfiftydollars ($50)foreachsubsequentoffense.Inaddition,theCoachoftheoffendingplayer(s) willbefinednolessthanfiftydollars($50)perplayerincurringathirdoffense. Only18rosterplayerscanbeontheiceforwarmups. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 143 86.7 Start of Game -Atthebeginningofthegame,ifateamfailstoappearontheice promptlywithoutproperjustification,afineshallbeassessedagainsttheoffending team,theamountofthefinetobedecidedbytheCommissioner. 86.8 Start of Periods -Atthebeginningofthesecondandthirdperiods,andovertimeperiodsinplayoffs(0:00ontheclock),clubsmustbeontheiceorbeobservedtobe proceedingtotheice.Failuretocomplywiththisregulationwillresultinabench minorpenaltyfordelayofgame. Beforethestartofthesecondandthirdperiods(andovertimeperiodsinthe playoffs),theteamswillproceeddirectlytotheirrespectiveplayers’benches.Onlythe startingline-upwillbeallowedontheice.Thevisitingteamwillimmediatelyplaceits startingline-upattheface-offcircle,thenthehometeamwillfollow,withtheReferee allowingthehometeamtomakealinechangeifsodesiredpriortotheface-off.Skating,warm-upsoron-iceactivitiesbynon-starterswillresultinabenchminorpenalty for delayofgametotheoffendingteam. Nowarm-upinvolvingpucksontheiceshallbepermittedforagoalkeeperat thestartofanyperiod.If,afteronewarning,thiscontinues,theRefereeshallassess adelayofgamepenaltytotheoffendingteam. Rule 87 – Time-outs 87.1 Time-out - Eachteamshallbepermittedtotakeone(1)thirty-secondtime-outduring thecourseofanygame,regularseasonorplayoffs.Allplayersincludinggoalkeepers ontheiceatthetimeofthetime-outwillbeallowedtogototheirrespectivebenches. AnyplayerdesignatedbytheCoachwillindicatetotheReferee(priortothe dropofthepuck)thathisteamisexercisingitsoptionandtheRefereewillreportthe time-outtotheGameTimekeeperwhoshallberesponsibleforsignalingtheterminationofthetime-out. Notime-outshallbegrantedfollowingaface-offviolation. WhenapenaltyshothasbeenawardedtoeitherteambytheReferee,notimeoutwillbegrantedonceinstructionshavebeengiventotheplayertakingtheshot andthegoalkeeperdefendingtheshot.Notime-outwillbegrantedduringthe shootout. 144 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Nowarm-upinvolvingpucksontheiceshallbepermittedforagoalkeeperor replacementgoalkeeperduringatime-out.If,afteronewarning,thiscontinues,the Refereeshallassessadelayofgamepenaltytotheoffendingteam. 87.2 Promotional Time-out - Forthepurposeofmediabreaksandanon-icepromotional sponsorship,eachteammustschedulesix(6)45-secondtimeoutspergame,two(2) perperiod.Thesetimeoutswillbetakennearthe14and7-minutemarksofthe1st, 2nd,and3rdperiods,andarenottoexceed45seconds.Thesebreaksshalltake placeatthefirststoppagefollowingthe14and7-minutemarksoftheperiod,regardlessofwhetherteamsareatevenstrengthornot. Onlyonetime-out,commercialorteam,shallbepermittedatanyonestoppage ofplay.Forthepurposeofthisrule,acommercialtime-outisdeemedan“official time-out”andnotchargedtoeitherteam. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 145 TABLE 1 (Rule 15 – Calling of Penalties) SUMMARY OF PENALTIES TO COACHES AND NON-PLAYING CLUB PERSONNEL Description Rule (i) Hitting the boards with a stick Rule 39.3 (ii) Interference with an opponent on a Rule 56.6 Rule 75.3 breakaway (iii) Interference with an opponent or the puck Rule 56.3 while play is in progress (iv) Interference with an opponent or the puck Rule 56.7 while the goalkeeper has been removed (v) Interfering with an official Rule 39.3 (vi) Leaving the bench by stepping onto the ice Rule 70.5 before the end of the period (vii) Obscene language or gestures Rule 39.3 Rule 75.3 Rule 39.5 Rule 75.5 (viii) Physically abusing an official Rule 40.7 (ix) Refusing to start play (teams in their Rule 73.3 dressing room) (x) Refusing to start play (teams on the ice) Rule 73.2 (xi) Throwing a stick on the ice to a player or Rule 39.3 goalkeeper who has lost or broken a stick 146 (xii) Throwing any object onto the ice Rule 39.3 (xiii) Throwing stick (breakaway on an open net) Rule 53.7 (xiv) Throwing stick (defending zone) Rule 53.6 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Rule 75.3 TABLE 2 (Rule 16 – Minor Penalties) SUMMARY OF MINOR PENALTIES Description Rule (i) Boarding Rule 41 (ii) Broken stick Rule 10 (iii) Charging Rule 42 (iv) Clipping Rule 44 (v) Closing hand on puck Rule 67 (vi) Cross-checking Rule 59 (vii) Delay of game Rule 63 (viii) Elbowing Rule 45 (ix) Face-off violation Rule 76 (x) Goalkeeper interference Rule 69 (xi) High-sticking Rule 60 (xii) Holding Rule 54 (xiii) Holding the stick Rule 54 (xiv) Hooking Rule 55 (xv) Illegal equipment Rule 12 (xvi) Illegal stick Rule 10 (xvii) Instigator Rule 46 (xviii) Interference Rule 56 (xix) Kneeing Rule 50 (xx) Leaving penalty bench too early Rule 70 (xxi) Leaving the crease (goalkeeper) Rule 27 (xxii) Participating in the play beyond the center red line (goalkeeper) Rule 27 (xxiii) Roughing Rule 51 (xxiv) Slashing Rule 61 (xxv) Throwing puck towards opponent’s goal (goalkeeper) Rule 67 (xxvi) Throwing stick Rule 53 (xxvii) Tripping Rule 57 (xxviii) Unsportsmanlike conduct Rule 75 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 147 TABLE 3 (Rule 17 – Bench Minor Penalties) SUMMARY OF BENCH MINOR PENALTIES Description 148 Rule (i) Delay of game Rule 63 (ii) Deliberate illegal substitution Rule 74 (iii) Illegal substitution Rule 68 (iv) Improper starting line-up Rule 7 (v) Interference from players’ or penalty bench Rule 56 (vi) Interference with an official Rule 39 (vii) Leaving bench at end of period Rule 86 (viii) Refusing to start play Rule 73 (ix) Stepping onto ice during period (Coach) Rule 70 (x) Throwing objects onto ice Rule 63 (xi) Too many men on the ice Rule 74 (xii) Unsportsmanlike conduct Rule 75 (xiii) Unsustained request for measurement Rule 10 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 TABLE 4 (Rule 18 – Double-minor Penalties) SUMMARY OF DOUBLE-MINOR PENALTIES Description Rule (i) Butt-ending Rule 58 (ii) Head-butting Rule 47 (iii) High-sticking Rule 60 (iv) Spearing Rule 62 TABLE 5 (Rule 20 – Major Penalties) SUMMARY OF MAJOR PENALTIES Description Rule (i) Boarding Rule 41 (ii) Butt-ending Rule 58 (iii) Charging Rule 42 (iv) Checking from behind Rule 43 (v) Clipping Rule 44 (vi) Cross-checking Rule 59 (vii) Elbowing Rule 45 (viii) Fighting Rule 46 (ix) Head-butting Rule 47 (x) Hooking Rule 55 (xi) Illegal check to the head Rule 48 (xii) Kneeing Rule 50 (xiii) Slashing Rule 61 (xiv) Spearing Rule 62 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 149 TABLE 6 (Rule 20 – Major Penalties) SUMMARY OF MAJOR PENALTIES THAT RESULT IN AN AUTOMATIC GAME MISCONDUCT Description Rule (i) Butt-ending Rule 58 (ii) Checking from behind Rule 43 (iii) Clipping Rule 44 (iv) Cross-checking Rule 59 (v) Fighting (after original altercation) Rule 46 (vi) Fighting (when aggressor) Rule 46 (vii) Fighting (second instigator in game) Rule 46 (viii) Fighting (third instigator in season) Rule 46 (ix) Head-butting Rule 47 (x) Hooking Rule 55 (xi) Illegal check to the head Rule 48 (xii) Kneeing Rule 50 (xiii) Slashing Rule 61 (xiv) Spearing Rule 62 TABLE 7 (Rule 20 – Major Penalties) SUMMARY OF MAJOR PENALTIES THAT RESULT IN AN AUTOMATIC GAME MISCONDUCT WHEN THERE IS AN INJURY TO THE FACE OR HEAD Description 150 Rule (i) Boarding Rule 41 (ii) Charging Rule 42 (iii) Elbowing Rule 45 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 TABLE 8 (Rule 21 – Match Penalties) SUMMARY OF MATCH PENALTIES Description Rule (i) Attempt to injure (in any manner) Rule 21 (ii) Biting Rule 21 (iii) Boarding Rule 41 (iv) Butt-ending * Rule 58 (v) Charging Rule 42 (vi) Checking from behind Rule 43 (vii) Clipping Rule 44 (viii) Cross-checking Rule 59 (ix) Deliberate injury (in any manner) Rule 21 (x) Elbowing Rule 45 (xi) Goalkeeper who uses his blocking glove to Rule 51 the head or face of an opponent* (xii) Grabbing of the face mask Rule 21 (xiii) Hair pulling Rule 21 (xiv) Head-butting * Rule 47 (xv) High-sticking Rule 60 (xvi) Kicking a player (or goalkeeper) Rule 49 (xvii) Kneeing Rule 50 (xviii) Illegal check to the head Rule 48 (xix) Punching and injuring an unsuspecting Rule 46 opponent * (xx) Slashing Rule 61 (xxi) Slew-footing Rule 52 (xxii) Spearing * Rule 62 (xxiii) Throwing stick or any object Rule 53 (xxiv) Wearing tape on hands in altercation * Rule 46 * NOTE - match penalty must be assessed when injury results SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 151 TABLE 9 (Rule 22 – Misconduct Penalties) SUMMARY OF MISCONDUCT PENALTIES Description (i) Banging boards with stick in protest of an Rule Rule 39 official’s ruling (ii) Continuing or attempting to continue a fight Rule 46 (iii) Deliberately breaking stick or refusing to Rule 10 surrender stick for measurement (iv) Deliberately throwing any equipment (including Rule 39 stick) out of playing area (v) Entering or remaining in the referee’s crease Rule 39 (vi) Fighting off the playing surface (or with another Rule 46 player or goalkeeper who is off the playing surface) (vii) Inciting an opponent Rule 75 (viii) Instigating a fight Rule 46 (ix) Interfering or distracting opponent taking a Rule 25 penalty shot (x) Knocking or shooting puck out of reach of an Rule 39 official (xi) Leaving bench to speak to official Rule 6 (xii) Refusing to change non-regulation piece of Rule 9 protective equipment (second violation) 152 (xiii) Use of profane or abusive language Rule 75 (xiv) Verbal abuse of an official Rule 39 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Rule 53 TABLE 10 (Rule 23 – Game Misconduct Penalties) SUMMARY OF GAME MISCONDUCT FOULS INCLUDED IN THE “GENERAL CATEGORY” Description Rule (i) Charging Rule 42 (ii) Clipping Rule 44 (iii) Elbowing Rule 45 (iv) Fighting off the playing surface Rule 46 (v) Head-butting Rule 47 (vi) Inciting an opponent into incurring a penalty Rule 75 (vii) Intervening in an altercation Rule 46 (viii) Kneeing Rule 50 (ix) Not properly tied down during an altercation Rule 46 (x) Obscene language or gestures Rule 75 (xi) Persists in continuing an altercation Rule 46 (xii) Removing jersey prior to an altercation Rule 46 (xiii) Resisting a Linesman in the discharge of his duties Rule 39 (xiv) Secondary altercation Rule 46 (xv) Third major penalty in a game Rule 20 (xvi) Throwing stick outside the playing area Rule 53 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 153 TABLE 11 (Rule 23 – Game Misconduct Penalties) SUMMARY OF GAME MISCONDUCT FOULS INCLUDED IN THE “STICK-RELATED CATEGORY” Description Rule (i) Butt-ending Rule 58 (ii) Cross-checking Rule 59 (iii) Hooking Rule 55 (iv) Slashing Rule 61 (v) Spearing Rule 62 TABLE 12 (Rule 23 – Game Misconduct Penalties) SUMMARY OF GAME MISCONDUCT PENALTIES Description 154 Rule (i) Continues or attempts to continue a fight Rule 46 (ii) Fighting off the playing surface or with an opponent who is off the playing surface Rule 46 (iii) First or second player (or goalkeeper) to leave the players’ bench during or to start an altercation Rule 70 (iv) First to intervene in an altercation (third man in) (v) Interferes with a game official in the performance of their duties (vi) Leaving the penalty bench during an altercation (vii) Obscene gestures (viii) Persists to challenge or dispute an official’s ruling (ix) Physically abuses an official (x) Player or goalkeeper who has been ordered to the dressing room but returns to the bench or the ice (xi) Player or goalkeeper who deliberately attempts to injure a Manager, Coach or other non-playing Club personnel in any manner. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Rule 46 Rule 39 Rule 70 Rule 75 Rule 39 Rule 40 Rule 70 Rule 75 TABLE 13 (Rule 25 – Penalty Shot) SUMMARY OF PENALTY SHOTS Description Rule (i) Deliberate illegal substitution Rule 68 (ii) Intentionally dislodging the net from its moorings Rule 63 during the course of a breakaway (iii) Intentionally dislodging the net from its moorings Rule 63 when the penalty cannot be served in its entirety within regulation time (iv) Falling on the puck in the goal crease Rule 63 (v) Picking up the puck with the hand in the goal Rule 63 crease (vi) Player on a breakaway who is interfered with by an Rule 53 Rule 56 object thrown or shot by a defending team player or goalkeeper (vii) Player on a breakaway who is interfered with by a Rule 70 player or goalkeeper who has illegally entered the game (viii) Player or goalkeeper throws or shoots an object at Rule 53 the puck in his defending zone (ix) Player on a breakaway who is fouled from behind. Rule 25 Rule 57 Rule 54 Rule 61 Rule 55 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 155 TABLE 14 (Rule 26 – Awarded Goals) SUMMARY OF AWARDED GOALS (WHEN GOALKEEPER HAS BEEN REMOVED FOR AN EXTRA ATTACKER) Description Rule (i) Delaying the game Rule 63 (ii) Handling the puck Rule 67 (iii) Illegal substitution Rule 68 (iv) Interference Rule 56 (v) Leaving the players’ or penalty bench Rule 70 (vi) Throwing stick Rule 53 (vii) Tripping Rule 57 TABLE 15 (Rule 27 – Goalkeeper’s Penalties) SUMMARY OF GOALKEEPER PENALTIES Description Rule (i) Illegal stick Rule 10 (ii) Illegal equipment Rule 9 (iii) Leaving crease during an altercation Rule 27 (iv) Proceeding to players’ bench Rule 27 (v) Participates in the play beyond the center red line Rule 27 (vi) Playing puck in restricted area Rule 1 (vii) Proceeds to players’ bench to replace stick Rule 10 (viii) Deliberately shoots or bats puck out of play Rule 63 (ix) Deliberately falls on the puck inside or outside the goal crease Rule 63 (x) Deliberately drops the puck in his pads or on the goal net Rule 67 (xi) Piling snow or other obstacles (xii) Throwing the puck towards opponent’s goal (xiii) Using blocking glove to punch an opponent in the head or face Rule 27 156 Rule 67 Rule 67 Rule 51 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Rule 12 Rule 63 TABLE 16 (Rule 16 – Minor Penalties) GOALS SCORED AGAINST A SHORT-HANDED TEAM Minor penalty expiration criteria: a. b. c. Is the team scored against, short-handed? Are they serving a minor penalty on the clock? If the answer is yes to a) and b), delete the minor penalty with the least amount of time on the clock, except when coincidental penalties are being served. Ex Time Team A Team B Answer Remarks One player with a double minor penalty: A1 3:00 A15 – 2+2 No player returns First penalty ends, the second begins at 4:30. 4:30 Goal A2 3:00 A15 – 2+2 A15 returns. The first penalty has expired, the second ends with the 5:30 Goal scoring of the goal. One player with a minor and a major penalty: B1 3:00 A15 – 5+2 No penalty The major penalty must be terminates. served first. 4:30 Goal B2 3:00 A15 – 5+2 A15 returns. The major penalty has expired, the minor penalty ends with the 8:30 Goal scoring of the goal. Two players of the same team – combination of minor and major penalties: C1 3:00 A15 – 2 A15 returns. C2 C3 4:00 A23 – 2 4:30 3:00 A15 – 2 4:00 A23 – 5 4:30 3:00 A15 – 5 4:00 A23 – 2 4:30 Goal A15 returns. Goal A23 returns. Goal SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 157 TABLE 16 (Rule 16 – Minor Penalties) GOALS SCORED AGAINST A SHORT-HANDED TEAM Ex C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 Time 3:00 Team A A15 – 2+2 4:00 A23 – 2 4:30 Goal 5:30 Goal 3:00 A15 – 2 (S*) A23 – 2+2 4:30 3:00 A15 – 5+2 4:00 A23 – 2 4:30 3:00 A15 – 5+2 7:30 A23 – 2 8:30 3:00 A15 – 5+2 6:00 A23 – 2 8:00 3:00 A15 – 5+2 8:00 A23 – 2 9:00 158 Team B Answer Remarks No player returns. The first minor to A15 ends. A23 returns. A23 returns because he has the least amount of time to serve in his minor penalty. The signaled double-minor penalty to A23 is assessed at 4:30. A15 returns. Goal A23 returns. * S = signaled A15 must first serve his major penalty. A23 returns as he is serving a minor penalty. Goal A23 returns. Least amount of time to serve. Both A15 and A23 return. The major penalty to A15 has expired. His minor penalty ends with the goal. A23’s minor penalty has expired. Captain’s choice. The major penalty to A15 has expired. Both minors terminate at the same time. Goal Goal Goal SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 TABLE 16 (Rule 16 – Minor Penalties) GOALS SCORED AGAINST A SHORT-HANDED TEAM Ex Time Team A Team B Answer Three players of the same team – Delayed (D) or Signaled (S) penalty (no stoppage of play): D1 3:00 A15 – 2 D2 D3 3:30 A23 – 2 4:00 A6 – 2(D) Remarks 4:30 Goal A15 returns. Delayed penalty to A6 begins at 4:30 5:00 Goal A23 returns. The minor penalty to A15 is completed. The minor penalty to A6 begins. 5:30 Goal A6 returns. 4:30 Goal A15 returns and the penalty to A6 starts. 5:00 Goal 3:00 A15 – 2 3:30 A23 – 2 (S) A6 – 2 3:00 A15 – 5 3:30 A23 – 2 (S) A6 – 2 4:30 Penalties to A15 and A23 are completed. The minor to A6 ends with the scoring of the goal. A23 returns and A6 remains in the box. A23 returns and the penalty to A6 starts. Goal SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 159 TABLE 16 (Rule 16 – Minor Penalties) GOALS SCORED AGAINST A SHORT-HANDED TEAM Ex D4 Time 3:00 Team A A15 – 5 7:30 A23 – 2 (S) A6 – 2 Team B Answer A15 and A23 return and the penalty to A6 starts. Remarks The major penalty to A15 is completed. The minor penalty to A23 ends on the scoring of the goal. 8:00 Goal One player from each team – combination of minors and majors: E1 3:00 A15 - 2 E2 3:30 B12 – 2 4:30 Goal 5:00 3:00 Goal 3:30 B12 – 2 4:30 Goal 5:00 Goal 3:00 160 4:30 3:00 A15 returns. His minor penalty has been completed. No player returns. Teams are at equal strength. No player returns. The first minor to A15 is competed but teams remain at equal strength. A15 returns. The first minor penalty to A15 and that of B12 are complete. The second minor penalty to A15 ends with the scoring of the goal. Teams are at equal strength. Goal A15 – 5+2 3:30 E4 Teams are at equal strength. A15 – 2+2 5:30 E3 No player returns. No player returns. B12 – 2 Goal A15 – 5+2 No player returns. 7:30 B12 – 2 8:00 Goal The major penalty to A15 is complete but the teams remain at equal strength. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 TABLE 16 (Rule 16 – Minor Penalties) GOALS SCORED AGAINST A SHORT-HANDED TEAM Ex E5 Time 3:00 Team A A15 – 5+2 6:00 E6 8:00 3:00 Answer A15 returns. B12 – 2 Goal A15 – 2 3:30 (S) Team B No player returns. B12 – 2 A23 – 2 4:10 Goal Unequal number of players – combination of minors and majors: F1 3:00 A15 – 2 A15 returns. 3:30 F2 B12 – 2 4:00 A23 – 2 4:30 3:00 A15 – 2 He had the least amount of time to serve in his minor penalty. Goal 3:30 F3 Remarks The major penalty to A15 and the minor penalty to B12 have expired. The minor penalty to A15 ends on the scoring of the goal. The goal nullifies the signaled penalty to A23 (Reason: Team A was not short-handed). A15 returns. B12 – 2 4:00 A23 – 2 5:00 3:00 A15 – 2 3:30 A23 – 2 His minor penalty is completed. Teams are at equal strength at the time of the goal. Goal A15 returns. 4:00 B12 – 2 4:30 Goal SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 161 TABLE 16 (Rule 16 – Minor Penalties) GOALS SCORED AGAINST A SHORT-HANDED TEAM Ex F4 F5 F6 Time 3:00 Team A Team B B12 – 2 Answer Remarks 3:30 A15 – 2 4:00 A23 – 2 4:30 Goal A15 returns. Least amount of time to serve in his minor penalty. 5:00 3:00 Goal B12 – 2 A23 returns A15 returns. 3:30 A15 – 2 4:00 A23 – 5 4:30 3:00 A15 – 2 Goal 3:30 F7 400 A23 – 2 4:30 3:00 A15 – 5 162 Least amount of time to serve in his minor penalty. A23 returns. Least amount of time (and Team A is short-handed by reason of a minor penalty). A1 returns. Least amount of time (and Team A is short-handed by reason of a minor penalty). B23 returns. Short-handed by reason of a minor penalty. Goal B12 – 5 4:00 A23 – 2 4:30 3:00 A15 – 2 Goal 3:30 F9 A15 returns. B12 – 2 3:30 F8 Least amount of time to serve in his minor penalty. B12 – 5 4:00 A23 – 5 4:30 3:00 A15 – 5 3:30 A23 – 2 Goal 4:00 B12 – 2 4:30 Goal SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 TABLE 16 (Rule 16 – Minor Penalties) GOALS SCORED AGAINST A SHORT-HANDED TEAM Ex F10 Time 3:00 Team A A15 – 5 3:30 F11 F12 F13 4:00 A23 – 2 4:30 3:00 A15 – 2 3:30 A23 – 5 Remarks Short-handed by reason of a minor penalty. Goal 4:00 B12 – 2 4:30 3:00 Goal B12 – 5 3:30 A15 – 2 4:00 A23 – 2 4:30 3:00 A15 – 2+2 A15 returns. Short-handed by reason of a minor penalty. A15 returns. Least amount of time. No player returns. First minor penalty to A15 ends. Goal B12 – 2 4:00 A23 – 2 4:30 3:00 A15 – 2 3:15 A23 – 2 Goal 3:30 3:45 Answer A23 returns. B12 – 2 3:30 F14 Team B B12 – 2 A6 – 2(D) 4:00 Goal A15 returns. The penalty to A6 begins at 4:00 4:30 Goal A23 returns. Least amount of time. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 163 TABLE 16 (Rule 16 – Minor Penalties) GOALS SCORED AGAINST A SHORT-HANDED TEAM Ex F15 F16 Time 3:00 Team A A15 – 2 3:15 A23 – 2 3:30 A6 – 2 5:10 3:00 A15 – 2 4:30 3:00 Remarks Penalties to A6 and B3 are not on the clock. Signaled penalty to B3 is not assessed. The penalty to B12 does not make Team B short-handed. B3 – 2 B12 – 2 A23 – 2 (S) F17 Answer A23 returns. Goal 3:30 4:00 Team B B12 – 2 B3 - 2 Goal A15 – 2 3:30 A15 returns and the penalty to A6 starts. B12 – 2 4:00 A23 – 2 (S) A6 – 2 4:30 Goal Coincidental penalties – equal number of players on each team: G1 3:00 A15 – 5+2 B12 – 2+2 No player returns. G2 4:30 3:00 A15 – 2+5 G3 4:30 3:00 A15 – 2 3:30 A23 – 2 B12 – 2 4:30 3:00 A15 – 2 Goal B12 – 2 3:30 A23 – 2 G4 4:30 164 Goal B12 – 5 Teams are at equal strength. The substitute for A15 returns. Coincidental major penalties. A15 returns. Coincidental penalties are not put on the clock. Goal A23 returns. Goal SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 TABLE 16 (Rule 16 – Minor Penalties) GOALS SCORED AGAINST A SHORT-HANDED TEAM Ex G5 G6 G7 G8 G9 G10 G11 G12 Time 3:00 Team A A15 – 2 3:30 A23 – 5 4:30 3:00 A15 – 2 3:30 A23 – 5 Team B B12 – 2 Answer No player returns. Remarks Team A is short-handed, however, it is with a major penalty. Goal B12 – 5 A15 returns. Team A is below the numerical strength of it’s opponent. Minor penalty to A15 expires on the scoring of the goal. 4:30 3:00 A15 – 2 3:30 A23 – 2 4:30 3:00 A15 – 2 3:30 A23 – 5 4:30 3:00 A15 – 5 3:30 A23 – 2 4:30 3:00 A15 – 5 3:30 A23 – 2 B12 – 5 4:30 3:00 A15 – 2+2 Goal B12 – 5 3:30 A23 – 2 4:30 3:00 A15 – 2 3:30 A23 – 5 (S) A6 – 2 4:30 Goal A15 returns. Goal A15 returns. Penalties to A23 and B12 are not on the clock. No player returns. A15 is serving a major penalty. Penalties to A23 and B12 are not on the clock. A23 returns. Short-handed by reason of a minor penalty. No player returns. First minor penalty to A15 is eliminated. B12 – 5 Goal B12 – 2 Goal Goal B12 – 2 The penalty to A6 is not assessed (unless it is a major or match penalty). Goal SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 165 TABLE 16 (Rule 16 – Minor Penalties) GOALS SCORED AGAINST A SHORT-HANDED TEAM Ex G13 G14 G15 Time 3:00 Team A A15 – 2 Team B 3:30 A23 – 2 B12 – 2 4:00 A6 – 2 Answer 4:30 Goal A15 returns. 4:45 3:00 Goal A6 returns. A15 – 2 3:30 A23 – 2 (S) A6 – 2 4:30 3:00 A15 – 2+2 3:30 A15 returns. The minor penalty to A6 begins at 4:30. The penalties to A23 and B12 are not on the clock. Minor penalty to A15 is eliminated. Team A would have placed an additional player in the penalty box to serve the extra minor penalty to A15. NOTE: A15’s additional minor penalty begins at 3:30 due to the scoring of the goal by Team B, but does not affect the on-ice strength. B12 – 2 Goal B12 – 2 Goal Coincident penalties – unequal number of players on each team: H1 3:00 A15 – 2 B12 – 2 Captain’s choice. A23 – 2 H2 4:30 3:00 H3 4:30 3:00 H4 4:30 3:00 H5 4:30 3:00 H6 4:30 3:00 H7 4:30 3:00 4:30 166 A15 – 2 A23 – 5 A15 – 2 A23 – 2 A15 – 2 A23 – 5 A15 – 5 A23 – 2 A15 – 2+2 A23 – 2 A15 – 2 A23 – 2+2 Remarks Penalties to A23 and B12 are not on the clock. This choice must be made at the time of assessment of the penalties. Goal B12 – 2 No player returns. The major penalty makes the team shorthanded. The penalties to A15 and B12 do not go on the clock. Goal B12 – 5 Captain’s choice. The minor penalties end at the same time. Goal B12 – 5 A15 returns. Major penalties are coincidental and do not go on the clock. Goal B12 – 2 No player returns. Coincidental minor penalties. Team A is short-handed by reason of the major penalty. Penalties to A23 and B12 do not go on the clock. Depending on the choice made by Team A, A23 may return or the first minor penalty to A15 will end with the scoring of the goal. Goal B12 – 2 Goal B12 – 2 Goal Captain’s choice. The minor penalty to B12 can cancel off with any one of the minor penalties assessed to the two players on Team A. Captain’s choice. The minor penalty to B12 can cancel off with any one of the minor penalties assessed to the two players on Team A. Depending on the choice made by Team A, A15 may return or the first minor penalty to A23 will end with the scoring of the goal. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 TABLE 16 (Rule 16 – Minor Penalties) GOALS SCORED AGAINST A SHORT-HANDED TEAM Ex H8 Time 3:00 Team A A15 – 2 A23 – 2 A6 – 2 Team B B12 – 2 Answer Remarks 4:00 Goal Captain’s choice. B12 and one of the minor penalties to Team A (depending on choice) will not go on the clock. 4:30 Goal Remaining player returns. B12 – 2 Captain’s choice. Goal B12 – 2 According to the choice made by Team A when the penalties were assessed. Coincidental penalty rule applies to B12 and either A23 or A6 (and these penalties would not go on the clock). No player returns. H9 3:00 H10 4:30 4:00 A15 – 2 4:30 A23 – 2+2 5:00 A15 – 5 A23 – 2 A6 – 2 A23’s first penalty terminates. A23’s second penalty starts. Goal NOTE: Coincident penalties must always be served in their entirety. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 167 TABLE 17 (Rule 19 – Coincidental Penalties) COINCIDENTAL PENALTIES (all penalties assessed at the same stoppage) Penalties Example 1 Team A A3 Penalties On-ice Strength 2 Team B B10 2+2 A3 2 B10 2+2 Team B will play one player short-handed for two minutes. Team B must place an additional player to serve the extra minor penalty to B10. Teams play at full strength. Example 2 Example 3 A5 A3 2+2 2+2 B12 B10 2 2+2 Teams play at full strength. Example 4 A5 A3 5 2+5 B12 B10 5 2 Teams play at full strength Example 5 A3 2+5 B12 B10 5 2 A5 2 B12 5 Example 6 A3 2+2 B10 2+2 Example 7 A5 A3 5 2+2 B10 2 A5 2 A9 2 B2 2+2 A24 2 B18 2 Example 9 A3 5 B5 5 Team A Captain’s choice to play one player short-handed for four minutes or two players short-handed for two minutes. Should he choose the latter, an additional team A player must be placed on the penalty bench to serve the minor penalty for A3. Team B will be one player short-handed for two minutes. Team B Captain’s choice of which player’s time will go on the penalty time clock. If he chooses B2, then team B must place an additional player on the penalty bench to serve B2’s minor penalty. Teams play at full strength. Example 10 A3 5 B5 5 Team B short-handed for five minutes (Captain’s choice). Example 11 A3 5 B7 B5 5 5 Teams play at full strength. Example 12 A4 A3 5 5+5 B7 B5 5 5 Example 13 A3 5+5 B5 5 Example 14 A3 5+5 B7 B7 5 5 Example 15 A4 A3 5 5+5 B5 5 Example 16 A4 A3 5 2+5 B7 B7 5 5 Example 17 A3 2+5 B7 2+5 Example 8 168 Team A will play one player short-handed for two minutes. Team A Captain’s choice to determine which penalty would go on the penalty time clock. Should A3 be chosen, then an additional team A player must be placed on the penalty bench to serve the minor penalty for A3. Team A one player short-handed for five minutes. Team A short-handed for five minutes. Team A must place an additional player on the penalty bench to serve the extra major penalty. Teams play at full strength. Team A has the choice to cancel one of the two major penalties assessed to A3 or to simply cancel the one to A4. Should they choose A3, they will require an additional player in the penalty box. Team A will be short-handed for five minutes. Team choice to cancel majors assessed. Should they choose A3, they will require an additional player in the penalty box. Team A must place another player in the penalty box to serve the additional minor penalty to A3 immediately. Teams play at full strength. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 TABLE 17 (Rule 19 – Coincidental Penalties) COINCIDENTAL PENALTIES (all penalties assessed at the same stoppage) Penalties Example 18 Team A A3 Penalties On-ice Strength 2+5 Team B B5 5 A3 2 B7 B5 5 5 Example 20 A3 2+2 B5 5 Example 21 A3 2+5 B5 2+2+5 Example 22 A3 2+5 B5 5 Example 23 A4 A3 5 2+5 B7 B5 5 2+5 Example 24 A4 A3 2+2+5 2+5 B7 B5 5+5 2+2+5 Example 25 A4 A3 5 2+5 B7 B5 5+5 5 Example 26 A4 A3 5 2+5+5 B5 2+5 Team A short-handed for two minutes. Team B shorthanded for five minutes (Captain’s choice). Team A must place another player in the penalty box to serve the minor penalty. In the last five minutes of the game or anytime in overtime, the three minute differential will be posted on the penalty clock. Team B will play short-handed for three minutes and it will be served in the same manner as a major penalty. In the last five minutes of the game or anytime in overtime, the one minute differential will be posted on the penalty clock. Team B will play short-handed for one minute and it will be served in the same manner as a major penalty. Team B will play short-handed for two minutes. Team B will require an additional player in the penalty box to serve the minor penalty. Team A will play short-handed for two minutes. Team A will require an additional player in the penalty box to serve the minor penalty. Team A will be short-handed either one player for four minutes, or two players for two minutes (Captain’s choice). Team B will be short-handed for five minutes (Captain’s choice). Team B will be short-handed either one player for seven minutes or two players, one for two minutes and one for five minutes (Captain’s choice). Team A will be short-handed, either one player for seven minutes, or two player, one for two minutes and one for five minutes (Captain’s choice). Teams play at full strength. Example 19 Example 27 A5 2 B7 B12 5 5+5 Teams play at full strength. A6 5+5 B13 2 A7 A3 A3 A3 5 2+10 2+10 2 B14 B5 B5 B5 5 2 2+10 2 A4 10 B7 10 Example 28 Example 29 Example 30 Teams play four-on-four. Teams play four-on-four. Teams play four-on-four. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 169 TABLE 18 (Rule 69 – Interference on the Goalkeeper) INTERFERENCE ON THE GOALKEEPER SITUATIONS Situation Result 1. THE GOALKEEPER IS IN THE GOAL CREASE. A. An attacking player is standing in the goal crease when the puck enters the crease then crosses the goal line. In no way does he affect the goalkeeper’s ability to defend his goal. Goal is allowed. This is a good goal. B. An attacking player makes incidental contact with Play continues, no whistle. the goalkeeper, however, no goal is scored on the play. C. An attacking player makes incidental contact with the goalkeeper at the same time a goal is scored. Goal is disallowed. The official in his judgment may call a Minor penalty on the attacking player. The announcement should be, “No goal due to interference with the goalkeeper.” D. An attacking player makes other than incidental contact with the goalkeeper, however, no goal is scored on the play. A Minor penalty, plus assessment of whatever other penalties may be appropriate up to and including Supplementary Discipline. E. An attacking player makes other than incidental contact with the goalkeeper at the time a goal is scored. Goal is disallowed, and a Minor and/or Major penalty, plus assessment of whatever penalties may be appropriate up to and including Supplementary Discipline. 170 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 TABLE 18 (Rule 69 – Interference on the Goalkeeper) INTERFERENCE ON THE GOALKEEPER SITUATIONS Situation Result 2. THE GOALKEEPER IS OUT OF THE GOAL CREASE. A. An attacking player makes incidental contact with Play continues, no whistle. the goalkeeper, however, no goal is scored on the play. B. An attacking player makes incidental contact with the goalkeeper at the time a goal is scored. Goal is allowed. C. An attacking player makes other than incidental contact with the goalkeeper, however, no goal is scored on the play. A Minor and/or Major penalty, plus assessment of whatever other penalties may be appropriate up to and including Supplementary Discipline. D. An attacking player makes other than incidental contact with the goalkeeper at the time a goal is scored. A Minor and/or Major penalty, plus assessment of whatever other penalties may be appropriate up to and including Supplementary Discipline and the goal is disallowed. 3. A PLAYER PUSHES, SHOVES, OR FOULS ANOTHER PLAYER INTO THE GOALKEEPER, WHO IS IN OR OUT OF THE CREASE. A. The attacking player, after having made a reasonable effort to avoid contact, makes contact with the goalkeeper at the time a goal is scored. Goal is allowed. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 171 TABLE 18 (Rule 69 – Interference on the Goalkeeper) INTERFERENCE ON THE GOALKEEPER SITUATIONS Situation Result B. The contact by the attacking player with the goalkeeper is other than incidental and the attacking player, in the judgment of the Referee, did not make a reasonable effort to avoid such contact. However, no goal is scored on the play. A Minor and/or Major penalty, plus assessment of whatever other penalties may be appropriate up to and including Supplementary Discipline. C. The contact by the attacking player with the goalkeeper is other than incidental and the attacking player, in the judgment of the Referee, did not make a reasonable effort to avoid such contact at the time a goal is scored. A Minor and/or Major penalty may be called at the discretion of the Referee plus assessment of whatever other penalties may be appropriate up to and including Supplementary Discipline and the goal is disallowed. D. An attacking player, through his actions pushes, shoves or fouls a defending player into the goalkeeper at the time a goal is scored. A penalty may be called at the discretion of the Referee for the actions of the attacking player and the goal is disallowed. 4. BATTLE FOR LOOSE PUCK WITH THE GOALKEEPER WHILE THE GOALKEEPER IS IN OR OUT OF THE GOAL CREASE. A. An attacking player makes incidental contact with Goal is allowed. the goalkeeper while both are attempting to play a loose puck at the time a goal is scored. B. An attacking player makes other than incidental contact with the goalkeeper while both are attempting to play a loose puck at the time a goal is scored. 172 A Minor and/or Major penalty, plus assessment of whatever other penalties may be appropriate up to and including Supplementary Discipline and the goal is disallowed. SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 TABLE 18 (Rule 69 – Interference on the Goalkeeper) INTERFERENCE ON THE GOALKEEPER SITUATIONS Situation Result 5. SCREENING SITUATIONS. A. An attacking player skates in front of the goalkeeper at the top of the goal crease, at the same time a goal is being scored. The attacking player remains in motion and does not maintain a significant position in the crease in front of the goalkeeper. Goal is allowed. This is a good goal. B. An attacking player skates in front of the goalkeeper, well inside the crease, at the same time a goal is being scored. The attacking player remains in motion and, in the judgment of the Referee, maintains a significant position in the crease impairing the goalkeeper’s ability to defend his goal. Goal is disallowed. The announcement should be, “No goal due to interference with the goalkeeper.” C. An attacking player skates in front of the goalkeeper, outside the crease, at the same time a goal is being scored. The attacking player remains in motion and impairs the goalkeeper’s ability to defend his goal. Goal is allowed. D. An attacking player plants himself within the goal crease, as to obstruct the goalkeeper’s vision and impair his ability to defend his goal, and a goal is scored. Goal is disallowed. The announcement should be, “No goal due to interference with the goalkeeper.” E. An attacking player plants himself on the crease line or outside the goal crease, as to obstruct the goalkeeper’s vision and impair his ability to defend his goal, and a goal is scored. Goal is allowed. 6. CROWDING THE GOALKEEPER. A. A goalkeeper initiates contact with an attacking player to establish position in the crease and the attacking player vacates the position immediately. No goal is scored on the play. Play continues, no whistle. B. A goalkeeper initiates contact with an attacking player to establish position in the crease and the attacking player does not vacate the position, however, no goal is scored on the play. A possible penalty depends on the Referee’s judgment as to the degree of contact and degree of resistance with the attacking player and whether the goalkeeper was truly trying to establish a position. Minor penalty. This player runs the risk of “bad things” happening by being in the crease. In this example it is a minor penalty. C. A goalkeeper initiates contact with an attacking player in the crease to establish position and the attacking player vacates the position immediately at the time a goal is scored. Even though the attacking player vacates his position immediately, the contact impairs the goalkeeper’s ability to defend his goal. Goal is disallowed. The announcement should be, “No goal due to interference with the goalkeeper.” SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 173 TABLE 18 (Rule 69 – Interference on the Goalkeeper) INTERFERENCE ON THE GOALKEEPER SITUATIONS Situation Result D. A goalkeeper initiates contact with an attacking player to establish position in the crease and the attacking player refuses to give ground at the time a goal is scored. Goal is disallowed. A Minor penalty is not assessed (loss of goal only). The announcement should be, “No goal due to interference with the goalkeeper.” E. A goalkeeper deliberately initiates contact with an attacking player other than to establish position in the crease, or otherwise acts to make unnecessary contact with the attacking player. Minor penalty to the goalkeeper (slashing, etc.). F. A goalkeeper initiates contact with an attacking player to establish position in the crease by using excessive force or acting in a manner which would otherwise warrant a penalty, and the attacking player refuses to give ground at the time a goal is scored. Coincidental Minors (goalkeeper/attacking player) [In this situation, the Referee would emphatically display to players and the fans that he was calling penalties before the puck entered the net, and thus the play was dead at the time the infractions occurred and thus stated there is no goal.] G. A goalkeeper initiates contact with an attacking player to establish position in the crease by using excessive force or acting in a manner which would otherwise warrant a penalty, and the attacking player vacates the crease at the time a goal is scored. A Minor penalty to the goalkeeper and the goal is disallowed. This is an example where the attacking player has prevented the goalkeeper from doing his job by being in the crease. The announcement should be, “No goal due to interference with the goalkeeper (plus the announcement of the goalkeeper’s penalty).” H. A goalkeeper initiates contact with an attacking player to establish position in the crease by using excessive force or acting in a manner which would otherwise warrant a penalty and the attacking player vacates the crease, but no goal is scored. Minor penalty to goalkeeper. 7. CONTACT WITH THE GOALKEEPER. A. An attacking player initiates contact with the goalkeeper, inside or outside the goal crease, in a fashion that would otherwise warrant a penalty (e.g. “runs” the goalkeeper). Appropriate penalty (Minor and/or Major and a Game Misconduct) and subject to additional sanctions, pursuant to Rule 33A – Supplementary Discipline. B. An attacking player is in the crease and makes every effort to vacate the crease and the goalkeeper initiates contact to embellish and draw a penalty. No goal is scored on the play. This is a dive and a Minor penalty to the goalkeeper (diving). C. A defensive player directs the puck into his own net while an attacking player initiates contact with the goalkeeper. Goal is disallowed and a Minor and/or Major penalty, plus assessment of whatever other penalties may be appropriate up to and including Supplementary Discipline to the attacking player. D. A defensive player directs the puck into his own net while Goal is allowed. an attacking player is standing in the goal crease. The attacking player does not affect the goalkeeper’s ability to make the save. 174 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 TABLE 19 (Rule 84 – Overtime) PENALTIES IN EFFECT PRIOR TO THE START OF OVERTIME – REGULAR SEASON Ex Team A Team B Resolve 1 Time in 3rd Period 19:10 A5 - 2 B17 – 2 2 19:10 A5 – 2 B17 – 2 19:50 A7 – 2 19:10 A5 – 2 The penalty times remain on the penalty time clock and the teams begin overtime playing three (3) skaters against three (3) skaters. The teams would begin the overtime period playing four (4) skaters against three (3) skaters. At the first stoppage of play following the expiration of the penalties to A5 and B17, the on-ice strength would be adjusted from five (5) skaters against four (4) skaters down to four (4) skaters against three (3) skaters. Overtime will begin with the player strength of three (3) skaters for team A and four (4) skaters for team B. Through the normal expiration of penalty times, the penalized players will return to the ice. With continuous play, the potential of reaching an on-ice strength of five (5) on five (5) is a possibility. However, the on-ice strength would be adjusted accordingly at the next stoppage of play. Overtime will begin with the player strength of three (3) skaters against three (3) skaters. Should there be a stoppage of play following the expiration of A5 and B17’s penalties, the on-ice strength shall be adjusted to three (3) skaters against three (3) skaters. This permits the remaining penalties to exit the penalty box and return the teams to four (4) on four (4) status. With continuous play, the potential of reaching an on-ice strength of five (5) on five (5) is a possibility. However, the on-ice strength would be adjusted accordingly at the next stoppage of play. Overtime on-ice strength will begin at three (3) on three (3). Through the normal expiration of penalty times, the penalized players will return to the ice. With continuous play, the potential of reaching an on-ice strength of five (5) on five (5) is a possibility. However, the on-ice strength would be adjusted accordingly at the next stoppage of play to either four (4) on three (3) or four (4) on four (4), as the situation dictates at that particular stoppage of play. 3 19:25 4 B17 – 2 19:40 A7 – 2 19:10 A5 – 2 19:30 A7 – 2 19:40 5 19:10 A36 – 2 A5 – 2 19:20 19:30 19:40 A17 – 2 B17 – 2 A7 – 2 B36 – 2 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 175 TABLE 20 (Rule 84 – Overtime) PENALTIES ASSESSED IN OVERTIME – REGULAR SEASON Time in OT 0:30 Team A A23 – 2 1:00 1:30 A7 – 2 Team B On-ice Strength Team A – 3 skaters Team B – 4 skaters B17 – 2 Team A – 3 skaters Team B – 3 skaters Team A – 3 skaters Team B – 4 skaters Once team A has received their second minor penalty, each team must add one player to their on-ice strength. Should the penalty to A23 expire bringing the on-ice strength back to four (4) on four (4) and there is a subsequent stoppage of play, the on-ice strength must be adjusted down to three (3) on three (3) at this point. However, if there is a stoppage of play once the penalty to B17 has expired (and before A7’s expires), the on-ice strength would be adjusted to four (4) on three (3). If there is no stoppage in play until both teams have returned to five skaters each, at the next stoppage of play the on-ice strength would be adjusted back down to four (4) on four (4). 176 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 INDEX A Abstainingfromplayingthepuck Abusivelanguageorgestures Abuseofofficials -captainoralternatecomingoffthebench -gamemisconductpenalties -linesmenreportingtoreferee -misconductpenalties -refereereports -unsportsmanlikeconduct Actionscorer Adjustmenttoclothing Adjustmenttoequipment Afterthegame–fighting Aftertheperiod–fighting Aftertheoriginalaltercation–fighting Aggressor Altercation -Table10,Table16 -abuseofofficials -aggressor -face-offlocation -failuretoproceedtopenaltybench -gamemisconductpenalties -goalkeeperleavinggoalcrease -instigator -instigator–faceshield -jersey -leavingthebench -matchpenalties -officialscorer -physicalabuseofofficials 72,81.2 39,75,Table1,Table10 39,Table9,Table10 6.1 23.4 32.4 22.4 31.9 39 37.2 14.1,63.2,65.2 14.1,63.2,65.2 46.9 46.9 46.7 35.6,46.2,Table6 46.3,51.1, Table6,Table8, SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 39 46.2 76.2 46.19 23.2 27.6,31.9 46.11,46.12 46.6,75.2 46.13,75.2 70 46.15 33.5 40 177 Alteredjersey 9.1 Alternatecaptain 6.2 -comingoffbenchtoprotest 39.2 -correctnumberofplayersontheice 63.3 -delayingthegame 63.3 -failstocomplywithReferee’sdirection 63.3 -gamesheet 33.1 -leavingbenchtoprotest 39.2 -listedongamesheet 33.1 -officialreportofmatch 33.1 -requestingstickmeasurement 10.5 Appointmentofofficials 30 Areaofafight-clearing 46.4 Armpads 11.3 Articlesthrownonice–linesmenreporting 32.4,53.3,75.2,75.3,Table1,Table3 Assist 31.5,33.2,78.1,78.3 Assists -crediting 33.2,78.3 -publicaddress 31.5,33.2 Attackingzone 1.6 -callingofpenalties–face-offlocation 15.5 -comingfromthebenchwithoutahelmet–face-offlocation 9.5 -disallowedgoal–goalkeeperinterference–face-offlocation 69.5 -face-offs 76.2 -goalkeeperinterference–face-offlocation 69.5 -handpass 79.3 -injuredplayer–face-offlocation 8.1 -off-side 83 -player’sbenchextendinginto 83.3 -puckoutofbounds 85.1,85.5 -refusingtoplaypuck 72 Attainablepass 81.5 Attempttoinjureamanager,coach 75.5,Table10 Attempttoinjureanofficial 39.5,40 178 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Attempttoordeliberateinjury 21 Attemptingtocontinueafight 46.5 Attire 31.1,32.1 Automaticgamemisconduct 20.4,23.6,Table6,Table7 -aggressor 46.2 -boarding 41.5 -butt-ending 58.5 -charging 42.5 -checkingfrombehind 43.5 -clipping 44.5 -cross-checking 59.5 -elbowing 45.5 -fighting–afteroriginalaltercation 46.7 -fighting–secondinstigatorinagame 46.11 -fighting–thirdinstigatorinaseason 46.11 -fighting–whenaggressor 46.2 -head-butting 47.5 -hooking 55.4 -kneeing 50.5 -instigator–finalfiveminutesofregulationtime 46.12 -instigator–secondinagame 46.11 -instigator–thirdinaseason 46.11 -secondfight,samestoppage 46.7 -secondinstigatorinagame 46.11 -slashing 61.5 -spearing 62.5 -stickmeasurement–thirdviolationinseason 10.5 -thirdmajorpenaltyinagame 20.4 -thirdinstigatorinaseason 46.11 Automaticsuspension -abuseofofficialscategory 23.4 -coachornon-playingclubpersonnelinvolvedinaltercation 46.8 -fightingotherthanduringtheperiodsofthegame 46.9 -generalcategory 23.3 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 179 -instigator,aggressorandgamemisconductlist 35.6 -instigatorinfinalfiveminutesofregulationtime 46.22 -physicalabuseofofficials 40 -stickinfractions,boardingandcheckingfrombehindcategory 23.5 -stickmeasurement–thirdviolationinseason 10.5 Awardedgoal 26,Table15 -coveringpuckincrease 67.5 -displacinggoalpost 63.6 -duringpenaltyshot 26.4 -fallingonpuckincrease 67.5 -foulingfrombehind 54.4,55.6,57.4,61.7 -gatheringpuckincrease 67.5 -goalkeeperdeliberatelyremovingfacemask 9.5 -handlingpuckincrease 67.5 -holdingpuckincrease 67.5 -illegalsubstitution 68.4,70.8 -interferencefrombench 56.7 -interferencebyplayerillegallyenteredintogame 68.4,70.8 -interferencebyteammembernotlegallyontheice 56.7 -pickinguppuckincrease 67.5 -pilingsnoworotherobjects 67.5 -shootsequipment 53.7 -shootsstick 53.7 -throwingequipment 53.7 -throwingstick 53.7 -tripping 57.4 B Backofnet Bangingboardswithstick Bangingglassinprotestofruling Battingpuck Beforethegame–fighting Beforetheperiod–fighting 180 85.2,85.5 39.2,39.3,Table1,Table9,Table10 39.2,39.4 38.4,63.2,67.1,67.6,78.5 46.9 46.9 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Bench -bench–penalty(seePenaltybench) -bench-players’(seePlayers’bench) Benchminorpenalty -abuseofofficials -delayingthegame -designatedplayertoserve -distractionsduringpenaltyshot -endofperiods -face-offviolation -goalkeeperinregularseasonovertime -goalkeeperproceedingtoplayers’bench -illegalsubstitution -injuredplayerleavingtheiceduringplay -interferencefromthebench -leavingthebench -linechanges -refusingtostartplay -startingline-up -startofgameandperiods -short-handed -slowproceedingtoface-offlocation -throwingequipment -toomanymenontheice -unsportsmanlikeconduct -unsustainedcomplaintregardinglegalityofaglove -unsustainedrequestforstickmeasurement Biting Blockingglove Blood Boarding -fines -gamemisconductpenalty 3 17 39.3 63.3 17.1 25.4 86.5 76.4,76.6,76.8 84.2 27.6 68.2 8.1 56.3 70.4,70.5 82.2,82.3 73.2,73.3 7.2 86.2 16.2 76.6 53.3 74.2 39.3,75.3 12.2 10.5 21,75.2,Table8 11.6,51.3,Table8,Table16 8.3 23.5,29.1,41,Table2, Table5,Table7,Table8 41.6 41.5 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 181 -majorpenalty 41.3 -matchpenalty 41.4 -minorpenalty 41.2 -suspensions 41.6 Boards 1.3 -banging 39,Table1,Table9 -boarding 41 -charging 42.1 -color 1.3 -dimensions 1.3 -frozenagainst–puck 15.5 -glass 1.3 -markings 1.3 -puckcomingtorestontopof 85.1 -puckfrozenagainst 15.5 -puckoutofbounds 85 -restrictedarea 27.8 -safetyglass 1.3 Bootchannel 11.2 Bootofthepad 11.2 Breakaway 25.8,53.6,56.6,57.3,63.5,68.1,Table1,Table14 Breakingstickwhenrequestedformeasurement 10.5 Brokenstick 10.3,10.4,56.2,Table2 Butt-ending 58,Table4,Table5,Table6,Table8,Table11 -double-minorpenalty 15.3,58.2 -fines 58.6 -gamemisconductpenalty 58.5 -majorpenalty 58.3 -matchpenalty 58.4 -signal 29.2 -suspensions 58.6 C Calfprotectors Callingofpenalties 182 11.2 15,Table1 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Callingpenalty–goalscored 15.2,15.3,15.4 Captain 6.1,Table17,Table18 -alternatecaptains 6.2 -comingoffthebenchtoprotest 6.1,39.2 -delayedpenalties–penaltiesexpireatthesametime 27.2 -delayingthegame 63.3 -designatedplayer–benchminorpenalty 17.1 -designatedplayer–goalkeeper’spenalties 27.1 -designatedplayer–matchpenalty 21.2 -designatedplayer–misconductpenaltytogoalkeeper 22.2 -designatedplayer–penaltyshot 25.3,53.6 -listedongamesheet 33.1 -officialreportofmatch 33.1 -penaltiestotwoplayersexpireatthesametime 16.2,27.2,35.5 -refusingtostartplay 73.2 -requestingstickmeasurement 10.5 Carryingtwosticks 10.5 Catchingglove 11.5 Changeofplayers 70.2,81.4,82 Changeofpossession 13.3 Charging 29.3,41.1,42,Table2, Table5,Table7,Table8,Table10 -fines 42.6 -gamemisconductpenalty 42.5 -goalkeeperincrease 42.1 -majorpenalty 42.3 -matchpenalty 42.4 -minorpenalty 42.2 -suspensions 42.6 Checkingfrombehind 23.5,29.4,43,Table5,Table6,Table8 -fines 43.6 -gamemisconductpenalty 43.5 -majorpenalty 43.3 -matchpenalty 43.4 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 183 -minorpenalty 43.2 -suspensions 43.6 Chestpad 11.3 Choiceofends 86.3 Circles–face-off 1.9,76,86.1,86.8 Clearingtheareaofafight 46.4 Clearingthezone 83.3 Clipping 29.5,44,Table2,Table5,Table6,Table8,Table10 -fines 44.6 -gamemisconductpenalty 44.5 -majorpenalty 44.3 -matchpenalty 44.4 -minorpenalty 44.2 -suspensions 44.6 Clock 4,34,35.5,38.6,77.2,86.2,86.8 Closinghandonthepuck 67.2,79.1 Clothing 14.1,63.2,65.2 Clothing–adjustment 14.1,63.2,65.2 Clubexecutivecomingontoice 70.10 Coach 5.4 -abuseofofficials 39,Table10 -abusivelanguageorgestures 39,75,Table10 -attempttoinjureacoach 75.5,Table10 -bangingboards 39,Table10 -benchminorpenalties 17.1 -captainandalternatecaptains 6.1,6.2,33.1 -comingontoice 70.5 -deliberateinjuryofacoach 75.5,Table10 -designatedplayerforbenchminorpenalties 17.1 -designatedplayerforgoalkeeperpenalties 27.1 -designatedplayerformatchpenalties 21.2,27.5 -distractionduringapenaltyshot 25.4 -eligibleplayers 5.1,33.1 -goalkeeper’spenalties 27 184 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 -interferencefrombench 56.3,Table10 -involvedinaltercation 46.8 -leavingbench 70.5,Table3 -linechangewarning 76.6,76.7,82.2 -line-up 33.3 -matchpenalties 21.2,27.5 -obscenelanguageorgestures 39,75,Table10 -penalties Table1 -penaltyshot–distractionduring 25.4 -physicalabuseofofficials 40 -profanelanguageorgestures 39,75,Table10 -refusingtostartplay 73.2,73.3 -shootout–stickmeasurement 10.7 -startingline-up 7,33.3 -stickmeasurement–shootout 10.7 -supplementarydiscipline 28 -throwingobjects 53.3,75.3,75.4,Table10 -unabletocontinue–referee,linesman 31.11,32.6 -warning–linechange 76.6,76.7,82.2 Coincidentalmajorpenalties 19.2,Table17 Coincidentalmatchpenalties 19.3 Coincidentalminorpenalties 19.1,Table17, Table19 Coincidentalpenalties 16.2,19,27.5,Table17,Table18,Table19 Coincidentalpenaltiesinovertime 19.1 Coincidentalpenaltyrule 19.5,Table17 Comingfrombenchwithouthelmetduringplay 9.5 Comingoffbenchtoprotest 39.2 Comingontoice–clubexecutive 70.10 Comingontoice–coach 70.5 Commercialtime-out 87.1 -light 4.1 Commissioner -abuseofofficials 39.7 -altercationwithspectator 23.7 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 185 -appointmentofofficials -attempttoinjureacoach -awardedgoal–interference -boarding -butt-ending -charging -checkingfrombehind clipping -clubexecutivecomingontotheice -coachcomingontotheice -coachinvolvedinaltercation -comingontotheice–clubexecutive -comingontotheice–coach -cross-checking -dangerousequipment–opposingteamobjection -deliberateinjuryofacoach -elbowing -endofgame/periods -fightingotherthanduringperiodsofthegame -fightingpriortodropofpuck -forfeitofgame -gamemisconductpenalties -goalkeeperleavinggoalcrease -goalkeepersubstitution–delay -goalkeeper’sequipment -goalkeepers’sticks -head-butting -high-sticking -hooking -ineligibleplayer -interference–awardedgoal -interference–penaltyshot -kicking -kneeing 186 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 30.1 75.5 56.7 41.6 58.6 42.6 43.6 44.6 70.10 70.5 46.8 70.10 70.5 59.6 9.6 75.5 45.6 31.9,86.5 46.20 46.10 66.1 23.2,39.5 27.6 8.2 11.8 10.2 47.6 60.6 55.6 5.2 56.7 56.6 49.4 50.6 -leagueinspections -leavinggoalcrease -leavingthebench -line-uppolicy -matchpenalties -obscenegestures/language -officials -participatinginplaywithtwosticks -penaltyshot–interference -physicalabuseofofficials -pre-gamewarm-up -refereereports -refusingtostartplay -roughing -slashing -slew-footing -spearing -spectator -startofgame/periods -supplementarydiscipline 11.8,12.5 27.6 70.10 33.3 21.3 39.7,75.7 30.1 10.5 56.6 40 86.6 31.9 73.2,73.3 51.4 61.7 52.3 62.6 23.7 31.10,86.7 28,41.6,42.6,43.6,44.6,45.6,47.6, 49.4,50.6,51.4,52.3,53.8,55.6, 58.6,59.6,60.6,61.7,62.6,75.7 -throwingequipment 53.8 -throwingobjectatspectator 23.7 -warm-up 86.6 Communication 33.4,35.3,36.2,38.5 Confirmationofgoalatoneendpriortogoalatother 38.6,78.6 Contactduringanicing 81.1 Contactinsidethegoalcrease 69.3 Contactoutsidethegoalcrease 69.4 Continuingafight(attemptingtocontinue) 46.5 Controlofthepuck -awardedgoals 26.1,57.4 -callingofpenalties 15.1 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 187 -injuredplayer -off-side -penaltyshot Correctnumberofplayersontheice Coveringpuckingoalcrease Crease -charginggoalkeeperincrease -contactinside -contactoutside -enteringreferee’screase -fallingonpuck -freezingpuck -gatheringpuck -goalcrease -goalcreaseduringfight -goalkeeperincrease–charging -handlingpuck -holdingpuck -icing -interferenceonthegoalkeeper -leavinggoalcrease -loosepucks -penaltyshot -pickinguppuck -rebounds -referee’screase -referee’screase–entering -remainingoalcrease -stoppingplay Creditingassists Creditinggoals Crossbar Cross-checking -fines 188 8.1 83.1 25.8,56.6,57.3 63.3 67.4,67.5 1.7 42.1 69.3 69.4 39.4,Table9 67.4,67.5,Table14 63.2,67.4,67.5,Table16 67.4,67.5,Table14 1.7 46.4 42.1 67.4,67.5,Table14 67.4,67.5,Table14 81.3 69,Table2,Table19 27.6,31.9,Table16 69.6,78.4 25.2 67.4,67.5,Table14 69.6 1.7 39.4,Table9 46.4 63.2,67.4,67.5,Table16 33.1,78.3 78.2 2.1,25.2,60.5,78.5,80.3 59,Table2,Table5,Table6,Table8,Table11 59.6 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 -gamemisconductpenalty -majorpenalty -matchpenalty -minorpenalty -signal -suspensions Curvature 59.5 59.3 59.4 59.2 29.6 59.6 10.1,10.5 D Dangerousequipment -opposingteamobjection Defendingzone -clearingareaofafight–fightinfrontofbenches -delayingthegame -face-offs -handpass -handpass–linesmanstoppingplay -handlingpuck -netdisplaced -nooff-side -puckoffofficialdirectlyintogoal -puckoverglass -puckunplayable -shootingpuckoverglass -throwingequipment Deflection -disallowedgoals -distinctkickingmotion -duringdelayedcallingofapenalty -handlingpuck -high-stickingthepuck -icing -kickingthepuck 9.6,12.3 9.6 1.6 46.4 63.2 76.2 79.2 32.5 67.1 63.2 83.1,83.2 76.2 63.2 85.2 63.2 53.2,Table1,Table14 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 78.5 49.2 78.5 67.6 80.3 81.1 49.2 189 -offanofficial -offbodyintogoal -off-side -puckoutofbounds -reboundinthecrease -reboundonapenaltyshot Delayedcallingofapenalty -nogoal Delayedcallingofapenaltyshotandgoalscored Delayedoff-side Delayedpenalty Delayingthegame -adjustmentofequipment -awardedgoal -benchminorpenalty -coveringpuck -dangerousequipment -displacinggoalpost -droppingpuckonnetting -endofperiod -face-offviolation -fallingonpuckincrease -freezingpuckunnecessarily -goalkeeperdeliberatelyremovingfacemask -goalkeeperplayingpuckinrestrictedarea -improperlinechange -infractions -linechange -minorpenalty -objectsthrownonice -penaltyshot -playingpuckinrestrictedarea -protectiveequipment -puckdroppedongoalnetting 190 38.4,76.2,78.5,81.1,83.2,85.4 78.5 83.2 85.4 69.6 25.2 78.5 78.5 15.4 29.9,56.2,83.3 19.1,27,29.8,84.2,Table17 63,Table2,Table3,Table15 65.2 63.6 63.3 67.2,67.3 9.6 63.2 85.6 86.5 76.6 63.5,67.4,67.5 67.3 9.5 27.8 82.2 63.7 82.3 63.2 63.4 63.5 27.8 9.5 85.6 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 -puckoverglass -refusingtostartplay -restrictedarea -signal -slowproceedingtoface-offlocation -startofgame -startofperiod -unnecessarystoppageofplay -unsustainedrequestofopponent’sequipment -warm-upduringtime-out Deliberateillegalsubstitution Deliberateinjury Deliberateinjuryofamanager,coach Deliberatelyapplyingphysicalforceagainstanofficial Deliberatelybreakingstick Designatedplayer -benchminorpenalty -goalkeeperpenalty -matchpenalty -penaltyshot Devices–signalandtiming Diagrams -ApprovedGoalFrame -catchingglove–goalkeeper’s -DetailofGoalCrease -DimensionsofRinkSurface -Face-offConfiguration -GoalCrease -GoalFrame -goalkeeper’scatchingglove -goalkeeper’sjersey -goalkeeper’sstick -jersey–goalkeeper -jersey–player 63.2 73.2,73.3 27.8 29.9 76.6 86.2 86.2 67.3 12.2 87.1 68.6,74.4,Table3,Table14 21 75.5,Table12 39.5,40 10.5,Table9 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 17.1 27 21.2,27.5 25.3 4,34.4,35.5,38.6 pagevi 11.5 pagev pageiv pagev pagev pagevi 11.5 9.4 10.2 9.4 9.3 191 -OfficialDimensionsofRinkSurface -player’sjersey -player’sstick -RestrictedArea -RinkDimensions -stick–goalkeeper’s -stick–players’ -tapemeasure Dimensions Disallowedgoals -battingpuck -confirmationofgoalatoneendpriortogoalatother -deflectedoffofficial -delayedcallingofapenalty -delayedoff-side -distinctkickingmotion -goalkeeperpushedintonettogetherwithpuck -high-stickingthepuck -illegalsubstitution -interferenceonthegoalkeeper -kicking -leavingthepenaltybench -linesmanreportingfoulthatoccurredpriortogoal -netdislodged -off-side -playwasstopped -publicaddress -throughgoalnetting -undergoalframe -whistlehadblown Discardedstickorotherequipment Discipline–supplementary -abuseofofficials -attempttoinjureateamofficial 192 pageiv 9.3 10.1 pageiv pageiv 10.2 10.1 11.5 1.2,3,10.1,10.2,11,13.1 78.5 38.4,67.6,78.5 38.6,78.6 38.4,76.2,78.5,85.4 78.5 83.4 38.4,49.2,78.5 69.6,78.5 78.5,80.3 68.5,78.5 69,78.5 38.4,49.2,78.5 68.5,70.4,78.5 32.4,78.5 63.2,78.5 83.4 31.2,78.5,83.4 31.5,38.2,78.5 38.4 38.4 31.2,78.5,83.4 53.2 28,Table19 39.6,39.7 75.5 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 -boarding -butt-ending -charging -checkingfrombehind -clipping -cross-checking -diving -elbowing -embellishment -fighting -gamemisconductpenalties -head-butting -high-sticking -hooking -interferencefromthebench -interferenceonthegoalkeeper -kicking -kneeing -leavingthebench -matchpenalties -physicalabuseofofficials -roughing -slashing -slew-footing -spearing -throwingequipment -unsportsmanlikeconduct Displacinggoalpost Disputes -clock -therulingsofanofficial -expirationofpenalties -finaldecision -referee SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 41.6 58.6 42.6 43.6 44.6 59.6 64.3 45.6 64.3 46.10,46.20 23.2 47.6 60.6 55.6 56.2 69.7 49.4 50.6 70.2 21.2 40.6 51.4 61.7 52.3 62.6 53.8 75.5,75.6,75.7 63.2,63.5,63.6 31.2,34.7,38.6 39.1,Table10 31.2,35.1 31.2 31 193 -penalties -time -unsportsmanlikeconduct Distinctkickingmotion Distractinggoalkeeperduringpenaltyshot Distractingplayerduringpenaltyshot Diving -fines -minorpenalty -suspensions Divisionoficesurface Double-minorpenalty -butt-ending -disallowedgoals -foulresultinginapenaltyshot -goalscored -head-butting -high-sticking -lastfiveminutesandovertime -linesmanreportinghigh-stickcausinginjury -spearing Dropofpuck–fightingpriorto 31.2,35.1 31.2,34.7,38.6 39.1,Table10 38.4,49.2,78.5 25.4 25.4 64 64.3 64.2 64.3 1.6 18,Table4,Table17 58.2 78.5 25.6 15.3 47.2 60.3 19.4 32.4,78.5 62.2 46.10 E Elbowpads Elbowing -fines -gamemisconductpenalty -majorpenalty -matchpenalty -minorpenalty -suspensions Eligibilityforshootout Eligibleplayer 194 9.5,12.3 29.10,45,Table2Table5,Table7,Table8,Table10 45.6 45.5 45.3 45.4 45.2 45.6 84.4 5.1,10.7,33.1 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Embellishment 64 Emergencyrecall–goalkeeper 5.3,11.8 Encroachment 32.5,76.5,76.6 Endofgame 31.10,86.5 -fighting 46.9 Endofperiod 4,86.5,Table3 -fighting 46.9 Ends–choiceof 86.3 Enteringreferee’screase 39.4,Table9 Equipment 65,Section3,Table2,Table9,Table16 -adjustmentofequipment 14.1,63.2,65.2 -bloodstained 8.3 -dangerousequipment 9.6,12.3 -goalkeeper’sequipment 11 -goalkeeper’sequipmentrepairs 27.6 -goalkeeper’sjersey 9.4 -illegalequipment 12.1 -jersey 9 -kickingequipment 49.2 -linesmenequipment 32.1 -minorpenalty 65.2 -numbers 9.2 -penaltytimekeeperequipment 35.2 -player’sjersey 9.3 -preventingopponentfromretrievingequipment 56.2 -protectiveequipment 9.5 -puck 13 -referees’equipment 31.1 -retrievingequipmentafterafight 46.19 -sticks 10 -throwingequipment 53 -throwingequipmentatanofficial 40.4 -throwingequipmentoutofplayingarea 39.4,75.2,75.4,75.5 -uniform 9.1 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 195 Eventsummary Exhibitiongames Expirationofpenalties Extraattacker -awardedgoals -goalkeeperinregularseasonovertime -goalkeeperonanicing -linechangeonicing -illegalsubstitution -overtime–regularseason -prematuresubstitution Eyegouging 37.3 28.2 31.2,35.1 Table15 26.3 74.5,84.2 81.4 82.1 74 74.5,84.2 71.1 21,Table8 F Facemasks Faceprotection Face-off -abstainingfromplayingpuck -callingofpenalties -circles -false -fightingpriorto -fivesecondlimit -goalkeeperlosingmask -handpass -high-stickingopponentduringface-off -high-stickingthepuck -icing -injuredplayers -interferencewithgoalkeeper -linesmen -off-side -objectsthrownonice -penaltyshot 196 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 11.7 46.6,75.2 76,Table2 72.1 15.5,76.2 1,76,86.1 34.7,38.6 46.10,70.2 76.3 9.5 79.3 60.1 80.2 81.2 8.1,76.2 69.5 32.2 83.5 63.4 25.5 -playerlosinghelmet -prematuresubstitution -procedure -puckoutofbounds -puckunplayable -puckoutofsight -puckstrikingofficial -referees -refusingtoplaypuck -responsibility -spots 9.5 71.1 76.3 63.2,85.1 85.2 85.3 85.4 31.3 72 31.3,32.2,76.1 1.9,8.1,9.5,25.2,29.18,69.5 71.1,72,76,80.2,81.2,83.5,85.5 -startofgame 86.1 -startofperiods 86.1 - verificationoftime 38.6 -violations 76.6,82.1,87.1,Table2 Facialinjuryprotection 9.6 Fakeaninjury 64.1 Failuretocomplywithreferee’sdirection 63.3 Failuretoplaceplayeronpenaltybench–majorpenalty 20.3 Failuretoproceeddirectlytopenaltybench 46.19 Fairplay 12.4 Fallingonpuckincrease 67.4,67.5,Table14 Fansthrowingobjectsonice 63.4 Feignaninjury 64.1 Fighting 46,86.6,Table5,Table6 Table9,Table10 -aggressor 46.2,46.17 -aftertheoriginalaltercation 46.7 -altercation 46.3 -clearingthearea 46.4,46.18 -continuingafight(attemptingtocontinue) 46.5 -faceprotection 46.6 -failuretoproceedtopenaltybench 46.19 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 197 -fines 46.17,46.18,46.19,46.20,46.21,46.22 -incitinganopponent 75.4 -instigator 46.11,46.12,46.21,46.22 -jerseys 46.13 -majorpenalty 46.14 -matchpenalty 46.15 -offtheplayingsurface 46.8 -otherthanduringtheperiodsofthegame 46.9,46.20 -priortothedropofthepuck 46.10 -secondinstigatoringame 46.11 -suspensions 46.17,46.18,46.19,46.20,46.21,46.22 -thirdinstigatorinseason 46.11 -thirdmanin 46.16 Finaldecision 31.2 Finalfiveminutes–instigator 46.12 Fines–aggressor 46.17 -boarding 41.6 -butt-ending 58.6 -charging 42.6 -checkingfrombehind 43.6 -clearingtheareaofafight 46.18 -clipping 44.6 -cross-checking 59.6 -diving 64.3 -elbowing 45.6 -embellishment 64.3 -failuretoproceeddirectlytopenaltybench 46.19 -fightingotherthanduringtheperiodsofthegame 46.20 -goalkeeper’sequipment 11.8 -head-butting 47.6 -high-sticking 60.6 -hooking 55.6 -illegalstick 10.5,10.7 -instigator 46.21 198 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 -instigatorinfinalfiveminutes -interferenceonthegoalkeeper -kicking -kneeing -leavingthebench -majorpenalties -misconductpenalties -gamemisconductpenalties -refusingtostartplay -roughing -slashing -slew-footing -spearing -startofgame -supplementarydiscipline -throwingequipment -unsustainedrequestforstickmeasurement Flexiblepegs Floodingtheice Forfeitofgame Foulresultinginpenaltyshot Foulingfrombehind Freezingthepuck(frozenpuck) -backofnet -betweenopposingplayers -delayingthegame -face-offlocation–callingofpenalties -puckunplayable -unnecessarily 46.22 69.7 49.4 50.6 70.10 20.5 22.5 23.3,22.4,22.5,27.2,27.3,27.4,27.6 73.2,73.3 51.4 61.7 52.3 62.6 86.7 28 53.8 10.5 2.1,63.6,78.5 1.1 66,73.2,73.3 25.8 25.8,57.3 Table15 85.2 85.2 63.2 15.5,76.2 85.2 67.3 G Game -endof 31.10 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 199 -forfeitof -startof GameFlow Gamemisconduct–automatic 59.5,Table6,Table7 Gamemisconductpenalty -abuseofofficials -attempttoinjureateamofficial -boarding -butt-ending -captaincomingoffthebench -charging -checkingfrombehind -clipping -cross-checking -elbowing -fighting -generalcategory -goalkeeper -head-butting -hooking -interference -interferingwithaspectator -kneeing -leavingthebench -penaltytimekeeper -physicalabuseofofficials -post-gameverbalabuse -protectiveequipment -racialtauntsorslurs -refusingtostartplay -requestforreview/rescind -slashing -spearing 200 66,73.2,73.3 31.10,86.1 Section10 20.4,23.6,46.7,46.11 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 23,Table10 23.4,39.5 75.5 41.5 58.5 6.1 42.5 43.5 44.5 59.5 45.5 46 23.3,Table10 27.4 47.5 55.4 56.5 23.7 50.5 70.6 35.1,35.6 40.1 23.7 9.5 23.7 73.2 23.2 61.5 62.5 -spitting -stick-relatedcategory -strikingaspectator -throwingequipment -unsportsmanlikeconduct -verbalabuse Gamesheet Gamesummary Gametimeclock Gametimekeeper -delays -gametiming -interferingwith -intermissiontiming -officialscorer–timeofgoals -overtime -pre-gamewarm-up -publicaddress–oneminuteremaining -refereeduties -signaldevices -startofgame -startofperiods -television -time-outs - verificationoftime -warm-up Gametiming Games–exhibition Gatheringpuckincrease Generalcategory Generalduties -gametimekeeper -goaljudge -linesmen 23.7 23.5,Table11 23.7 53.4 75.5 23.7 33.1 37.3 4 34 77.3,86.4 77.1 39.3 34.2,77.2 33.2 34.3,84.1,84.5 86.6 34.1 31.6 34.4 86.6 34.5,77.2,86.1 34.6 87.1 38.6 86.6 77.1 28.2 67.4,67.5,Table13,Table15 23.3,Table10 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 34.1 36.1 32.3 201 -officialscorer -penaltytimekeeper -realtimescorers -referees Glass -bangingglass -brokenglass–face-offlocation -delayofgame -dimensions -face-offlocation–brokenglass -face-offlocation–off-side -height -off-side–face-offlocation -penaltybench -players’benches -puckoutofbounds Glove -battingintonet -blocking -catching -deflectionintonet -disallowedgoal -equipment -illegalequipment -instigatorcriteria -kickingglove -matchpenalty -palmremovedorcut -protectiveequipment -puckoutofbounds -roughing Goal -awarded -awarded–fallingonpuck 202 33.1 35.1 37.1 31.4 39.2,39.4 85.1 63.2 1.3 85.1 83.5 1.3 83.5 3.2 3.1 85.1 12.2,Table8,Table16 67.6 11.6,51.3,Table8,Table16 11.5 67.6 49.2,67.6 65.2 12.1 46.11 49.2 51.3 12.2 9.5 85.1 51.1 78 26,Table15 67.5 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 -awarded–fouledfrombehind -awarded–gatheringpuck -awarded–goaldisplaced -awarded–holdingpuck -awarded–illegalplayer -awarded–interferencefrombench -awarded–pickinguppuck -awarded–pilingsnow -awarded–throwingequipment -crediting -disputed -disallowed -disallowed–battingpuck -disallowed-high-sticking -disallowed–illegalplayer -disallowed–ineligibleplayer -disallowed–kicking -disallowed–leavingbench -disallowed–offanofficial -disallowed–off-side -light -officialscorer - publicaddress -referee -scored–double-minorpenalty -scored–minorpenalty -scored–minorandmisconductpenalty -scored–overtime -scored–short-handedteam -scored–signal -throwingequipment Goalcrease(seeCrease) Goalframe Goaljudge 54.4,55.6,57.4,61.7 67.5 63.6 67.5 56.7,68.4,70.8 56.7 67.5 67.5 53.7 78.2 38.1 78.5 67.6 60.5,80.3 5.2,68.5,70.9 5.2 49.2 68.5,70.9 78.5 83.4 4.1 33.1 31.5,33.2 31.5 15.3 15.2 22.3 84.1 15.4 29.11 53.7 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 1.7,2.2 36 203 Goalpegs Goalposts -awardedgoal -displacing -goalcrease -goalframe -goaljudge -penaltyshot -reboundoffpostonpenaltyshot -scoringagoal Goalsscoredagainstashort-handedteam Goalkeeper -back-up(seealsosubstitute) -chargingincrease -deliberatelyremovingfacemask -duringthecourseofapenaltyshot -equipment -handlingpuck -icing -incapacitated -injured -interference -jersey -leavinggoalcrease -losinghelmetand/ormask -overtime–regularseason -penalties -playerusinggoalkeeper’sstick -player’sstick–goalkeeperusing -playingpuckovercenterredline -prematuresubstitution -proceedingtoplayers’bench -pushedintonettogetherwithpuck -restrictedarea 204 2.1,63.6,78.5 2 63.6 63.2,63.5,63.6 1.7 1.7,2.2 36.1 63.5 25.2 78.4 Table17 11.8 42.1 9.5 25.2,25.4 5.3,11,14.1,27.6,63.2,65 67.3 81.3 5.3 8.2 69 9.4 27.6,31.9 9.5 74.5,84.1,84.2 27,35.3,Table16 10.3 10.4 27.7 71.1 27.6 69.6,78.5 1.8,27.8,Table16 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 -resumingposition -shootout -stick -substitute -substitution -third -uniform -warm-up Gouging–eye Grabbingfacemask 8.2 84.4 10.2,11.1,49.2 5.3,25.2 8.2,33.1 5.3 9.4,9.5 5.3,8.2,86.8,87 21.1,Table8 75.2,Table8 H Hairpulling Handpass -abstainsfromplayingthepuck -advantagegained -linesmanstoppingplay -refusingtoplaypuck -signal Handlingpuck -awardedgoal -delayingthegame -disallowedgoal -handpass -increase -minorpenalty–goalkeeper -minorpenalty–player -penaltyshot Hashmarks(restraininglines) Head-butting -double-minorpenalty -fines -gamemisconductpenalty 75.2,Table8 67.1,79 72.2 67.1,79.1 32.5 72.2 29.12 67 67.5 63.2 67.6 79 67,Table14 67.3 67.2 67.4 1.9,76.5 15.3,29.2,47,Table4,Table5, Table6,Table8,Table10 47.2 47.6 47.5 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 205 -majorpenalty -matchpenalty -suspensions Helmet Heelofthestick High-sticking -abstainingfromplayingpuck -contactoffaface-off -cradlingthepuck(likelacrosse) -disallowedgoal -double-minorpenalty -double-minorpenalty–goalscored -double-minorpenalty–linesmanreporting -fines -goals -matchpenalty -minorpenalty -puck -refusingtoplaypuck -signal -suspensions Holding -awardedgoal -interference -minorpenalty -penaltyshot -restrain -signal -stick -stick–signal Holdingpuckincrease Hooking -awardedgoal -fines 206 47.3 47.4 47.6 9.5 10.1 60,80,Table2,Table4,Table8 72.3 60.1 25.2,80.1 38.4,60.5,78.5,80.3 60.3 15.3 32.4 60.6 60.5 60.4 60.2 32.5,80 72.3 29.14 60.6 54,Table2 54.4 56.1 54.2 54.3 56.1 29.15 54.2,Table2 29.16 67.4,67.5,Table13 55,Table2,Table5,Table6,Table11 55.6 55.7 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 -gamemisconductpenalty -interference -majorpenalty -minorpenalty -penaltyshot -restrain -signal -suspensions Humanfactor 55.4 56.1 55.3 55.2 55.5 56.1 29.17 55.7 31.2 I Icesurface -divisionof -injuredplayer -leavingthepenaltybench -proceedingtodressingroom -stickmeasurement -toomanymenontheice Icing -abstainingfromplayingpuck -attainablepass -backofnet -contact -deflectionsintheneutralzone -directlyofftheface-off -dislodgingpuckfrombackofnet -error–face-offlocation -face-offlocation -goalkeeper -linechange -linesmanstoppingplay -noicing -numericalstrength -penalty–non-offendingteam–face-offlocation SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 1.1 1.6 8.1 70.4 70.3 10.5 74.1 81 72.4,81.2 81.5 81.5 81.1 81.5 81.5 81.5 81.2 81.2 81.3 81.4,82.1 32.5 81.5 81.6 15.5 207 -puckstrikingofficial -reboundofdefendingplayer -receivablepass -refusingtoplaypuck -short-handed -signal -unnecessarycontact Illegalchecktothehead -fines -gamemisconductpenalty -majorpenalty -matchpenalty -suspensions Illegalequipment Illegalpuck Illegalstick–remainatpenaltybench Illegalsubstitution -awardedgoal -benchminorpenalty -deliberate -disallowedgoal -failuretoputsubstituteinformajorpenalty -goalkeeperinregularseasonovertime -leavingthepenaltybench -leavingtheplayers’bench -majorpenalty -overtime–regularseason–goalkeeper -penaltyshot -regularseasonovertime–goalkeeper -toomanymenontheice Impede Improperlinechange Improperstartingline-up Incapacitatedgoalkeeper 208 81.1,85.4 81.5 81.5 72.4,81.2 81.6 29.18 41.1 48 48.6 48.4 48.3 48.5 48.6 11.8,12,Table2,Table16 13.3,56.2 10.5 68,Table3,Table14 68.4,70.8 68.2 68.6,74.4 68.5,70.9,78.5 20.2,68.2 74.5 68.5,70.4,74.3 68.5,70.3 20.3,68.2 74.5 68.3,70.7 74.5 74 54.1,55.2,56.1,56.2 82.2 7.2 5.3 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Incitinganopponent Ineligibleplayer Infractions -abuseofofficials -awardedgoals -benchminorpenalties -callingofpenalties -delayingthegame -double-minorpenalties -gamemisconductpenalties -goalkeepers -icing -interferenceonthegoalkeeper -majorpenalties -matchpenalties -minorpenalties -misconductpenalties -off-side -penaltyshot -refereegeneralduties -uniquetogoalkeepers Injuredgoalkeeper Injuredplayer -attendingto -dangerousequipment -face-offlocation -leavingtheice -icing -majorpenalty-serving -penalizedplayer -seriousinjury -stoppingplay -substitutefor Injury 75.4,Table9,Table10 5.2,32.5,70.4,74.3,78.5,84.2 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 39 26,Table15 17,Table3 15 63 18,Table4 23,Table10 27,Table16 81 69,Table19 20,Table5 21,Table8 16,Table2 22,Table9 83 25,Table14 31.4 27,Table16 8.2 8.1 70.5 9.6 8.1,76.2 8.1 81.4,82.1 68.2 8.1,68.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8,Table7,Table8 209 -aggressor -attempttoinjure -attempttoinjureaManager,Coach -attempttoinjureanofficial -biting -blockingglove -blood -boarding -boards -butt-ending -charging -checkingfrombehind -clipping -cross-checking -dangerousequipment -delaysdueto -deliberateinjury -deliberateinjuryofaManager,Coach -designatedplayerforpenaltyshot–injuryto -deliberatelyappliesphysicalforceagainstanofficial -elbowing -face–injuryto -facialinjuryprotection -feignsaninjury -goalkeeperproceedingtoplayers’bench -goalkeeperresumingposition -grabbingofthefacemask -hairpulling -head-butting -head–injuryto -high-sticking -hooking -icing–linechange -injuredgoalkeeper 210 46.2 21.1,Table8 75.5 39.5,40 21.1,Table8 51.3,Table8 8.3 41.4,41.5,Table7,Table8 1.3 58.4,Table8 42.4,42.5,Table7,Table8 43.4,Table8 44.3,44.4,Table8 59.4,Table8 9.6 33.1 21.1,Table8 75.5 25.3 39.5,40 45.4,45.5,Table7,Table8 20.4,Table7 9.6 64.1 27.6 8.2 21.1,Table8 21.1,Table8 47.4,Table8 20.4 60.3,60.4,Table8 55.3,55.4 81.4,82.1 8.2 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 -injuredplayers -intenttoinjureanofficial -kicking -kneeing -leavingtheiceduringplay -linechange–icing -linesmen -majorpenalties -matchpenalties -penalizedplayer -penaltyshot–injurytodesignatedplayer -punchcausinginjury -referees -slashing -spearing -stoppingplay -strikinganofficial -substitutionforinjuredplayer -tapeonhands -threatentoinjureanofficial -throwingstick/equipment -warm-upforsubstitutegoalkeeper -wearingtapeonhands Innerkneepadding Innerrisers Inspections Instigator -faceshield -finalfiveminutesofregulationorinovertime -instigator,aggressorandgamemisconductlist -leavingpenaltybench -refereereports -secondingame -thirdinseason 8.1 40 49.3,Table8 50.4,Table8 8.1,74.1 81.4,82.1 32.5,32.6 20.3 21.1,Table8 8.1 25.3 46.15,51.3,Table8 31.11 61.3,61.4,Table8 62.4,Table8 8.1,8.2 40 8.1 46.15,Table8 40.4 53.5,Table8 8.2 46.15,Table8 11.2 11.2 11.8,12.5 46.11,Table2,Table6 75.2 46.12 35.6 70.4 31.9 46.11 46.11 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 211 -visor -wearingafaceshield Instigator,aggressorandgamemisconductlist Intenttoinjureanofficial Intentionaloff-side Interference -awardedgoal -benchminorpenalty -breakaway -bodyposition -brokenstick -discardedstickorotherequipment -freehand -fromplayers’bench -gamemisconductpenalty -goalkeeper–onthe -illegallyenteredthegame -majorpenalty -minorpenalty -official–withan -penaltyshot -pick -playinprogress -possessionofthepuck -restrain -signal -spectators–by/with -stick(useof) Interferenceonthegoalkeeper -contactinsidethecrease -contactoutsidethecrease -face-offlocation -fines -loosepucks 212 75.2 46,75.2 35.6 40 76.2,83.6 56 56.7,Table1 56.3 56.6,56.7,Table1 56.1 53.2,56.2 53.2,56.2 56.1 56.2,56.3,74,Table3 56.5 69,78.5,Table2,Table19 68.3,68.4,70 56.4 56.2 39.3,Table1 56.6,Table1 56.1 56.2,Table1 56.1 56.1 29.19 23.7,32.5,53.6 56.1 69 69.3 69.4 69.5 69.7 69.6 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 -penalty -rebounds -suspensions Interferenceonthegoalkeepersituations Interferingordistractingfrombenchonpenaltyshot Interferingwithanofficial Interferingwithgametimekeeper Intermission -timing Interveninginanaltercation(fight) 69.2 69.6 69.7 Table18 25.4 39.3,Table1 39.3 31.10,34.2,77.2,84.5,86.1 34.2,77.2 46.16,Table12 J Jersey -altered -duringfight -goalkeeper -modified -player -removing -torn Table10 9.1,9.3,9.4 46.13,Table10 9.4 46.13,75.2 9.3 46.13,75.2 9.5 K Kicking -deflections -disallowedgoals -distinctkickingmotion -equipment -fines -glove -goals -matchpenalty -puck -suspensions -videogoaljudge SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 49 49.2 78.5 38.4,49.2 49.2 49.4 49.2 49.2 21.1,49.3,Table8 49.2 49.4 38.4 213 Kickplate Kneeing 1.3 29.21,50,Table2,Table5, Table6,Table8,Table10 50.6 50.4 50.3 50.4 50.2 50.6 11.2 -fines -gamemisconductpenalty -majorpenalty -matchpenalty -minorpenalty -suspensions Kneestrappad L Lacrosse-likemove Lastfiveminutesandovertime Leagueinspections Leavingbeforetimeexpires Leavingthebench -awardedgoal -benchminorpenalty -disallowedgoal -duringstoppagesofplay -fines -gamemisconductpenalty -legallinechange -penaltybench -players’bench -penaltyshot -protest -suspensions -withouthelmetduringplay Leavingthegoalcrease Leavingtheiceduringtheplay Legguards Legallinechange 214 25.2,80.1 19.4,Table18 11.8,12.5 35.1 70,Table1,Table3,Table15 70.8 70.5 68.5,70.9,78.5 70.3 70.10 70.6 70.2 35.1,39.5,68.1,68.5,70.4,Table10 70.3 70.7 6.1,39.2,Table9 70.10 9.5 27.6,31.9,Table14 8.1,74.1 9.5,11.2,65.2 70.2 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Light -commercial -endofperiod -goal Linechange -delayingthegame -face-offprocedure -icing -legallinechange -procedure -startofperiods -warning Lines Linesmen -abuseofofficials -appointmentoflinesmen -articlesthrownonice -attireandequipment -equipment -face-offresponsibility -goals -handpass -high-stickcausinginjury -high-stickingthepuck -icing -ineligibleplayer -injury–stoppingplay -interferenceby/withspectators -jerseyduringfight -leavingthebench -linechanges -off-side -penaltyshot–throwingequipment -physicalabuseofofficials 4.1 4.1 4.1 82 63.3 76.3 81.4,82.1 70.2 82.2 86.8 76.6,82.2 1.5,27.7 32 39 30.1 32.4,53.3,75.2,75.3,Table1,Table3 32.1 32.1 31.3,32.2,76.1 32.5,78.5 32.5,79 32.4,60.3,78.5 32.5,80.1 32.3,81 5.2,32.5,70.4,74.2,78.5,84.4 8.1 23.7,32.5 46.13,Table10 70.4 82.2 32.3,83 32.5,53.6 40 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 215 -prematuresubstitutionofthegoalkeeper -puckoutofbounds -refereeperformingdutiesoflinesman -reportingfoulthatoccurredpriortogoal -reportingtothereferee -resistingalinesman -signals -stoppingplay -stoppingplayforinjury -tiedown(jersey) -throwingequipment–penaltyshot -toomanymenontheice -unabletocontinue Line-up -linechange -numbers -startofperiods -starting Listedongamesheet Litteringtheice Logos–on-ice Loosepucks Lowhit 32.5,71.1,74.1 32.5,85.1 31.4 32.4,78.5 32.4 39.5,40,46.5,Table10 29.9,29.11,29.12,29.14,29.18,29.33 32.5 8.1 46.13,Table10 32.5,53.6 74.2 32.6 82.1 9.2 86.8 7,33.1,86.8,Table3 33.1 63.4 1.1 69.6,78.4,83.3,Table19 44.1 M Majorpenalty Table10,Table16,Table18,Table19 -boarding -butt-ending -charging -checkingfrombehind -clipping 216 20,Table5,Table6,Table7, SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 41.3 58.3 42.3 43.3 44.3 -coincidentalmajorpenalties 19.2 -cross-checking 59.3 -disallowedgoal 78.5 -elbowing 45.3 -fighting 46.14 -goalkeeperpenalties 27.2 -head-butting 47.3 -hooking 55.3 -interference 56.4 -kneeing 50.3 -linesmenreporting 32.4 -penaltytimekeeper 35.1 -roughing 51.1 -slashing 61.3 -spearing 62.3 -substitute 20.3 -whenplayer(orteam)assessedmajorplusminorpenalty 27.3 -whenplayerassessedmajorplusmisconductpenalties 22.3 -whenreplacementplayernotplacedonpenaltybench–noicing 81.6 -whenreplacementplayerdoesnotreturntoicefrompenaltybench 68.2 Markings 1.1 Mask 9.5,11.7,75.2,Table8 Matchpenalty 21,Table8,Table17 -boarding 41.4 -butt-ending 58.4 -charging 42.4 -checkingfrombehind 43.4 -clipping 44.4 -coincidentalmatchpenalties 19.3 -cross-checking 59.4 -designatedshooterforpenaltyshot 25.3 -disallowedgoal 78.5 -elbowing 45.4 -fighting 46.15 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 217 -goalkeeperduringthecourseofapenaltyshot -goalkeeper’spenalties -head-butting -high-sticking -kicking -kneeing -linesmen -penaltytimekeeper -reports -roughing -shootouteligibility -slashing -slew-footing -spearing -tapeonhands -throwingequipment Measurements -armpads -blockingglove -catchingglove -chestpad -curvature -deliberatelybreakingstick -goalkeeper’sequipment -illegalstick–remainatpenaltybench -leagueinspections -legguards -pants -refusingtosurrenderstick -stick -stickgauge -stick-priortopenaltyshot -stick-priortoshootoutattempt -tape 218 25.4 27.5 47.4 60.4 49.3 50.4 32.4 35.6 31.9 51.3 84.4 61.4 52.2 62.4 46.15 53.5 11.3 11.6 11.5 11.3 10.1,10.5 10.5,Table9 11 10.5 11.8 11.2 11.4 10.5,Table9 10.5,10.6 35.2 10.6 10.7,84.4 10.5,11.5,31.1,32.1,35.2 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 -unsustainedrequestformeasurement 10.5,Table3 Measuringtape 10.5,11.5,31.1,32.1,35.2 Medialrolls 11.2 Minorleaguegoalkeeper 5.3,11.8 Minorpenalty 16,Table2,Table17,Table18,Table19,Table21 -abuseofofficials 39.2 -adjustmenttoclothingorequipment 14.1,63.2,65.2 -boarding 41.2 -brokenstick 10.3,10.4 -captaincomingoffbench 6.1 -charging 42.2 -checkingfrombehind 43.2 -clipping 44.2 -closinghandonthepuck 67.2,67.3,79.1 -coincidentalminorpenalties 19.1,Table17,Table19 -cross-checking 59.2 -dangerousequipment 9.6 -delayedcallingofapenalty–nogoal 78.5 -delayedpenalties 27.1 -delayofgame–droppingpuckonnetting 85.6 -delayofgame–face-offviolation 76.6 -delayofgame–slowproceedingtoface-offlocation 76.6 -delayingthegame 63.2 -diving 64.2 -elbowing 45.2 -embellishment 64.2 -expirationcriteria 16.2 -face-offviolation 76.6 -goalscored 15.2 -goalkeeperleavingthecrease 27.6 -goalkeeperplayingpuckinrestrictedarea 27.8 -goalkeeperplayingpuckovercenterredline 27.7 -goalkeeper’spenalties 27 -handlingpuck 67.2,79.1 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 219 -high-sticking -holding -hooking -illegalequipment -illegalstick -improperstartingline-up -instigator -instigatorwithfaceprotection -interference -interferenceonthegoalkeeper -kneeing -leavingthebench -leavingthecrease -majorplusminorassessedtosameplayeratsametime -misconductplusminorplayersubstitute -penaltytimekeeper -playingpuckinrestrictedarea -playingpuckovercenterredline -prematuresubstitution -protectiveequipment -restrictedarea -roughing -slashing -startingline-up -throwingequipment -toomanymenontheice -tripping -unsportsmanlikeconduct -unsustainedrequestformeasurement Mirroredimagebenches Misconductpenalty -abuseofofficials -breakingstickwhenaskedformeasurement -captaincomingoffbench 220 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 60.2 54.2 55.2 12.1 10.5 7.2 46.11 46.6 56.2 69.2 50.2 70.4 27.6 20.1 22.3 35.1 27.8 27.7 71.1,74.1 9.5,65.2 27.8 51.2 61.2 7.2 53.2 71.1,74.1 57.2 39.2,75.2 10.5,12.2 3.1 22,Table9 39.4 10.5 6.1 -coincidentalminorpenaltieswhenmisconductsassessed -goalkeeper’spenalties -incitinganopponent -interferingordistractingfrombenchonpenaltyshot -linesmenreporting -penaltytimekeeper -protectiveequipment -reportsbyreferee -signal -substitute -unsportsmanlikeconduct Modifiedjersey Modifiedstick 19.1 27.3 75.4,Table9,Table10 25.4 32.4 35.1 9.5 31.9 29.23 22.3 75.4 46.13,75.2 9.5 N Netdislodged Nets Netting Neutralzone -face-offs -face-offlocation–callingofpenalties -face-offlocation–interferenceonthegoalkeeper -face-offlocation–puckoutofplay -handpass -high-stickingthepuck -icing–error -off-side -penaltybench -prematuresubstitution -puckonbackofnet -puckoutofbounds -puckstrikingofficial Noicing Nooff-side 63.2,63.5,63.6,78.4,78.5 1.4,1.7,2 1.4,85.1 1.6 76.2 15.5 69.5 85.5 79.3 80.2 81.2 83.5 3.2 71.1 85.5 85.1 85.4 29.33,81.5 83.2 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 221 Non-playingClubpersonnel -abuseofofficials -altercationwithaspectator -attempttoinjurenon-playingClubpersonnel -awardedgoal -bangingboardswithstick -deliberateinjuryofnon-playingClubpersonnel -distractingplayerorgoalkeeperduringpenaltyshot -fighting -interferencewithopponentonbreakaway -interferencewhileplayinprogress -interferingwithanofficial -obscenelanguageorgestures -penaltyshot -physicalabuseofanofficial -refusingtostartplay -spectator–altercationwith -steppingontotheice -supplementarydiscipline -throwingstickoranyobjectontoice Non-uniformedplayers Number Numericaladvantage 39.3,39.5,39.6,Table10 31.9 75.5,Table10 53.7,56.7,Table1 39.3,Table1 75.5,Table10 25.4 46.8 56.6,56.7,,Table1 56.3,Table1 39.3,Table1 39.3,75.3,Table1,Table10 25.4,53.6,Table1 40,Table1,Table10 73.3,Table1 31.9 70.5,Table1 28,39.7 39.3,53.3,Table1 5.1,5.4 5.1,7.2,9.2,31.5,33.5 80.4,81.6 O Objectsthrownonice -publicaddress Obscenelanguageorgestures Offtheplayingsurface-fighting Off-iceofficials -actionscorer -appointmentof -commercialcoordinator -controlofgameofficials -gametimekeeper 222 63.4 63.4 39,75,Table1,Table10 46.8 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 37.2 30 4.1 31 34 -goaljudge 36 -leavingthepenaltybench 70.4 -officialscorer 33 -penaltyscorer 37.2 -penaltytimekeeper 35,70.4 -pucksupply 13 -realtimescorers 37 -realtimescoringmanager 37.3 -shotscorer 37.2 -spotter 37.2 -timeonicescorer–home 37.2 -timeonicescorer–visitor 37.2 Off-iceofficialsreportofgamemisconduct/matchpenalties 35.6 Officialreportofmatch 33.1 OfficialScorer 33 -abuseofofficials 39.4 -captainandalternatecaptains 6.1,33.1 -eligibleplayers 5.1,33.1 -goalkeeper’spenalties 35.3 -goalsandassists 31.5,33.1,33.2,34.7,38.6,78.1 -ineligibleplayer 5.2 -non-uniformedplayer 5.4 -officialreportofmatch 33.1 -penalties 31.7,33.5 -startingline-up 7.1,33.3 Officials 6,Section5,30,39,40 -abuse 6.1,22.4,23.4,23.7,31.9,32.4,39,Table9 -appointment 30 -linesmen 32.4 -physicalabuse 32.4,40 -referees 31.9 OfficiatingStaff iii Off-side 83 -delayed 56.2,83.3 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 223 -delayingthegame -deflections -disallowedgoal -face-off–playersinanoff-sideposition -forcedoff-side -intentional -linesmen -puckstrikingofficial -rebounds -referee -signal -unnecessarycontact Originalaltercation–fightingafterthe Otherfouls Otherthanduringtheperiodsofthegame-fighting Outofbounds Outofsight Outerkneestrappad Overtime -coincidentalpenalties -deliberateillegalsubstitution -displacingthegoal -extraattacker–regularseason -linechanges -face-offs–fivesecondtimelimit -gametimekeeper -instigator -penalties–majorandminor(ordoubleminor) -periodlength -playoffs -regularseason -regularseason–penalties -restperiod -shootout 224 63.7 83.2 83.4 76.6 56.2 76,83 32.5 85.4 83.2 31.4 29.7 41.1 46.7 Section9 46.9 85.1 85.3 11.2 84 19.1 74.4 63.5 84.2 82.2 76.3 34.3 46.12 19.4,Table18 34.3 84.5 84.1 84.3,Table20,Table21 34.3 84.4 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 -startofperiods -stickmeasurements 86.8 10.5,10.7 P Padrisers 11.2 Pads -arm 11.3 -chest 11.3 -elbow 9.5,12.3 Paintcode 1.5,1.7,1.8 Palmremovedorcut 12.2 Pants 9.1,11.4,46.13 Participatingbeyondthecenterredline 27.7,Table2,Table16 Participatinginplaywithtwosticks 10.5 Participatinginplaywithouthelmet 9.5 Pegs 2.1,63.6,78.5 Penalties -assessedinovertime–regularseason Table21 -callingof 15,Table1 -coincidental(seeCoincidentalpenalties) -ineffectpriortothestartofovertime–regularseason Table20 -face-offlocation 76.2 -majorandminor(ordoubleminor) 19.4,Table18 -publicaddress 31.7,35.1 Penalty–delayed 19.1,27,29.8,84.2,Table17 Penaltybench 3.2 -articlesthrownonice–linesmanreporting 32.4,53.3,75.2,75.3,Table1,Table3 -commercialtime-outlight 4.1 -failuretoproceeddirectly 46.19 -goalkeeper’spenalties 27,Table16 -helmet 9.5 -illegalstick 10.5 -illegalsubstitution 68,Table3 -injuredplayer–penalty 8.1,68.1 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 225 -interferencefrombench 56.3,Table3 -leavingbeforetimeexpires 35.1 -leavingthebench 70.4,Table1,Table3,Table10,Table15 -light–commercialtime-out 4.1 -linesmanreporting–articlesthrownonice 32.4,53.3,75.2,75.3,Table1,Table3 -majorpenalty–substitute 20.3 -proceeddirectly–failureto 46.19 -protectiveglass 1.3,3.2 -pucksupply 13.2 -stick–illegal 10.5 -stick–thrown 10.3,53.3,75.3 -substituteformajorpenalty 20.3 -substitution–illegal 68,Table3 -supplyofpucks 13.2 -thrownstick 10.3,53.3,75.3 -time-outlight 4.1 -toomanymenontheice 74.3 Penaltyexpiration 16.2,27.2,35.1,Table17 Penaltyrecordform 35.6 Penaltyscorer 37.2 Penaltyshot 25,Table14 -awardedgoalduringpenaltyshot 26.4 -cradlingthepuck(likelacrosse) 25.2,80.1 -delayofgame–displacinggoalpost 63.5 -delayofgame–fallingonpuckincrease 63.5,67.4 -delayedcallingofapenaltyshotandgoalscored 15.4 -deliberateillegalsubstitution 68.6,74.4 -designatedplayer 25.3 -distractionduring 25.4 -fouledfrombehind 54.3,55.5,57.3,61.6 -goalkeeperdeliberatelyremovingfacemask 9.5 -goalscored–short-handed 16.2 -handlingpuck 67.4 -holding 54.3 226 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 -hooking 55.5 -interference 56.6,Table1 -interference–illegallyenteredthegame 68.3,70.7 -injurytodesignatedplayer 25.3 -lacrosse-likemove 25.2,80.1 -linesmanauthority–throwingequipment 32.5 -penaltytimekeeper 35.4 -procedure 25.2 -publicaddress 25.2 -shootout 84.4 -short-handed–goalscoredonpenaltyshot 16.2 -signal 29.24 -slashing 61.6 -spin-o-ramamove 25.2 -stickmeasurementpriortopenaltyshot 10.6 -thirdgoalkeeper–nowarm-uppriortopenaltyshot 5.3 -throwingequipment 32.4,53.3,53.7,56.6,Table1 -throwingstick 53.3,53.7,56.6,Table1 -time-outs 87.1 -timing 25.7 -tripping 57.3 -violationsduringtheshot 25.4 Penaltytimeclock 4.2,35.5 -coincidentalpenalties 19.1,Table18 -double-minorpenalties 18.2 -gametimekeeper 34.7 -officialscorer 33.2 -penaltytimekeeper 35.1,35.5 -timingdevice 4.2 -verificationoftime 33.2,34.7,35.8,38.6,76.8,85.7 Penaltytimekeeper 35 -disallowedgoal 68.5 -goalkeeper’spenalties 35.3 -illegalsubstitution 68.5 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 227 -interferingwithpenaltytimekeeper 39.3,39.4 -leavingpenaltybenchearly 35.1,68.5,70.4 -majorandminorpenaltyassessedtosameteam 27.3 -penaltybench 3.2 -penaltyexpiration 27.2,35.1,35.5 -penaltyshot 35.4 -penaltytimeclock 35.5 .... -referee’screase 1.7 -reports 35.6 -stickgauge 35.2 -stickmeasurementresult 10.5,35.7 -team’schoice–penaltyexpiration 16.2,27.2 -verificationoftime 33.2,34.7,35.8,76.8,85.7 Period–endof 86.5,Table3 Periodlength 34.1,77.1,84.1 Permittedtooccupyplayers’bench 5.4 Physicalabuseofofficials 32.4,40,Table1,Table12 Physicalfouls Section6 Pickinguppuckincrease 67.4,67.5,Table14 Pilingsnoworotherobjects 67.5 Playwasstopped 31.2,78.5,83.4 Player -eligible 5.1,10.7,33.1,84.4 -ineligible 5.2,10.7,32.5,74.5,78.5,84.4 -injured 8,9.6,68.2,70.5,76.2,81.4,82.1 -losinghelmet 9.5 -substitution 68.1,71.1,74,81.4,82.1 -uniform 9.1,31.8 Player’sjersey 9.3 Players’bench 3.1 -articlesthrownonice–linesmanreporting 32.4,53.3,75.2,75.3,Table1,Table3 -attackingzone–extendinginto 83.3 -brokenstick 10.3 -choiceofends 86.3 228 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 -clearingareaoffight -coachesandteampersonnel -dimensions -endofperiods -extendingintoattackingzone -fight–clearingarea -helmet -illegalsubstitution -injuredplayerleavingice -interferencefrombench -leavingthebench -leavingtoprotest -linesmanreporting–articlesthrownonice -measurement–stick -non-uniformedplayers -penaltyshot -permittedtooccupy -prematuresubstitution -protectiveglass -puckstrikingglove -receivingstick -replacementstick -startofgame -startofperiods -stick–broken -stick–measurement -stick–receiving -stick–replacement -stick–thrown -substitutegoalkeeper -substitution–illegal -substitution–premature -thrownstick -time-outs 46.4 5.4 3.1 86.5,Table3 83.3 46.4 9.5 68.1,Table3 8.1 56.2,Table3 70.3,Table1,Table3,Table15 6.1,39.2,Table9 32.4,53.3,75.2,75.3,Table1,Table3 10.5 5.4 25.2 5.4 71.1 3.1 85.1 10.3 10.4 86.3 86.2,86.8 10.3 10.5 10.3 10.4 10.3,10.4,53.3,75.3,Table1,Table3 5.3,71.1 68,Table3 71.1 10.3,10.4,53.3,75.3,Table1,Table3 87 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 229 -toomanymenontheice Player’sstick -face-offprocedure -face-offviolation -icing–determination -icing–rebound -priortopenaltyshot Playingarea Playingpuckinrestrictedarea Playingpuckovercenterredline Playingsurface–fightingoffthe Playoffs Policeprotection Possessionofthepuck -awardedgoals -callingofpenalties -displacinggoalpost -foulingfrombehind -goalkeeperlosinghelmetand/ormask -goalkeeper–prematuresubstitution -high-stickingthepuck -holding -icing -interference -leavingthebench -leavingpenaltybenchearly -illegalpuck -illegalsubstitution -injuredplayers -off-side -participatinginplaywithouthelmet -penaltyshot -prematuresubstitution Post-game–fighting 230 74 10.1 76.4 76.6 82.1 81.5 10.6,25.4 Section1 27.8 27.7 46.8 84.5 40.8 56.1 26.1 15.1 63.2 25.8,57.3 9.5 71.1 80.1 54.1 81.1 56.1 70.7 70.4 13.3 68.3,70.7 8.1 83.1 9.5 25.8,57.3,63.5,68.3,70.7 71.1 46.9 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Post-gameverbalabuse Posts(seeGoalposts) Power-play -high-stickingthepuck -icing -numericaladvantage -penaltyexpiration Pre-gamewarm-up Prematuresubstitution(ofgoalkeeper) -face-offlocation -linesmanstoppingplay -publicaddress -toomanymenontheice Pre-seasongames -goalkeeperwarm-up -supplementaldiscipline Preventingopponentfromretrievingequipment Priortodropofpuck–fighting Priortogame–fighting Priortoperiod–fighting Procedure–penaltyshot Proceeddirectlytopenaltybench–failureto Profanelanguageorgestures Protection–face Protectiveequipment Protectiveglass Publicaddress -assists -disallowedgoals -gametimekeeper -goalreview -goals -officialscorer -objectsthrownonice 23.7 80.4 81.6 80.4,81.6 27.2 86.6 71 76.2 32.5 71.2 74.1 8.2 28.2 56.2 46.10 46.9 46.9 25.2 46.19 39,75,Table1,Table10 46.6 9.5,11,12.1,65.2,Table9 1.3,3 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 31.5,33.2 31.5,38.2,78.5 34.1 38.2 31.5,33.2,38.2 33.2 63.4 231 -oneminuteremaining -penalties -penaltyshot -prematuresubstitution Puck -comingtorestontopofboards -deflectingoffofficialdirectlyintogoal -droppedongoalnetting -frozenalongtheboards -frozenbythegoalkeeper -illegal -leavingsurfacethroughopenbenchdoor -onbackofnet -outofbounds - outofboundsoffcrossbar,postorgoalframe -outofboundsoffface-off -outofsight -overglass -strikingglove -strikingofficial -supply -throughnet -undernet -unplayable Puckfoils Punchcausinginjury 34.1 31.7,35.1 25.2 71.2 13 85.1 76.2 85.6 15.5,85.2,85.5 15.5 13.3,56.2 85.1 85.2,85.5 32.5,85 85.1,85.5 63.2,85.1 85.3 63.2 85.1 81.1,85.4 13.2 38.4,85.2 38.4,85.2 63.2,85.2 11.2 46.15,51.3,Table8 R Racialtauntsorslurs Raisedseamridges Realtimescorers Reboundinthecrease Reboundoffpostonpenaltyshot Rebounds 232 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 23.8 11.2,11.3,11.6 35.3,37 69.6 25.2 -icing -increase -penaltyshot Receivablepass Receivingstick Refereecrease Referees -abuseofofficials -appointmentofofficials -attireandequipment -callingofpenalties -coincidentalpenaltyrule -disputes -endofgameandperiods -enteringreferee’screase -equipment -face-offs -goaljudge -goals -leavingthepenaltybenchearly -linesmenreportingtoreferee -line-ups -off-iceofficials -penalties -physicalabuseofofficials -playerorgoalkeeper’suniform -player’suniforms -reports -signals -startofgameandperiods -teamuniform -unabletocontinue -verificationoftime Refusingtoplaythepuck SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 81.5 69.6 25.2 81.5 10.3,10.4 1.7,39.4,Table9 31 39 30 31.1 15.1 19.5 31.2 31.10 1.7,39.4,Table9 31.1 31.3 36.1,36.2 31.5 35.1,70.4 32.4 33.3 31.6 31.7,35.1 40 9.1 9.1,31.8 31.9 29 31.10,34.5 9.1,31.8 31.11 34.7,38.6 72 233 -handpass -highstick -icing -penalty Refusingtostartplay Refusingtosurrenderstickformeasurement Remainingoalcrease Removingjersey Replacementstick Reportingtoreferee Reports -abuseofofficials–misconductpenalties -altercationwithaspectator -eventsummary -fightingofftheplayingsurface -fightingpriortothedropofthepuck -gamemisconductpenalties -gamesummary -goalkeeperleavingcrease -instigatorpenalties -instigator,aggressorandgamemisconductlist -leavingthebench -matchpenalties -misconductpenalties–abuseofofficials -off-iceofficialsreportofgamemisconduct/matchpenalties -penaltyrecordform -penaltytimekeeper -realtimescorers -spectator–altercationwith -thrownstickorobjectoutsideplayingarea -unusualoccurrence Requestforreview/rescind–gamemisconduct Requestingstickmeasurement Rescind–gamemisconduct 234 72.2 72.3 72.4 72.5 73,Table1,Table3 10.5,Table9 46.4 46.13,75.2 10.3,10.4 32.4 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 22.4,31.9,39.7 31.9 37.3 46.8 46.10 23.2,31.9 37.3 31.9 31.9,46.11,46.12 35.6 70.10 21.3,31.9 22.4,31.9,39.7 35.6 35.1 35.6 37.3 31.9 31.9 31.9 23.2 10.5 23.2 Resistingalinesman Restperiod Restrain Restrainingfouls Restraininglines(hashmarks) Restrictedarea Retrievingequipmentafterafight Rink RinkDimensions Roughing -fines -matchpenalty -minorpenalty -suspensions 46.5,Table10 34.3 54.1,55.1,56.1,56.2 Section7 1.9,76.5 1.8,27.8,Table16 46.19 1,3,4,85.1,86.1 1 29.25,51,Table2 51.4 51.3 51.2 51.4 S Safetyglass Scorer(seeOfficialScorer) Scoringagoal Secondfightsamestoppage Secondinstigatorinagame Security Seriousinjury Shootingequipment Shootingpuckoverglass Shootout -cradlingthepuck(likelacrosse) -eligibility -goalkeeperdeliberatelyremovingfacemask -stickmeasurement Short-handed -benchminorpenalties -callingapenalty–goalscored -coincidentalpenalties SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 1.3 78.4 46.7 46.11 11.8,12.5,40.8 8,32.5,39.2,39.3 53.2,53.6,53.7 63.2 10.7,78.1,84.4 80.1 84.4 9.5 10.7 17.2 15.2 19,Table17 235 -double-minorpenalties -goalscoredonpenaltyshot -high-stickingthepuck -icing -intentionaloff-side -majorpenalties -matchpenalties -minorpenalties -misconductpenalties -off-side–intentional -puckstrikingofficial Shotscorer Shouldercapprotectors Shoulderclavicleprotectors Signaldevice Signals Siren Situationssubjecttovideoreview Slashing -awardedgoal -fines -gamemisconductpenalty -majorpenalty -matchpenalty -minorpenalty -penaltyshot -signal -suspensions Slew-footing -fines -matchpenalty -suspensions Slidingstick Slowproceedingtoface-offlocation 236 18.2 16.2 80.4 81.6 83.6 20.2 21.2 16.2,Table17 22.3 83.6 85.4 37.2 11.3 11.3 4.1,34.4 29 4.1 38.4 61,Table2,Table5,Table6,Table8,Table11 61.7 61.8 61.5 61.3 61.4 61.2 61.6 29.26 61.8 52,Table8 52.3 52.2 52.3 10.4 76.6 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Spearing 62,Table4,Table5,Table6,Table8,Table11 -double-minorpenalty 15.3,62.2 -fines 62.6 -gamemisconductpenalty 62.5 -majorpenalty 62.3 -matchpenalty 62.4 -signal 29.27 -suspensions 62.6 Spectator–altercationwith 23.7,31.9,32.5,53.4 Spectatornetting 1.4,85.1 Spin-o-ramamove 25.2 Spitting 23.7,40.3,40.4 Spots–face-off(seeFace-off) Spotter 37.2 Startofgame 86 Startofgame–fighting 46.9 Startofperiod 34.5,77.1,86 Startingline-up 7,33.1,33.3,86.2,86.8 Steppingontotheice 70.5,Table1 Stick 10 -bladewidth 10.1 -broken 10.3,10.4,56.2,Table2 -curvature 10.1,10.5 -fouls Section8 -gauge 31.1,32.1,35.2 -goalkeeper 10.2,11.1,49.2 -illegal 10.5 -infractions 23.5,Section8 -length 10.1 -lengthexception 10.1 -measurement 10.5,35.7,84.4 -measurementpriortopenaltyshot 10.6 -measurementpriortoshootoutattempt 10.7,84.4 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 237 -measurementresult -modified -player -receiving -replacement -sliding -thrown 10.5,35.7 9.6 10.1 10.3,10.4 10.3,10.4 10.4 10.3,10.4,53.2,53.6,53.7 .... 75.2,75.3,75.4,Table1,Table3 Stickinfractions,boardingandcheckingfrombehindcategory 23.5 Stoppingplay 32.5,63.2,63.4,67.1,Table16 Stoppingplayforinjury 8.1 Strikinganofficial 40 Strikingofficial–puck 78.5,81.1,85.4 Substitutegoalkeeper 5.3,71 Substitution -benchminorpenalties 17.1 -coincidentalpenalties 19 -delayingthegame 63.3 -deliberateillegal 68.6,74.4,Table3,Table14 -face-offs 76.7 -goalkeeper 8.2,25.2,33.1,63.3 -illegal 20.3,68,74.4,Table3,Table14 -injuredgoalkeeper 8.2 -injuredplayer 8.1 -leavingthebench 70.1 -linechange 82.1 -linechangeonicing 81.4,82.1 -majorpenalties 20.3 -premature 32.5,71,74.1,76.2 Summaryofawardedgoals Table15 Summaryofbenchminorpenalties Table3 Summaryofdoubleminorpenalties Table4 Summaryofgamemisconductfouls-“generalcategory” Table10 Summaryofgamemisconductfouls–“stick-relatedcategory” Table11 238 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Summaryofgamemisconductpenalties Table10 Summaryofgoalkeeperpenalties Table16 Summaryofmajorpenalties Table5 Summaryofmajorpenaltiesthatresultinautomaticgamemisconduct Table6 Summaryofmajorpenaltiesthatresultinautomaticgamemisconduct whenthereisinjurytofaceorhead Table7 Summaryofmatchpenalties Table8 Summaryofminorpenalties Table2 Summaryofmisconductpenalties Table9 Summaryofpenaltiestocoachesandnon-playingclubpersonnel Table1 Summaryofpenaltyshots Table14 Supplementarydiscipline(seeDiscipline–supplementary) Supplyofpucks 13.2 Suspensions -automatic 23.2,23.3,23.4,23.5,35.6,40 41.6,43.6,46.9,46.20,46.22 -abuseofofficialscategory 23.4 -aggressor 46.17 -boarding 23.5,41.6 -butt-ending 58.6 -charging 42.6 -checkingfrombehind 23.5,43.6 -clearingtheareaofafight 46.18 -clipping 44.6 -cross-checking 59.6 -diving 64.3 -elbowing 45.6 -embellishment 64.3 -failuretoproceeddirectlytopenaltybench 46.19 -fightingotherthanduringtheperiodsofthegame 46.20 -gamemisconductpenalties 23.3,23.4,23.5 -generalcategory 23.3 -generalcategory–playoffs 23.3 -goalkeeper’sequipment 11.8 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 239 -head-butting -high-sticking -hooking -instigator -instigatorinfinalfiveminutes -interferenceonthegoalkeeper -kicking -kneeing -leavingthebench -playoffs–generalcategory -playoffs–stickinfractions,boarding, checkingfrombehindcategory -roughing -slashing -slew-footing -spearing -stickinfractions,boarding,checkingfrombehindcategory -stickinfractions,boarding, checkingfrombehindcategory-playoffs -stickmeasurements -supplementarydiscipline -throwingequipment Sweater(jersey) -goalkeeper -player 47.6 60.6 55.6 46.21 46.22 69.7 49.4 50.6 70.10 23.3 23.5 51.4 61.7 52.3 62.6 23.5 23.5 10.5 28 53.8 9,46.13,75.2,Table10 9.4 9.3 T Tagup Tapemeasure Tapeonhands Tapeonstick Team Teampersonnel 240 83.3 10.5,11.5,31.1,32.1,35.2 46.15,Table8 10.1 Section2 5.4,32.4,75.3,75.5,75.6 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 Teamuniform 9.1,31.8 Team’schoice–penaltyexpiration 16.2,27.2 Television 33.1,34.6,46.20,70.10 Thighpads 11.4 Thirdgoalkeeper–nowarm-uppriortopenaltyshot 5.3 Thirdinstigatorinseason 46.11,46.21 Thirdmajorpenaltyinagame 20.4 Thirdmanin 46.15,Table10 Threatentoinjureanofficial 40.4 Throwingequipment 32.5,53,56.6,Table1,Table8,Table14 -atanofficial 40.4 -awardedgoal 53.7 -benchminorpenalty 53.3 -fines 53.8 -gamemisconductpenalty 53.4 -matchpenalty 53.5 -minorpenalty 53.2 -misconductpenalty 53.4 -outofplayingarea 39.4,75.4 -penaltyshot 53.6 -stick 10.3,10.4,53,75.1,75.2,75.4,Table1,Table3 -suspensions 53.8 Throwingobjects 39.3,53,75.1,75.2,75.4,Table1,Table10 -atspectator 23.7 -objectsontotheice 53,75.1,75.2 -objectsoutsideplayingsurface 31,75.4 Tiedown(jersey) 46.12,Table10 Tiedgames(seeOvertime) Timeclock 4.2,34.1,35.1 Timekeeper(seeGametimekeeper) Timeonice–home 37.2 Timeonice–visitor 37.2 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 241 Time-out Timingdevice Toomanymenontheice -benchminorpenalty -deliberateillegalsubstitution -goalkeeper -illegalsubstitution -leavingthebench -linechangeprocedure -linesmenreportingtoreferee -noicing -overtime–regularseason -penaltybench -prematuresubstitution Tornjersey Torso Trapezoid Tripping -awardedgoal -minorpenalty -penaltyshot -signal Twoplayerspenaltiesexpireatthesametime–teamchoice Twosticks–participatingintheplaywith Typesofpenalties 4.1,29.29,33.1,87 4,34.1,35.1,38.6 71.1,74,Table3 74.2 74.4 74.5 68,Table3 70 82.2 32.4 81.5 74.5 74.3 71 9.5 46.12 1.8 57,61.6,Table2,Table15 54.4,55.6,57.4,61,7 57.2 53.6,54.3,55.5,57.3,61.6 29.31 16.2 10.5 Section4 U Unabletocontinue–referee,linesman Uniform Uniquetogoalkeepers–penalties Unnecessarystoppageofplay Unsportsmanlikeconduct -abuseofofficials 242 31.11,32.6 5.1,6,8.3,9,12.1,31.8,65.1 27.9,Table15 67.3 39,75,Table2,Table3,Table9 39 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 -afteroriginalpenalty -bangingboardswithstick -bangingglassinprotestofruling -benchminorpenalty -biting -captainoralternatecaptaincomingoffbenchtoprotest -faceprotection–instigator -gamemisconductpenalty -grabbingfacemask -hairpulling -instigatorwearingafaceshield -jersey–removing -linesmenreportingtoreferee -minorpenalty -misconductpenalty -obscene,profaneorabusivelanguageorgestures -removingjersey -reports -signal -throwingobjectsontotheice -throwingobjectsoutsideplayingsurface -wearingafaceshield–instigator Unsustainedcomplaintregardinglegalityofaglove Unsustainedrequestformeasurement Unusualoccurrence 39.2 39.2 39.2 39.3,75.3 75.2 6.1 46.6,75.2 39.5,75.5 75.2 75.2 46.6,75.2 46.13,75.2 32.4 39.2,75.2 39.4,75.4 39,75 46.13,75.2 39.7,75.7 29.31 53.3,75.2,75.3 39.4,75.4 46.6,75.2 12.2 10.5,12.2,Table3 31.9 V Verificationoftime Violationsduringpenaltyshot Violation–startingline-up 31.2,33.2,34.7,35.8,38.6,76.8,85.7 25.4 7.2 W Wall(seeBoards) Warm-up 5.3,8.2,33.3,86.6,87 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 243 -duringstoppagesofplay -duringtime-out -forsubstitutegoalkeeper -startofperiod Warning–linechange Washout Wearingafaceshield–instigator Wearingtapeonhands Whenreplacementplayerdoesnotreturntoicefrompenaltybench Whenreplacementplayernotplacedonpenaltybench–noicing Whistlehadblown Z Zone -attacking(seeAttackingzone) -defending(seeDefendingzone) -neutral(seeNeutralzone) 244 SPHLOfficialRuleBook2010-2011 70.3 87 8.2 86.8 76.6,82.2 29.33 46.6,75.2 46.15,Table8 68.1 81.6 31.2,78.5,83.4
© Copyright 2026 Paperzz